• Welcome to Smashboards, the world's largest Super Smash Brothers community! Over 250,000 Smash Bros. fans from around the world have come to discuss these great games in over 19 million posts!

    You are currently viewing our boards as a visitor. Click here to sign up right now and start on your path in the Smash community!

Super Smash Bros. Odyssey

ZeekeXIV

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Apr 26, 2004
Messages
229
Location
On the Edge
It's Friday...

And I've got something in my front pocket for you...
_________________________________

Act 8: Getting Where You Need To Go Once Again (Part 2)

This is still your favorite narrator/author talking…

…and our problem persists…

I still don’t think its time to start with Mario, Link, and Luigi. But I can’t think of anyone else to write about! And I don’t think now is the right time to introduce a completely new character. ****… I guess I’m gonna have to get started on Mario and crew…

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Mario, Link, and Luigi were staring imminent death in the face as they watched what seemed to be a car come speeding toward them at incomprehensibly fast speeds. They saw no possible way to dodge it!

Closer and closer the car came, seconds from impact! The three crowded together, bracing themselves for a splattery end. They could literally count down to the dreaded moment…

“Three…” Mario muttered.

“Two…” Link whimpered. Tears of fear streamed from his eyes.

“STOP THIS, NOW!!!” Luigi unexpectedly blurted out.

Suddenly, everything stopped! Seriously. EVERYTHING stopped! Except for Mario, Luigi, and Link that is…

“How are you gonna introduce us like this, man? You’re not ready for this part of the story yet!” Luigi shouted to the sky, as if he was talking to a higher being.

“I have to stop appearing in my fic… It’s starting to get old.” I muttered. “What you talkin’ ‘bout, Luigi?”

“You said it yourself: ‘The way Act 7 ended calls for a delayed entrance of the main characters’. Leaving us out for one part of the act isn’t delayed enough!” Luigi answered.

“I know, but I can’t think of anyone else to write about! You guys are just gonna have to get ready to work overtime. I’m gonna make your parts in this act real long.” I said.

“NO! I was tired as **** after the last act! Please think a little harder, man!” Link pleaded, dramatically dropping to his knees and holding his arms out.

“Yeah, really! I’m not ready to be plowed through by speeding death machines yet!” Mario added.

“But seriously, y’all. I can’t think of any other diversions! What should I do?!” I shouted, clutching my head in anguish and frustration.

They stared at each other. All three of them had blank expressions on their faces. It seemed hopeless… They were going to have to go through with their incredibly long part in Act 8 earlier than expected.

“Well, looks like y’all have no plans… I’m gonna start up the story again. Now, if you would all be so kind and resume the position of hugging each other and fearing for your lives…” I began.

“WAIT!!!” Luigi suddenly exclaimed. “I got it! Go re-read the part after I annihilated Sonic.” He suggested, shooting Mario and Link a sly and confident look.

“Word, man! Go check that out. The inspiration you need is right there!” Link added, catching on to Luigi’s idea. He began uncontrollably smiling and laughing. He was pretty happy about not ending up as a stain on someone’s windshield.

“Oh yeah? Lemme see…” I said as I scrolled up to where Luigi was talking about.

At first, I didn’t see anything worth writing about. But suddenly, it hit me like a renegade flying Bob-omb! The answer to my writing woes was right there!

“Luigi… This is why you’re my favorite character in Melee! I got exactly what I need! I can’t believe I didn’t think of that before! NO ONE WILL SEE THIS COMING!!! Unless they’ve been reading carefully…” I exclaimed. I started doing the Jovial Dance of Triumph while Saria’s Song from Ocarina of Time magically started playing.

“Calm down… Victory is sweet, but it’s not worth it to murk your image by dancing around like a dumb-***. Don’t be like Darunia…” Link stated.

“Oh! Snap… You’re right. Lemme get started on this.” I said, immediately putting the guillotine to my jubilant, yet senseless dancing.

“Make it good! Or I’ll kill you!” Mario happily warned, as if it was a normal thing to say.

“Oh don’t worry. This will be better than spending the night at Peach’s Castle! …in her bedroom!” I joked and quickly exited the scene.

“WHAT?! Bring your *** back here and say that!” Mario angrily shouted into the sky, while Luigi and Link held him back.

Unfortunately for him, I was long-gone, preparing to type up yet another overbearingly creative part of my ever-growing fanfic.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“Woooo… MAN! It feels like I just threw a trillion ton monkey off my back! I feel so free! I don’t have to worry about him slowing me down. ‘We’ll get her back quickly’.” He mocked in an annoyingly high-pitched and nasal voice. “No dumb-***, I’ll get her back quickly! If you were here, we’d be standing around arguing over where to go. This is for the better…”

After he exited the warp-pipe, he started to wander around his new location, hoping to find a clue that would tell him where to go next. As he searched, he also noticed things about the new environment.

The setting was a very bright and warm afternoon. In the woods he was wandering in, the grass was a very healthy green, as well as the treetops. And not only were the treetops very green, they were also very tall. Then entire forest seemed to be dancing with life. Just being in such a place made him thankful to be alive.

“This place is amazing! I almost wish someone else was here to enjoy this with…”

Suddenly, he heard some rustling in a bush he was passing by. He stopped and stared at it. Soft growling could be heard…

“That’s gotta be my ticket to finding out where I am…”

He slowly crept up to the bush. The growling gradually became louder and louder. As he got closer, he realized that the growling couldn’t possibly be coming from a big creature, or even a fierce one for that matter. It almost sounded like a child with a high, squeaky voice trying to imitate an angry dog.

He stopped right in front of the bush…

“OK… Here goes nothing…”

He lightly punched the bush and out jumped a blurrily fast little creature. At the moment, he couldn’t tell what it was because it had jumped right onto his face!

“AAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!! IT’S TRYING TO KILL ME!!! GET IT OFF!!!”

He started wildly running in unpredictable patterns, completely blinded by the creature consuming his face. He continued this for a little over a minute, until the creature suddenly jumped off his face.

“Hey! Come back-”

*SLAM-A-JAM-A*

Still running when the creature jumped off his face, a tree seemingly jumped into his path. Needless to say, he ran full-speed into a rock-hard tree trunk. He was knocked out for a while.

In his unconsciousness…

“Hey… HEY!” A voice called to him. He felt a rough, yet somehow gentle, nudging at his arm.

“Ugh… Where am I?” He groggily pondered aloud.

He opened his eyes and found himself literally in the middle of nowhere. Every direction he looked in was completely black. The only things he could see was himself and the figure that stood next to him. He was wearing a blue cape and a matching blue hood.

“You don’t need to worry about that right now. There are more important things to be concerned about…”

“Such as…?”

“Life is strange, isn’t it? Remember when you first entered the Inn at Rose Town and saw that child playing with his toys? I’ll bet you never thought in a million years that one of the dolls would come to life and wander into the woods! After you met him in the Forest Maze and found out who he really was and why he came, you realized you weren’t only on a journey to save the Princess… You were caught in the middle of a crisis much larger than that! You were on a journey to save the world!”

“So this isn’t just about me saving Peach from Bowser? Are you telling me I’m gonna end up saving the world again?”

“You must know by now that the Stars work in strange ways. When the world is in danger, they call on you, knowing fully well that you will do whatever you need to do to ensure safety. But the Stars are confused. They see two of you! One is good: if he succeeds, the world will be bathed in happiness and prosperity. The other one…”

“There’s two of me? That makes little, to no sense. The last time there was two of me, it turned out that it was only someone in disguise. How could the Stars not see who’s disguised as me?”

“Maybe because it’s not a disguise… As I said before, life is strange. I’m only here to warn you about things to come. Remember, one will save the world and the other will destroy it. Which one are you, Mario?”

“I’m…”

Before he could finish his thought, the dream was ended immediately by a vicious shock from reality, literally. Mario was jolted awake by a rush of electricity.

(Author’s Note: Mario is in the hiz-ouse! But this isn’t the Mario that travels with Link. This is the Mario from the alternate reality after Link screwed around with time in Act 7. Don’t get it? Re-read Act 7: Part 5 - the part after Link obliterated Eggman’s flying contraption. Thank Luigi later.)

“DAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!” Mario screamed in agony. His cries of pain rang through the forest.

When his shocking experience was over, he wearily looked around to see what electrocuted him. To his surprise, he found a Pichu standing by him.

“Pichu? What are you doing here? Where am I?” Mario demanded.

“Piiii? Pi, chuuu!” Pichu answered.

“Ah, I see. Thanks. Now… repeat that in English.” Mario said, rising to his feet.

“Pichu! Pi, pichu!” Pichu articulated.

Mario shrugged. “Well, at least I know where I am. I’m somewhere in the Pokemon World; seemingly in a forest where wild Pichus roam.” Mario thought to himself aloud.

“Chu.” Pichu agreed.

“Hmmm… It sounds like you can understand me. Can you take me to where I can talk to actual people?” Mario asked, hoping for a decipherable answer.

“Chuuu!” Pichu squealed and held up its tiny thumb for a thumbs-up sign. It also gave the cutest possible smile imaginable and its eyes welled up.

“Wow… That’s so cute, it’s frightening…” Mario shuddered. “But I’ll take that as a ‘yes’.”

They began walking through the forest. As they walked on, Mario noticed some strange things about the woods. A few of the trees seemed to be… dancing. Not only that, but he heard a few murmurs coming from the trees’ direction. He also could have sworn a few of them had blinked!

“This place is starting to get a little creepy… How much longer, Pichu-pal?” Mario asked.

“Piiii!” Pichu exclaimed and pointed directly in front of them.

It was a sign!

Mario ran straight toward the sign, hoping it would tell him where he was, while Pichu followed close behind.

“Let’s see what this says…” Mario began.

You are about to leave the Viridian Forest. Pallet Town is straight ahead. We hope you had a nice hike through the woods. Enjoy your stay in Pallet Town!

Be on the lookout for the tree-mimicking Sudowoodo!


“I guess that’s what I ran into…” Mario realized.

“Pichu! Chuuu!” The mouse-like pokemon exclaimed and ran off ahead.

“Hey you, Pichu! Wait a sec!” Mario shouted and ran after Pichu.

The pokemon was very quick, but he managed to follow it directly out of the forest, right to the city limits of Pallet Town, where it suddenly stopped running. As Mario got closer to the creature, it looked scared. It was standing on all fours in a defensive stance.

“Pichu! What’s the problem?” Mario called out.

“Well, well! It looks like this Pichu has a trainer.” A female voice observed.

“Does it matter? We were gonna snatch it anyway!” Another voice said.

Mario saw a group of three standing before the Pichu. One was a woman who had long, red hair. It was done in a weird style though: it extended way below her back and was slicked into a curly point. One was a tall man who had shiny, light blue hair. The third actually looked like a cat with a charm in the middle of its head. Mario assumed that was a Meowth because he remembered seeing them in the original Super Smash Brothers. The two humans both wore white jackets that adorned a red “R” on the front.

“Who are you guys?” Mario demanded.

“I’m surprised you don’t recognize us. We’re known all over Kanto! We’d give you a whole introduction, but there isn’t enough time for that. We have bigger fish to fry!” The man said.

“Be a sweetheart and just give up that Pichu. We don’t want to hurt you, but we’ll have no problem doing so if you decide to act up.” The woman threatened.

“I remember now! You’re the infamous Team Rocket: Jessie, James, and Meowth. Always after Ash’s Pikachu… You guys are complete idiots! This little guy isn’t even mine… We just met after I appeared in Viridian Forest.” Mario explained.

“Great! So ya won’t have a problem saying good-bye then!” Meowth said.

“Quite the contrary! Pichu led me out of the forest and to this town. The least I could do is protect it from you morons.” Mario stated, assuming his fighting stance.

“We’ll see how well you can protect it when it’s in our pokeball!” James shouted and whipped out a pokeball. He assumed a pitcher’s stance, looking as if he was going to throw a fastball right at Pichu!

“You won’t get it in there!” Mario exclaimed and jetted toward Pichu.

“Pokeball… GO!” James shouted and hurled the ball at the frightened pocket monster.

It was as if everything had slowed down to half its normal speed. Mario was steadily getting closer and closer, ready to smack the pokeball away from Pichu and back into James’s face! James looked on with a stone grill of determination. It was as if the expression on his face would decide the outcome of this.

The pokeball was within a foot of Pichu’s enormous head. It braced itself for impact, but suddenly, Mario dove at the ball and smacked it out to the way!

“DRAT! I was so close!” James shouted in disappointment as Mario’s hand made contact with the ball. He began to throw a wild, anime-style fit.

What happened next surprised the crap out of everyone though…

The ball traveled six inches away from Mario after he swatted it, then it opened up. Mario suddenly felt himself get trapped by an unknown force. He fought to escape it, but it had a firm hold on him. Then it felt like he was being dragged into the ball! As he was pulled closer and closer to the ball’s opening, Mario fought harder and harder to escape. He fought with all he had until he was exhausted, but there was no avail. The force bought him into the pokeball and the opening shut tight.

Team Rocket and Pichu stared in complete disbelief at Mario’s new prison. They could not comprehend what they just witnessed. Pichu snapped out of its awe quicker than everyone else and found the moment of confusion to be a prime time to escape back into the forest.

“Hey, look! That Pichu’s gettin’ away!” Meowth announced, snapping everyone else out of their awestruck trance.

“Forget about that. We just caught ourselves a brand-new pokemon! I’m pretty sure even the boss hasn’t seen this one yet! We’re going to be rich!” Jessie squealed in utter glee.

“Are you sure, Jessie? It may have looked a bit strange, but it had all the traits of a human. It could even talk!” James mentioned.

“Have you seen the boom in the pokemon population? Scientists say there are over 350 of them now! New species are being discovered everyday! Don’t you think we were just lucky enough to find an undiscovered breed?” Jessie reasoned.

“Well, I suppose so…” James uneasily agreed while scratching his head, still having his doubts.

“Hey, I jus’ had a great idea!” Meowth announced, walking over to the pokeball and picking it up. “Why don’t we go and surprise the twerp with our new friend and steal his Pikachu while we’re at it? Usually our days are a lot less eventful, but today might be different! We jus’ caught an entirely new pokemon! Maybe we’ll finally grab that Pikachu, too!” He suggested, throwing the pokeball up and catching it with one hand.

“Wow, Meowth with a great idea! Maybe this is our lucky day!” James said, becoming a little more optimistic.

“Well, what are we waiting for? Let’s get in the balloon and find him!” Jessie exclaimed.

Meanwhile, in Cerulean City…

“I can’t wait to reach the Gym and win my next badge! Maybe we’ll even meet Gary here! I’ll show him a thing, or two, with my new pokemon!”

“Ash, how could you forget that you already won the Water Badge? And how could you forget the real reason we’re here? We’re here so you can buy me a new bike!”

“C’mon Misty! It wouldn’t hurt to go visit your sisters, would it? Maybe Ash can have a friendly battle with them just to toughen up his line-up, just in case we meet Gary. Besides, don’t you want to see your beloved siblings?”

“Brock, you’ll say anything just to see my sisters. What won’t you do for a girl?”

“Pikachu!”

“Toge-prrrrrrriii!”

Ash, Misty, Brock, Pikachu, and Togepi had found their way back to Kanto after their long and exciting journeys to places like Johto and Hoenn. They mainly returned to visit their families and take a break from their hectic adventure.

“Oh, umm, Misty… About that bike…” Ash stammered, giving a cheesy smile and nervously laughing.

“What’s wrong? After all those battle you’ve been in, you should have enough money to buy two bikes!” Misty said.

“Not exactly… You see, I kinda spent all the money on pokemon power-ups like protein and calcium. I bought enough for all of my pokemon, so…” Ash trailed off. He had his hands in his pockets and was looking at the ground.

“You… WHAT?!” Misty shouted in disbelief, throwing Togepi, who she had been carrying, up into the air. Brock scrambled and made a diving catch to save it before it came crashing into the ground.

Misty ran over to Ash, grabbed his ankles, and flipped him upside-down. She began shaking the life out of him, hoping he was just kidding and the money would come pouring out. Much to her dismay, only a few worthless coins trickled out of Ash’s pockets. Misty’s eyelids began to twitch.

“Heh heh… It’s not all hopeless! If we battle your sisters and maybe fight Gary and win, we’d already have an eighth of what we need to buy a bike! We’ll make all that money back in-” Ash began, but…

*SHAZAM-SLAM-BAM*

Misty swung Ash by the ankles and slammed him into a nearby wall! Ash fell in a sprawled out heap on the ground. Misty then jumped on top of him and furiously began punching him in the face!

“YOU STUPID, STUPID BOY! THE ONLY REASON I’M TRAVELING WITH YOU IS SO YOU DON’T FORGET THAT YOU STOLE MY BIKE AND DESTROYED IT!!! YOU FINALLY HAVE ENOUGH TO BUY IT AND WHAT DO YOU DO? YOU SPEND IT ON YOUR LOSER LINEUP! YOUR POKEMON SUCK! AND EVERYTIME YOU GET A GOOD ONE, YOU SEND IT TO STUPID PROFESSOR OAK AND NEVER USE IT AGAIN OR YOU RELEASE IT! YOU’D TRY TO SET YOUR PIKACHU FREE AGAIN IF YOU HAD THE CHANCE! YOU’RE SUCH AN IDIOT! I HATE YOU!!!” Misty ranted with her voice slowly sounding more demonic as she continued to pummel Ash with her feminine fists of fury.

“Pika! Piii, pika!” Pikachu pleaded as he tried to stop Misty’s onslaught.

GET OFF ME, YOU STUPID YELLOW VERMIN!” Misty snarled and swatted Pikachu away with her infamous wooden mallet that she always pulls from nowhere.

“Whoa! Misty, take it easy! You’re making Togepi cry!” Brock said, hoping that would calm her down.

I DON’T CARE ABOUT THAT STUPID EGG! IT’S USELESS AND IT WON’T EVOLVE! I CAN’T DEPEND ON A POKEMON THAT USES METRONOME AS ITS MAIN ATTACK!” Misty rampaged, getting off of Ash and menacingly stomped toward Brock. Her eyes were somehow glowing red and the earth shook with every stomp she took. There was also an evil, black aura around her.

“Ugh…” Ash groaned, unsteadily rising to his feet, and using the wall to lean on to keep his balance. “Misty’s gone crazy! Quick, Pikachu! Use that new move we’ve been working on! Shock her unconscious with Thunder Ball!”

“Pika!” Pikachu obediently responded, jumping to its feet. “Piiiiikaaaa…” Pikachu chanted, as its voice echoed through the town.

As it raised its tiny hands above its head, dark clouds began to gather and a thunderstorm brewed. Suddenly, a thick bolt of lightning ripped through the sky and plummeting to the ground, stopping at Pikachu’s outstretched arms. A ball of electricity formed between the lightning bolt and Pikachu’s hands. Additional bolts of lightning continued to gather at this point and the ball began growing larger and larger, until it was as big as a Snorlax!

“I think that’s big enough, Pikachu! Let her have it!” Ash commanded, pointing at Misty, who was frozen with fear at the sight of the gigantic ball of electricity.

“CHHHHHUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU!!!” The small, yet remarkably powerful Pikachu roared and heaved the Thunder Ball directly at Misty.

NO!!! I WAS JUST KIDDING! I DIDN’T MEAN ANY- SEHF;LKDSA;NF;ONA;OIEWN FD;OSNFNS;K NVCWENF;oiew ;ofnewoi;nf;dsnf;oi n;snafkdsn;f;ABNF;Bs fb;WB; EGF;FNw;fe!!!” The sounds of an intensely electrocuted Misty tore through the air. It caused a spectacular light-show, which the whole town gathered to see.

After ten minutes of straight electrocution, the skies cleared again, revealing the light blue sky and the bright, yellow sun. Misty fell to the ground in a crumpled, charred-black mess. She was back to normal, but she was completely unconscious and was twitching violently.

“Great job, Pikachu!” Ash exclaimed, picking up his Pikachu and hugging it as if it had just won him a battle with the Elite Four.

“Thanks, Ash. I thought I was a goner.” Brock sighed, wiping his forehead in relief.

“No problem, Brock. Misty was getting out of hand. I had to stop her before she did something-” Ash started explaining, but was interrupted by a sudden explosion.

Ash, Brock, Pikachu, Togepi, and Misty (still unconscious, still having Grand Mal Seizures) were now standing in a heavy and thick cloud of smoke.

“Where’d… all this smoke… come from?” Ash sputtered as he coughed and hacked, finding it hard to breath.

“Prepare for trouble! We have a surprise for you!” One voice announced.

“And make it double! It’s completely brand-new!” Another voice added.

To protect the world from devastation!
To unite all peoples within our nation!
To denounce the evils of truth and love!
To extend our reach to the stars above!

Jessie!
James!

Team Rocket stalks you twerps at the speed of light!
Acknowledge us now and prepare to fight, fight, fight!

Woooooobba Wobba!

*POW*

Meeee-owth, that’s right!

“Team Rocket!” Ash and Brock shouted in shocked unison.

“How’d ya know it was us?” Meowth sarcastically responded.

“Guys, I’m kinda on vacation. I don’t want to deal with you three right now. Maybe we can continue this in a month or so...” Ash told the “evil” trio.

“Not so fast! Today is our lucky day! We caught a new pokemon, and with it, we’re finally going to steal your Pikachu!” James stated, pointing at Ash.

“You guys always catch the worst pokemon! With losers like Weezing, Arbok, Victreebell, and Wobbuffet, I don’t expect anything phenomenal from you.” Brock taunted.

“Just to show you how serious we are, bring out your best! Both of you! We promise we’ll do our worst!” Jessie countered, laughing at her own clever pun.

“I’ll handle this, Brock.” Ash assured Brock. “Go… Tododile and Noctowl!” Ash shouted and hurled two pokeballs out in front of him.

“Wooooooo!” Noctowl hooted as it gracefully flew over Team Rocket’s heads and back to Ash’s shoulder. It splendidly glimmered as the sun’s rays bounced off its shiny feathers.

“Todododododododododododo!!!” The tiny, blue, crocodile-looking pokemon sang as it happily danced, flailing its arms and legs wildly.

“Calm down, Tododile…” Ash said, staring at the endless glee of his pokemon.

“Tododododododododododo!!!” Tododile continued to sing.

It flung its arms and legs so rapidly that it actually began to hover off the ground a little bit. As it continued to dance, it rose higher and higher into the sky until it was out of sight.

“That was weird…” Ash muttered, looking up into the sky.

“Ummm… choose another pokemon, Ash.” Brock said.

“Right… I choose you… Bayleef!” Ash shouted and tossed another pokeball in front of him.

“Leef!” Bayleef said, swinging the leaf above its head side-to-side. It turned to Ash and tackled him to the ground, showering him with Pokemon affection (some might consider this bestiality…).

“Whoa! Take it easy, Bayleef! I like you too, but we have a battle to win!” Ash said while trying to ease the overly-loving Bayleef off him.

“If that’s what you call your best, then there’s no way you can win!” James taunted, taking out a pokeball. “Pokemon… GO!” He shouted and threw it in front of him.

Out jumped their new “pokemon”. When he realized he was out of the pokeball, he looked around frantically, wondering where he was. Took off his trademark, red hat and scratch his brown hair in confusion. He also wiped off the perspiration from his moustache.

“PIKA?!” Pikachu gasped in astonishment.

“What the **** is that?!” Brock shot out in disbelief, actually opening his eyes in complete surprise.

“That doesn’t look like any pokemon I’ve ever seen…” Ash said, also finding it hard to believe Team Rocket actually caught something like that.

“That’s because I’m not a **** pokemon!” Mario snapped in anger, finding it hard to believe he could be mistaken for a pokemon.

“WHOA!” Ash and Brock gasped simultaneously, finding it hard to believe the “pokemon” just spoke.

“It can talk!” Brock blurted out in further disbelief.

“Let’s see what Dexter has to say about this!” Ash suggested, pulling out his Pokedex from his pocket. He pointed it at Mario.

“Oh my god… That’s not a pokemon, you foo...” Dexter (Ash’s Pokedex) started, but caught itself in mid-sentence. “Uh, I mean that’s… not a pokemon… if it were… Opposite Day! Ha ha! But it isn’t Opposite Day! So that is a pokemon! Mario! …mon… Yeah, that’s it! Mariomon!” The Pokedex declared.

“Mariomon, huh? Let’s see if there’s anymore info on it…” Ash said and pressed a button, completely ignoring Dexter’s suspicious stuttering and abrupt mid-sentence pauses.

“Chuu!! Pika piii piiicha pikachu!” Pikachu exclaimed, trying to communicate to Ash that Mario definitely wasn’t a pokemon.

“Calm down, Pikachu. I’ll catch another one some day and we’ll have one of our own!” Ash happily said, petting Pikachu on the head.

“Pika pika!” Pikachu shouted, turning to Bayleef and Noctowl.

It was as if Pikachu was asking them why they weren’t trying to let Ash know that Mario was not a pokemon. They simply shrugged, as if to say “if Ash is too dumb to realize that’s not a pokemon, then there’s no use in telling him otherwise”.

“Mariomon: the… umm… Hero pokemon. This pokemon lives for the… …uhh… thrill of… saving… anyone or anything in any kind of… trouble! Legends say that the source of its… power comes from… its… …umm… hat! If someone is able to take the hat off its head and wear it as their own, they will be… destined to become… a… Pokemon Master! Because the ‘M’ on the cap stands for ‘Master’! …and they can beat any trainers named Gary!” Dexter fabricated.

Tears of joy began to fill Ash’s eyes. He clenched his fists and held them to his chest excitedly.

“Did you hear that?! My ticket to becoming a Pokemon Master is sitting right there on Mariomon’s head! I’ll even finally be able to beat Gary! I HAVE TO GET THAT HAT!!!” Ash excitedly shouted.

“Oh no you don’t! This is MY hat! My favorite hat! This hat comes off for no one! And for the last time… I’M NOT A GO**** POKEMON!!!” Mario screamed on top of his lungs.

“Oh yeah? Then explain how ya got caught in our pokeball!” Meowth said to “Mariomon”.

“I have no clue how that happened, but I can guaran-****-tee that I’m not a pokemon!” Mariomon shouted once again.

“Noctowl, use a Gust attack and try to knock his hat off his head!” Ash ordered.

“Woot!” Noctowl shrugged and delivered gale-force wind to Mario.

Mario held onto his hat for dear life. That hat was part of his identity! Even though he had a hundred more just like it in his closet back at home, he wouldn’t be able to sleep at night knowing that some ******** kid was flaunting his hat, claiming it would make him a Pokemon Master.

“We won’t stand for this! Mariomon! Use your…” James shouted, but froze in mid-sentence. “Use your… attack… Jessie! What attacks does Mariomon have?” James asked, desperately hoping for an answer.

“How should I know? I’ve never seen one before! Just shout out random attacks and maybe it will do one of them!” Jessie shot back.

“Mariomon! Use… Tackle!” James ordered.

“Tackle attack… You’re joking right?” Mario asked with a disappointed look on his face.

“Do not defy me! I am your master and I order you to use Tackle attack!” James spit out, whipping out his pointer finger and aiming it at Mario.

Suddenly, Mario sprung at James and gave him a rough and hearty, Terry Tate, NFL tackle! James got the wind knocked out of him and was floored. Mario stood on his chest with one foot and laughed.

“NOT ME, YOU IMBECILE! TACKLE THE BIRD!” James furiously demanded. “AND WHAT ARE YOU TWO LAUGHING AT?!” He shouted, shooting Jessie and Meowth a seething grimace.

“Nothing at all! We weren’t laughing at you!” Jessie casually replied, fighting the urge to burst out laughing like a lunatic. Meowth was doing the same.

“I’ll fight the bird only because it’s trying to take my hat. But I’m not taking your orders. You suck as a Pokemon Trainer.” Mario said sprung into the air. He jumped high enough to meet Noctowl eye-to-eye.

“Noctowl! Give him a stare-down with Leer!” Ash commanded.

Noctowl’s eyes began to glow yellow. Mario reacted by balling up his fists and swinging it toward the Owl pokemon downward. Noctowl got clocked in the head real nicely and bulleted into the ground. It got up shortly after, but was disoriented.

“That’s right, Mariomon! Good Mega Punch attack! I told him to use that, twerp!” James called out to Ash.

“No you didn’t, numb-nuts!” Mario called out to James.

“Whoa, that was a hard hit! Bayleef! Give him the Razor Leaf attack!” Ash ordered.

“Leef, leef, leef!” Bayleef repeated as it shot out random leaves at Mario.

Mario gracefully dodged every single leaf thrown at him. He started shooting fireballs at the attacking Bayleef. The Bayleef tried to dodge them, but failed as it caught three fireballs in the face! Don’t forget that fire is super-effective against Bayleef!

“LEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEFFFFFFFF!!!” Bayleef cried as it began to frantically run around in circles with its face on fire.

“Whoa! Bayleef, return!” Ash shouted as he took out Bayleef’s pokeball and withdrew it into the ball. “I’ll fight fire with fire! Go, Cyndaquil!” He shouted and hurled another pokeball out in front of him.

“Cynda!” The cute mole-looking pokemon squealed.

It then stood up on two feet and flames suddenly ignited on its back. These flames were strange, though. They looked like they were cheaply drawn onto its back by some kid in Kindergarten.

“You think that little rodent is going to stop my unstoppable pokemon?! HA HA HA!!!” James laughed at Ash’s absurd idea. “Mariomon! Give that fire-rat a taste of your Mega Punch!” James ordered.

“You just don’t get it, do you? I’m not listening to your orders! I’m not fighting for you! I’M NOT A GOD-FORSAKEN POKEMON! I’M A REAL BOY! I MEAN, MAN!!!” Mario bellowed.

“Cyndaquil, fire things up with a Flamethrower!” Ash demanded.

“Cynda! QUIIIIIIIIIIIIIL!” Cyndaquil opened its mouth and out streamed a beeline of flames.

Mario swiftly dodged the beam of fire, and the Flamethrower attack flew directly into James’s face! Jessie and Meowth were hysterical at that point. They didn’t care that James was glaring at them, plotting to do something grim to them while they were asleep…

Mario began to run at full speed toward Cyndaquil, preparing to deliver a sliding kick.

“Dodge his move with a Quick Attack, Cyndaquil!” Ash shouted.

“Quil!” Cyndaquil responded.

Mario closed in and began to slide toward the fire-type pokemon. Suddenly, it seemingly teleported out of the way!

“Whoa! The speed!” Mario exclaimed.

Then, Cyndaquil followed up by attacking Mario from behind. It ran at blazingly fast speeds, leaving trails of fire behind him, and threw itself at him! It flew through the air at such a high velocity that it actually flew through Mario and appeared in front of him! Mario was stunned by the tiny creature’s sheer agility.

“Now cover the area with Smokescreen!” Ash commanded.

Cyndaquil opened wide and thick, heavy smoke poured out of its mouth. The amount seemed endless as Mario and Team Rocket were swimming in a dark and thick cloud.

“Noctowl, you okay there? Use Foresight to track that Mariomon and take its hat!” Ash called out.

“Hooot-hooooot!” Noctowl replied and flew up into the sky, above the cloud of smoke.

Its eyes turned red and it began scanning the thick smog. It targeted Mario, who was sputtering and coughing and frantically looking around, preparing for another surprise attack against him. Noctowl then rapidly flapped its wings and dove into the dark brume, directly at Mario hat.

*SNATCH*

“NO! WHAT THE ****?! GIVE MY HAT BACK!” Mario boomed, but began coughing wildly because of all the smoke he breathed in.

Noctowl returned to its master and dropped the hat into his hand. Ash stared at the hat. He couldn’t believe he was holding such a “legendary” hat. He ripped off his old hat and threw it aside, and then he slowly and tenderly mounted his new crown upon his young head. The hat fit loosely, and it was pretty sweaty, but he felt triumph as if he had single-handedly won a war between nations.

“Look at me, Pikachu… I did it. I’m finally a POKEMON MASTER!!! YEAH!!! YEAH!!! YEAH!!!” Ash auspiciously celebrated as he did a victory dance. “Now, Cyndaquil! Create a massive explosion by shooting a Flamethrower at that cloud of smoke!”

“Cynda!” Cyndaquil answered and began to breathe in a huge gulp of air, preparing to shoot out a massive Flamethrower.

“PIKA!” Pikachu angrily shrieked and grabbed the hat off of Ash’s ego-inflated head.

“Pikachu! What’s the matter with you? Gimme back that hat!” Ash demanded, holding his hand out.

“Piii!” Pikachu defiantly responded and ran into the cloud of smoke with the hat.

“Wait! Don’t go in there, Pikachu!” Ash shouted.

“QUIIIIIIIIIILLL!!!” Cyndaquil bawled and shot an incredible stream of flame at the billowing Smokescreen.

“NO! PIKACHU!!! MY HAT!!!” Ash shouted and started running at the cloud, hoping to beat the Flamethrower to it.

Ash is such an idiot…

*SAILING MISHAP* Whoops, I mean… *UNREALISTICALLY ENORMOUS EXPLOSION*

Ash was blown back into the side of a building, while Brock, Cyndaquil, and Noctowl were knocked flat onto their backs. Pikachu, Mario, and Team Rocket were right in the middle of the massive detonation and were blown sky-high at the speed of sound!

“Looks like Team Rocket’s blasting off agaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaiiiiiiiiiiinnnnnnn!!!”

“Wooooooooooobbbbaaaaaaaaaaaa!!!”

“Wooooooooooooooaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaahhhhhhhhhhhooooooooooooooo!!!”

“Piiiiiiiiiiikaaaaaaaaaaaa-piiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiikaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa!!!”

All those shouts in unison faded into the background and the environment was silent once again. Ash gingerly rose to his feet and looked up into the heavens. Nothing but the blue, empty sky could be seen.

“Pikachu… My hat…” Ash defeatedly muttered, falling to his knees and hanging his head. Tears began to fall from his eyes and onto the stone-paved street.

“Ash…” Brock consoled, placing his hand on Ash’s shoulder.

Ash turned around and stared at Brock. He was holding the “Pokemon Master’s Hat”!

“It fell after the explosion. We’ll get Pikachu back. A Pokemon Master never gives up!” Brock said, trying to cheer up Ash.

“You’re right, Brock.” Ash murmured and took the hat from Brock to place it on his head once again. “I swear, as a Pokemon Master, that I will find my Pikachu! Then I’m going to catch a Mariomon, as well as all the Pokemon in the world! Then, I’m going to show Gary who’s the better trainer once and for all!” He declared, as he stood up and raised his fist into the air.

“Who are you going to show who’s the better trainer?” A voice from behind asked.

Ash turned around to see who was asking. A boy in his mid-teens stood before him. He had brown, spiky hair. He also wore a dark blue, slong-sleeved shirt, and matching pants. Beside him stood a black pokemon with long ears, an equally long tail, and red eyes. There was a golden ring around its ears and tail, and a golden oval could be seen on its forehead and all its joints.

“Oh crap… It’s Gary!” Ash gasped.

“Umbreon.” Gary’s Umbreon barked beside him.

“So… You think you can beat me in a pokemon battle, huh? Then put your money where your mouth is! Let’s go!” Gary spat out.

Ash looked uneasily at Gary, who was in a stance as if he was ready to fight. Would Ash believe the legend and fight Gary?

Find out in 2005!
_______________________________

If things go my way, I'll have Part 3 on the way by next Friday, the latest. Wish me luck!
 

LinkMaster12

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Jan 23, 2004
Messages
306
Location
NY
that was confusing and dumber than the other chapters,what car? mario suddenly far away from link and his brother?

write it better next time
 

ZeekeXIV

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Apr 26, 2004
Messages
229
Location
On the Edge
You're obviously not paying attention...

i love this story!

You typed that up a while back. But now you contradict yourself by saying:

that was confusing and dumber than the other chapters

Are you saying my last chapters, as well as this one, were dumb?

Whatever you say, but lemme explain what's going on in this act...

In the beginning of the act, that's me talking. Then I make like I'm telling Mario and crew's tale, but Luigi stops me and suggests I type about something else before I get to them. I decided to write about a different Mario.

"What different Mario?"

Let's refer to Act 7: Part 2...

"Well, I been watching you guys whenever I wasn't training. Y'all ran through time so much, y'all messed up everything! Originally, me and Mario were supposed to end up here together, but in this variation of reality, only I ended up here. Mario succeeded in sealing the entrance to the warp-pipe back in Mushroom Kingdom, so I had to find another one to use. I have no idea where your past-self is, Mario." Luigi explained.

That's where I got my idea from, LinkMaster. Everything in italics is important, but eveything in bold is pivotal to the rest of the story. I didn't pull that out my a**, I got that idea from my own story. I even added an Author's Note further explaining why there's another Mario in my story. He also serves a purpose; he's not just taking up some space in my story.

Now this raises another issue:

The people that actually do read my story... Are they REALLY reading my story, or are they just skimming my story and replying because they feel sorry I'm not getting any readers?

If you aren't really reading the story, then don't waste your time reading it! Everything I write is assuming you understand what happened in the acts before it.

I hope I'm making my story interesting enough so that you read EVERYTHING I write.

So LinkMaster...

If you really don't understand what's going on, re-read my story. If you still don't get it, then I dunno what to say... I don't think I made this act confusing at all. Like I said before, if you aren't really reading the story, then just don't reply.
 

LinkMaster12

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Jan 23, 2004
Messages
306
Location
NY
oh well sorry didnt understand uuuummmmmmm.....
wellllll..... sorry and no all the other chapters are great this one is just confusing i probably didnt like it because i hate pokemon,
and i will keep reading your story
 

ZeekeXIV

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Apr 26, 2004
Messages
229
Location
On the Edge
I'm just here to let y'all know that I'm not updating tomorrow. I haven't even started typing up anything for that act yet! Hopefully I can bring something entertaining over the weekend.

I've also noticed the lack of MewtwoMaster2002. The only one who's been reading my fic since since I started posting it has suddenly stopped reading it! Maybe it's just for this week, 'cause if it isn't....

I also just noticed that my story has mysteriously gained another star. And you know how the old saying goes:

Three stars are better than two!

So thanks a lot to whoever gave this tale of tales three stars. Hopefully someone comes around and knocks this up to four!

Anyway, see y'all sometime over the weekend.
 

MewtwoMaster2002

ミュウツーマスター2002
Joined
Dec 19, 2002
Messages
6,148
Location
Japan
3DS FC
2922-0496-2962
Great update. Sorry I just didn't get any notices from e-mail for updates to this fic until now. I understood that actually, it wasn't confusing. That was the past Mario and "the car" is an F-Zero racer.
 

PitBull`

Smash Rookie
Joined
Jun 19, 2004
Messages
2
Z, you have an amazing story. I cannot believe how many twists and turns it goes and i give it 10 / 5 star rating. :-D keep writing/typing and i wish u the best of luck ill check now and then for updates. I hope more people become attracted to this story. Its a great story, i would print it out and read it over and over if i had printer paper.

Continue the Great Work,

Pìtßú||
 

ZeekeXIV

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Apr 26, 2004
Messages
229
Location
On the Edge
Yeah, I realize it's been a minute since I last posted. I also said I would have the newest part posted already.

I LIED!!!

This week suddenly got busy, so sorry about not keeping my obligation. I can guarantee, though, that I WILL have Part 4 up d***-near immediately after I post Part 3.

Just cope with me here. I didn't forget about y'all!
 

ZeekeXIV

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Apr 26, 2004
Messages
229
Location
On the Edge
This is it. It's finally here. Act 8: Part 3.

I probably lost a lot of your interests by making y'all wait so long, but business comes first. School was really hectic last week, so I didn't have time to do anything.

But no longer do you have to wait! Also, I'll be starting Act 8: Part 4 this week as well! So I'll be having a new act up for you to enjoy in a week at most.

So without further interuption, here it is. I hope it was worth the wait.
_________________________________

Act 8: Getting Where You Need To Go Once Again (Part 3)

Meanwhile, with Mario, Pikachu, and Team Rocket soaring through the air…

“So… we’ve been flying through the air for at least ten minutes now. How this is even possible is beyond me. If we were in the middle of an explosion that strong, there should be pieces of us scattered all over Kanto!” Mario said, as they were now sailing over the Pewter City Gym.

“You should know how many things are impossible in this world! I’m pretty an Electrode has used Explosion on you at some point in your Pokemon life.” Jessie said.

“Well, yeah… I got blown sky high! But I’m not a Pokemon…” Mario sighed, disappointed.

“Sure you aren’t. Anyway, you’re not dead from that explosion, right? It’s just best if you don’t think about it.” Jessie concluded.

“Fine. So when are we going to land?” Mario asked.

“Well, we’ve been blown-up so many times that we can accurately predict when and where we’re going to land.” James said, and then licked his finger and stuck it in the air. “Judging by the wind’s direction and our current flying speed, I say we’ll be landing in three minutes. This time, we’ll be crashing somewhere in Viridian City. That’s not as bad as what we usually go through. One time, we got blown-up and landed in the Lake of Rage, back in Johto. That wouldn’t have been so bad if it wasn’t for that Red Gyarados.”

“You thought that was bad? Nothin’ was worse than when we landed on the roof of Tin Tower. That Ho-oh didn’t like us at all…” Meowth muttered, remembering the horrid ordeal.

“I think we’re going to land in the Viridian City Gym!” Jessie pointed out.

“Excellent! The best part is that our super-secret base is hidden there! We’ll show the boss our two new Pokemon: Mariomon and Pikachu!” James exclaimed, rubbing his hands together excitedly.

“I’m so **** tired of telling you guys that I’m not a Pokemon… When we get to your base, I’m beyond positive that your boss will tell you what I really am. Everyone can’t be as stupid as you guys…” Mario sighed. He still had doubts of the average intelligence level in this world. He already met five people who truly believe that he was a nothing more than a Pocket Monster.

“Hey, James… You said we’d be landin’ in three minutes, right?” Meowth inquired.

“Yes, I did. Why do you ask?” James replied.

James’s prediction was completely off. As soon as he asked his question, the group suddenly crashed through the roof of Viridian City’s Gym, as well as a few floors, and landed on the cold and hard basement floor of the Gym. That level of the Gym obviously wasn’t used very often. It was dark, dusty, and smelled of must.

“I wish I had more time to prepare for impact…” Mario said, muffled because of his position underneath Team Rocket.

“I’ll never get used to slamming into the floor like that…” James groaned, untangling himself from the dog-piled heap of bodies and rubble from the roof and destroyed floors on top of him. “Mariomon, return!” He suddenly ordered as he whipped out a pokeball.

“NOOOOO!!! **** YOU, JAMES!!!” Mario bawled as the familiar force took him over and returned him to his poke-prison.

“I’ve got another pokeball for Pikachu, too!” James mentioned, taking that one out and preparing to catch the electric-type Pokemon with it.

“Say… Where is Pikachu?!” Meowth exclaimed, after digging himself out of the mess.

Jessie suddenly exploded from the under the pile.

“We did NOT just get blown-up and come crashing through multiple floors just to lose that vermin! FIND HIM!” Jessie ordered.

Immediately, Team Rocket was on the prowl searching for Pikachu. It didn’t take too long to find him. Whenever Pikachu was exceedingly nervous, little sparks of lightning shot from his red cheeks.

“We’ve got you now, you little yellow rodent! With your power, as well as Mariomon’s, we’ll be invincible!” Jessie announced victoriously as Team Rocket ominously inched closer and closer to Pikachu.

Pikachu frantically looked around for a quick escape route, but there was none in sight.

“You can’t escape us! There’s nowhere to run! Just accept yourself as one of us now!” James said, holding out the pokeball.

“PIKACHUUUUUUUUUUUUUU!!!” Pikachu shouted and produced thousands of volts of electricity to shock Team Rocket with. He formed the electricity into the head of a ravenous monster with sharp teeth.

“Well, aren’t we creative…” Jessie sarcastically muttered, knowing exactly what was coming next.

The electric monster then opened wide and devoured Jessie, James, and Meowth. They weren’t really eaten, but they were getting shocked to death.

After the deadly rush of electricity, Team Rocket poofed into ashes and scattered all over the floor. Pikachu saw Mario’s pokeball partially buried in the ashes. He immediately scurried over to the ball and set Mario free.

“Thanks a lot, Pikachu. Where’s Team Rocket?” Mario asked, quickly scanning the area.

“Pika.” Pikachu pointed toward the smoldering pile of ashes. Some of the ashes were picked up by a small draft of wind and floated up toward the hole in the ceiling.

“Wow… I won’t be pissing you off anytime soon!” Mario said cheerfully, but in astonishment. “Hey, quick question: you don’t believe I’m a pokemon, right?” He asked, silently praying that not everyone was as stupid as Team Rocket.

“Chu!” Pikachu gleefully squeaked.

“I’ll take that as a ‘yes’.” Mario shrugged. “So… now what do we do?”

“I can tell ya what you won’t be doin’!” A voice answered from the darkness.

“PIKA?!” Pikachu stammered in disbelief.

“Unbe-freaking-lieveable! How did you survive that?! You guys were reduced to ashes!” Mario gasped, as he stared at a perfectly untouched Team Rocket.

“To tell you the truth, we have no idea.” James admitted, while magically pulling out a chart and crudely drew two pictures. “As you can see by this chart, we were a pile of unrecognizable ashes before. Now we’re standing before you completely unscathed!”

“How do ya explain that, ya ask?” Meowth added.

“We simply can’t. By all accounts, it doesn’t make any sense.” Jessie concluded.

“At least we all can agree on that. Now if you’ll excuse us…” Mario began, pushing his way past Team Rocket alongside Pikachu.

“Oh no ya don’t! You two are proof that we’re not the failures our boss always says we are!” Meowth interrupted, blocking the duo’s way.

“Screw your boss! We’re leaving and there ain’t a **** thing you can do about it! Unless you wanna fight for our captivity…” Mario suggested, stretching out and preparing to kick a reasonable amount of ***.

Pikachu’s cheeks began sparking violently as he donned an uncharacteristically devious smirk.

“Uh-oh… I don’t like the look on Pikachu’s face…” Jessie quietly whispered to James.

“Neither do I! And Mariomon looks pretty menacing too. Maybe we should just let them go.” James murmured back to Jessie.

“ARE YOU TWO CRAZY?!” Meowth boomed, viciously slashing James and Jessie’s face. “This is our big chance to prove ourselves and you two wanna give up because our new pokemon won’t cooperate?! Who’s da master, here?” He shouted, throwing his arms out in anger.

“Well, I guess we still are.” Jessie timidly muttered.

“You guess? WRONG ANSWER!” Meowth shouted and slashed her face again. “You ARE their masters! Don’t let some pokemon intimidate ya! Get tough and be a trainer! Now go and show them whose boss before I Slash-attack ya to death!” Meowth ordered, unveiling his sleek and sharp nine-inch nails.

“Yes, Meowth! Whatever you say!” Jessie and James obeyed and prepared to battle.

“Pika…” Pikachu sighed in disappointment.

“I can’t believe what I just witnessed… Do you two realize that you’ve just been 0wn3d?” Mario inquired.

“Silence, insolent pokemon!” James spit at Mario. “Go Weezing and Victreebell!”

“Weezing!” Weezing wheezed.

“EEEEEEEEEAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!” Victreebell shrieked and swallowed James.

“NOW IS NOT THE TIME FOR THIS, VICTREEBELL!” James cried out from inside the Victreebell’s mouth.

“Oh my god… This is just pitiful.” Mario sighed, shaking his head. “I don’t even wanna fight anymore. Just make quick work of them, Pikachu.”

“Pika.” Pikachu agreed. “Piiiikaaaa…” He chanted as he built up a plethora of voltage from within him. Little shocks of lightning bolted out from his small, yellow body occasionally.

“Aww man. This is gonna be nasty. I don’t think you’ll be coming back from this one. I can’t even watch!” Mario taunted and turned his back to Team Rocket. The basement was suddenly bright enough to see every dark and dusty corner.

“CCCCCHHHHHHHUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU!!!” Pikachu boomed as a powerful surge of lightning busted from his body toward Team Rocket at the speed of light.

“No! I didn’t even get to send out my pokemon yet!” Jessie shouted as she curled into a ball in hopes of blunting the pain.

Now, since a bolt of lightning travels at the speed of light, Jessie wouldn’t have been able to say even half of “no”. But since she was able to articulate an entire sentence, you know that they had been saved somehow.

“PIKA?!” Pikachu squeaked in bewilderment.

“No way in nine hells! That’s just impossible!” Mario stammered as he stared in Team Rocket’s direction.


All of them: Jessie, James, Meowth, Weezing, and Victreebell were all holding each other, cowering from the fatal blast of electricity. What they didn’t realize was that all the electricity being sent toward them was being held still by an unseen force.

“I’m pretty sure we should be fryin’ to death by now. Ya think we’ve been saved somehow?” Meowth wondered.

The rest of Team Rocket pondered the same thought and wearily peeked their heads from within the tight circle they banded themselves in. To their incredible surprise, the thick and powerful bolt of lightning was frozen mere inches away from them.

“You guys aren’t doing that, are you?” Mario asked, still in astonishment of what he was witnessing.

“Are you joking? If we could stop lightning, then we’d be the bosses of Team Rocket!” James exclaimed.

<That’s exactly why I am your unquestioned dominator.> An unknown voice said. This voice wasn’t exactly heard by ear. This voice was heard inside of everyone’s head.

“That’s it. I’ve officially gone crazy. First, I see lightning literally stop right in front of you…” Mario explained, pointing at Team Rocket. “…and now I’m hearing voices. It’ll only be a matter of time before I start believing that I am actually a pokemon!”

<Your sanity is still intact. I am projecting my thoughts into your mind.> The voice said to Mario.

“You’re in for it now! That’s our boss speakin’ to ya!” Meowth said with a relieved smile.

“Boss! Look at the pokemon we caught for you! The one in the blue overalls is Mariomon. He’s a bit unruly, but he is very powerful.” James assured the unseen boss.

“And this is the Pikachu we’ve been after for years. He’s grown increasingly powerful with every encounter. I’m sure he won’t disappoint you.” Jessie added.

<I see. Leave us. Your efforts shall be rewarded later.> “The boss” ordered.

“Sure thing, boss.” Meowth obeyed as Team Rocket silently left the basement.

There was an uncomfortable silence immediately following. Mario and Pikachu frozen in fear, glancing every-so-often at the halted stream of electricity, expecting it to come out of suspension and electrocute them at any moment. Mario perspired nervously as he looked around the still illuminated basement, hoping to find the voice projector. Pikachu was very jittery, as if he knew who was speaking and mortally feared him.

<This is quite a surprise, Mario. Usually those blundering fools manage to thwart themselves in even the simplest of schemes. But they somehow managed to capture you. I did not expect to see you until I had succeeded in my plans for world domination. But I'm still prepared to deal with you. That is what people will never understand about psychics: knowing what happens before it happens is only half the gift. Knowing exactly what to do when the unexpected happens is the other half they neglect to realize.> The voice explained.

“Plans for world domination?” Mario stuttered. The voice in his head seemed somewhat familiar. He wanted to make sure it was who he thought it was. “Who are you?” He shakily asked.

The huge bolt of lightning began to dissipate into the air until it completely vanished. The only light in the room was coming from the gaping hole in the ceiling. From one of the dark corners of the basement, a pair of glowing, blue eyes could be seen staring at Mario and Pikachu. The eyes started to float closer and closer to them until they floated into the light. The eyes were accompanied by a body. This body was tall, with a long, purple tail, but seemed physically weak. Its legs were thick, like a kangaroo’s legs, its arms were of decent length, and its head resembled a cat’s head. Its purple eyes looked like they were full of knowledge, but seemed cold and indifferent.

“Mewtwo…” Mario weakly murmured as he stared in awe at the most powerful Psychic pokemon in existence. Pikachu simply squealed in fear.

“Pokemon originally were the dominant species of this world. Humans eventually came into existence and we were able to live on this planet together as equals.” Mewtwo began to foretell. “But as they evolved, they grew more power-hungry. When they realized that we had incredible fighting potential, they developed an unreasonable fear that we would try to enslave them to have them do our bidding. They began to invent pokemon-catching technology in order to enslave us: pokeballs. At first, humans would only apprehend us and keep us imprisoned in those pokeballs. But soon, they would start pitting us against each other for their own entertainment. Pokemon were fighting other pokemon for the benefit of humans. I refuse to idly sit by and let this continue. As the most powerful pokemon in existence, I’m going to do whatever I can in order to take our world back from the humans by any means necessary.” He concluded, clenching his fist in determination.

“It’ll never work! Pokemon and humans coexist very peacefully from what I’ve seen so far. Why would you want to screw up that balance? Think about what you just said. You’re blowing everything out of proportion!” Mario tried to reason with Mewtwo.

“Piii, pikachu!” Pikachu agreed.

“You would not understand. Despite what Jessie and James think, you are not a pokemon. We are the rightful heirs to the planet. Geologically, humans have not existed even half as long as we have. And yet, they have managed to put at least one of every known species of pokemon into captivity. We were not meant to abide to every human’s battle commands! We are more than mindless fighting vessels. We are individuals as well! I am fighting to make every pokemon realize this, and to let all humans know that what they are doing is wrong.” Mewtwo was getting deeply passionate about what he was saying. Mewtwo wasn’t planning on dominating the world for himself. He was planning on gaining the world back for all pokemon.

“That’s very noble, Mewtwo. I still don’t think it’s such a great idea to ruin the unity that exists between humans and pokemon.” Mario said.

“Well, I guess we are going to have to change your opinion then.” Mewtwo said.

“What do you mean?” Mario questioned as his heart skipped multiple beats.

He normally wouldn’t be so terrified of Mewtwo, since he had fought and beaten him in Super Smash Brothers Melee. What was different between then and now was that Mewtwo was in his natural world. When a “smash brother” was out of their home dimension, they could only use “smash tactics”. Smash tactics could be best understood as the fighting style the smasher used when they were in a Smash Brothers game. When a smasher was in their home dimension, not only could they use their smash tactics, but they could use any other special skill they knew in that dimension. For some smashers, the best skills they had were only smash tactics. However for smashers like Mewtwo, their power grew exponentially in their home world. Mario knew a lot of Mewtwo’s psychic powers were suppressed in Super Smash Brothers Melee. But now he was in Mewtwo’s world, where his powers were only limited by his mercy…

Mewtwo didn’t respond to Mario’s question. He had put his three thick, sphere-like fingers to his forehead and closed his eyes. It seemed as if he was in a deep trance, trying to telepathically communicate with someone. Suddenly, two more pairs of eyes appeared from the darkness. The first pair simply glowed a bright yellow and was quite squinted. The other pair of eyes glowed blood-red. This pair of eyes was accompanied by a wide, pearly-white smile. The two eyes floated into the light and revealed themselves: a Hypno and a Gengar.

“Why are they here? What are you going to do with us?” Mario demanded, steadily adding more courage into each question.

“These two are going to persuade you into helping me achieve my plan.” Mewtwo stated.

“Pika!” Pikachu peeped in defiance while shaking its head.

“Never! I’m not gonna help you, Mewtwo!” Mario also defied while slowly backing away from the intimidating pokemon group.

“Resistance is futile.” Mewtwo simply said as his eyes began glowing an icy blue.

“Gengar…” Gengar spoke as it began snickering.

The Gengar’s eyes began to glow blood-red and he began chuckling more. It slowly began creeping toward Mario and Pikachu. Both of them wearily started backing away.

“Mewtwo, what is it doing?” Mario asked, hoping to get an answer. Mewtwo simply watched with his intimidating, ice blue-glowing eyes.

“PIKACHU!” Pikachu suddenly shrieked and attacked Gengar with a Thunderbolt attack.

The swift bolt of lightning simply sailed straight through the ghost pokemon. This struck it as hilarious as it let out a deep-bellied guffaw while still closing the distance between itself and Mario and Pikachu. They were petrified, now that they saw no way to escape their grim situation.

Just then, it seemed like his imagination, but the room began to fade a bit. Mario rubbed one eye at a time in order to keep the unnerving Gengar in his sights. Rubbing his eyes only seemed to make things worse. Everything faded into a black abyss now, and Mario was the only one there.

“Where the **** am I? Hello?” Mario timidly called, terrified of his current ordeal.

Pikachu’s shrill cries abruptly tore through the black environment. Mario couldn’t see what was going on, but he could feel Pikachu’s fear. The cries continued for a short while, then ended as abruptly as they began. Fearful tension gripped Mario’s heart fiercely, as he awaited his fate.

He began to unconsciously think of Gengar and how it was laughing before he ended up in his infinitely dark prison. His mind began to wander as Gengar started doing other thing, such as literally running through his mind and licking random things with its lengthy tongue. Mario tried to think about something else, but to no avail. His mind was fixated on the Gengar. He violently shook his head to try to force himself to get his mind off of it, but still there was no success. Mario’s brain began to tingle and slowly felt more numb. He also found it hard to stay conscious. Then Mario came to a chilling realization: Gengar was literally in his mind, licking the innards of his brain! Mario knew about a Gengar’s paralyzing Lick attack and was officially frightened beyond comprehension.

“GET OUT OF MY HEAD!!!” Mario bellowed as loud as he could.

He could still feel his brain grow more and more numb as he screamed. He held his head as he sunk to his knees and began to viciously pull at his hair. The combined feeling of numbness and pain was too much for what little brainpower Mario had left. He fainted frightened and alone in the deep, black abyss.

What seemed like hours later, Mario awakened in a room significantly brighter than the basement he was in before. The room had no windows, though. There was simply one door and lights on the ceiling. Mario tried to move his arms, but realized they were tied together! He was about to get up, but realized his legs were tied up too! He had been tied to a chair. A little while later, the door swung open, and in entered Hypno, Gengar, and Mewtwo.

“Where’s Pikachu?” Mario immediately demanded.

“Don’t worry about him. He’s fine. If I’m not mistaking, I think he will be joining our cause.” Mewtwo said with a slight smirk.

“Liar…” Mario muttered under his breath. “What did you do to me? My brain still feels numb…”

“That was quite a Nightshade attack, wasn’t it?” Mewtwo asked. “This Gengar can use a combination of attacks with her Nightshade. She prefers to be called Nightlaff. Her favorite combo only works on males, and is called Attractive Nightshade. First, she begins to laugh. Her opponent gets confused by her sudden outburst and doesn’t realize that she is using Attract. She then follows up with Nightshade and veils the opponent in a jet-black cloak of darkness. Still suffering from the effects of Attract, the opponent begins to unconsciously think of Nightlaff. This allows her to replace her adversary’s thoughts with her actual presence without the opponent noticing. Once inside their mind, she begins to use Lick to lick the innards. Combine that paralyzing Lick attack with pitch-black darkness from Nightshade, and you have an attack which ensues insanity and eventual unconsciousness.” Mewtwo explained as he smiled. “She was specially trained by me.”

“I’ll bet you’re real proud of yourself.” Mario answered sarcastically.

“Before we convince you to join our cause, we’ll still give you one last chance to convince yourself to join us.” Mewtwo offered.

“I’ve already decided. I’m not going to break the unity that exists between humans and pokemon!” Mario declared.

You won’t break the bond, but I know someone deep within you that will.” Mewtwo said. “While you were unconscious, I scanned your mind in order to learn more about your past. You weren’t always the flawless hero everyone knows and respects…”

“That’s right. So what?” Mario nonchalantly replied, trying to keep his composure. “That’s in the past, which is way behind me. There’s no way I’m going back to those times.”

“Of course you aren’t. Not voluntarily at least. You are going to need a trigger. And that’s where my good friend, Torp comes in.” Mewtwo said while putting his hand on the Hypno’s back.

“Hypno…” Torp droned in a hypnotizing voice. Its voice seemed to echo itself.

“Let me give you a little background on his name. Torp is short for his full name: Torpor. There is actually a word in the English language known as torpor, which means lethargy or a state of unconsciousness resembling deep sleep. Isn’t it a coincidence that his name so-closely resembles what has mastered putting people in?” Mewtwo explained.

“Yeah, it’s real cute…” Mario replied with increasing sarcasm. “How come you didn’t come up with a clever name for yourself?”

“I am not too keen on giving myself an alias. I simply wish to be known as what I am: Mewtwo, the most powerful pokemon alive.” Mewtwo proclaimed, seemingly posing with his arms crossed.

“I guess you have a point…” Mario said.

“Let me give you some background on Torp, himself. Hypnos are masters at hypnosis. Torp, however, has never failed at taking absolute control of any individual’s mind. He almost managed to hypnotize even me! The key word is almost.” Mewtwo said.

“He’s going to try to hypnotize me with that pendulum thing?” Mario asked, looking at the hypnosis pendulum in Torp’s hand. “I’m no psychic, but I foresee complete and utter failure. What’s stopping me from closing my eyes and not paying attention to him?”

“You will have no choice but to look. I guarantee it.” Mewtwo promised as his eyes flashed blue.

“Hypno… Hypno…” Torp droningly repeated as he swung his pendulum back and forth in front of Mario’s eyes.

Mario simply closed his eyes and pointed his head down to the floor as Torp continued to drone. He continued to drone on for minutes on end. As frustrated as he should’ve been, Torp continued to patiently swing the pendulum and chant his pokemon name.

“Why don’t you give it up already? It’s obvious that I’m not gonna be opening my eyes anytime soon. I have my own quest to get back to anyway, so just let me go! I promise I won’t get involved after you release me.” Mario said with his eyes closed, while crossing his fingers behind him.

“I know you too well, Mario. You will try to fight me in order to keep the Pokemon world as it is now. I already know that I will be the victor, but you will be of so much more use if we joined forces.” Mewtwo replied. “And about you not opening your eyes anytime soon… Quite the contrary. You will be opening your eyes in ten seconds.”

“One… two… three…” Mario began counting; very confident that he wouldn’t be opening his eyes for anything.

As he began counting, he saw a pair of eyes and a familiar wide smile materialize in his mind. Slowly, a body began to form behind the smiling eyes and mouth. Much to Mario’s surprise, Nightlaff appeared in his mind again!

“OH MY GOD!!!” Mario shouted, still with his eyes closed.

“Did I forget to mention that Nightlaff can invade the mind of anyone who sees pitch-black?” Mewtwo said with a smirk. “Having her paralyze your brain once will only result in temporary unconsciousness. Having her paralyze your brain twice within the same day will result in permanent brain damage. You now have two choices: open your eyes and fall under Torp’s Hypnosis, or keep your eyes closed and let Nightlaff destroy vital brain tissue. Choose wisely.”

In his mind, Mario could see Nightlaff licking the innards of his brain. He felt the familiar numbness once again. As much as he didn’t want to be hypnotized, the last thing he wanted was to become brain-dead. Mario opened his eyes to face the still-droning Hypno.

“Hypno… Hypno…”

Mario caught a glimpse of the pendulum and involuntarily focused on it. He slowly felt himself going under the hypnosis pokemon’s control. Mario quickly shook it off and turned his head away from Torp. Torp slowly walked over to where Mario’s head turned and continued his mantra. Mario immediately turned to the opposite direction. Torp slowly chased his face and continued his Hypnosis.

“Why won’t you quit! It’s obvious I’m not gonna look at that thing long enough for you to hypnotize me!” Mario exclaimed and turned his face once again.

To his surprise, Torp was already standing there, repeating his mantra. Mario quickly turned to another direction, but Torp was standing there too! He began to frantically turn his head in any random direction, but Torp seemed to be standing wherever he looked! It was like he could multiply himself!

“You can’t be standing in more than one place! There’s only one of you!” Mario said in disbelief as he kept trying to avoid the omnipresent psychic pokemon.

“Torp knows a little move called Double Team. This allows him to make multiple copies of himself that do the same exact thing. This is why he is guaranteed to hypnotize you. It is impossible for you to avoid him. Unless you want to close your eyes, that is. But you know what will happen if you attempt it.” Mewtwo warned as Nightlaff uttered a demented chuckle.

Mario thought to himself and declared he officially had his nuts in a blender. If he closed his eyes to try to avoid Torp, Nightlaff would invade his mind and cause permanent brain damage. If he kept his eyes opened, he would be hypnotized by the droning Hypno. Even if he somehow managed to escape Torp and Nightlaff, Mewtwo would probably have a flawless plan to make sure everything went his way. With much reluctance, Mario turned to the Hypno directly in front of him and stared into his mesmerizing pendulum.

“It was only a matter of time before you realized resistance truly was futile. Do not fret, though. Hypnosis is a quick and painless process.” Mewtwo said.

Mario felt himself becoming stupefied as he gazed into the swinging pendulum. He still tried to fight off the drowsiness, but to no avail. The hypnosis spell was too strong. As Mario’s eyelids drooped, the last thing he saw was Mewtwo spinning around very rapidly while deviously chuckling (his taunt in SSBM). Soon, Mario was in a deep slumber.

During his siesta, he had a dream…

He was back in the Mushroom Kingdom, and fighting his way through Bowser’s castle in order to save Peach. This was the old-school Bowser’s Castle from Super Mario Bros. He finally made it to the final portion of the castle: the bridge where you had to fight King Koopa himself.

“Welcome to my humble home, Mario.” Bowser greeted. Fireballs jumped up from the pool of lava below the bridge.

“Cut the crap, Bowser!” Mario spat at Bowser, denying his welcome. “Since you and I both know that I’m going to win, I’ll make a deal with you. You personally walk Peach to me, and kiss her feet afterward as an apology for kidnapping her. Then maybe I’ll think about letting you live for another month.” He suggested.

“I have a better deal. How about I give you the finger…” Bowser stated as he flipped Mario the bird. “…and you kiss my *** for good measure.” He concluded while bending over.

“Bowser… You have got to be kidding me.” Mario muttered to himself as he stared at the most appalling scene in all of Mushroom Kingdom.

“Come on! You already went for half of the deal, so you might as well complete the transaction! Pucker up and put your lips on my left cheek. GWA HA HA!!!” Bowser taunted as he shook his disgusting groove-thang.

“I went for half the deal?! You just stuck your middle finger up at me! You know what? I will kiss your ***… WITH FIREBALLS!!!” Mario suddenly burst out and wildly shot numerous fireballs at Bowser’s scaly, green hide.

The volley of fireballs rocketed toward Bowser and hit him with surprisingly powerful force. He was knocked over onto his face as Mario continued to shower Bowser with more fireballs. Eventually, Bowser got knocked out by Mario’s great balls of fire, and he fainted as an upside-down shell and fell into the lava.

Mario then crossed the bridge and headed into the room where Peach was being held captive. She was sitting in a corner, crying her eyes out. When the door opened, she jumped up and armed herself with her trusty Frying Pan.

“Peach? I’m here to rescue you!” Mario called into the room before entering.

“Mario? Is it really you?” She called back, still weary and clutching her Frying Pan tighter.

“There’s only one Mario, isn’t there?” Mario responded, peeking his head into the room.

When Peach saw Mario’s face, her eyes lit up as she realized she would be safe now. She ran out of the room and into Mario’s arms.

“Oh Mario… I thought you wouldn’t come to rescue me this time.” Peach muttered, obviously embarrassed that she managed to get kidnapped again.

“I don’t care if this was the thousandth time you were kidnapped! This would just be the thousandth time I rescued you.” Mario said while looking into her eyes. He honestly meant it.

“Mario…” Peach softly murmured as she bought her face closer to Mario’s.

Mario closed his eyes and prepared to lay a smooth kiss on Peach’s lips. They spent a good while kissing each other until something seemed off. Mario waved it off at first, but things went from bad to worse. At first, the kiss was literally sweet and peachy (meaning it tasted peachy!), but then it tasted humid and murky. You could even say it tasted poisonous! He was seconds away from vomiting all over Peach! He opened his eyes to see what was going on. Mario was beside himself in livid consternation when he saw what he was now kissing… The very same Hypno that had hypnotized him: Torp!

WHAT THE ****?!!!? What happened to Peach?! Where did he come from?! How the **** did I go from kissing someone so beautiful, to something so hideous? WHY IS HIS BREATH SO BAD?!!!?

All these questions zoomed through Mario’s head like a wild Bullet Bill. He tried to pull his face away from Torp’s, but he had him in a lethal lip-lock! The more he struggled, the more sucked-in his lips felt. When Mario thought of that particular feeling, his heart skipped a beat when he considered this thought: could Torp be trying to eat him?

Mario’s question was answered when his head suddenly ended up inside the Hypno’s mouth. He began to scream and battle his way out of the Hypno’s mouth. There was no success in his efforts. Soon, Torp completely consumed him. Somehow, instead of ending up deep within the bowels of his stomach, Mario was falling into a deep, black, and seemingly endless hole. He fell for what seemed like hours until he finally landed onto solid ground. He got up and looked around his surroundings. There was nothing but black. He felt exactly like he did when Nightlaff used Nightshade on him. Suddenly, an enormous smile formed in the darkness. This smile was also accompanied by glowing, red eyes. Blood-red eyes…

“Nightlaff…” Mario frightfully shuddered. He had developed a healthy fear of Nightlaff ever since she rendered his brain useless after their first encounter.

The female Gengar began giggling. The giggling soon matured into snickering. The snickering soon developed into laughter. The laughter then mutated into boisterous guffaws. Nightlaff was laughing so hard, the ground began to quake below Mario’s feet. He had no idea what was going to happen next. Nightlaff continued her bellowing laughter; her mouth growing bigger and wider as she laughed herself stupid. Soon, her mouth stretch as far as Mario could see. It even stretched out behind him! As the mouth stretched out, the environment began to change. Slowly, more light began to fill the room and the surroundings became recognizable. Then, the sinister cackling finally stopped. Mario checked his surroundings once again and immediately realized where he was: back in Bowser’s Castle.

This time, Bowser’s Castle had a 3-D feel to it. This 3-D feel was similar to the way it was back in Super Mario RPG. Mario left the very first room of the castle and headed into a room full of Terrapins. He stomped each and every one of them with relative ease by executing a few elementary one-two punch combos. After he cleared out that room, he entered the next room: a bridge over a boiling pool of liquid magma which led to a big, red door. Mario easily ran over the bridge and opened the red door. Before stepping foot into the next room, part of the bridge collapsed, leaving a gap too wide for Mario to jump across. There was no turning back now. He had no choice but to move on into the next room.

The next room seemed like the throne room, judging by the two chandeliers that hung from the ceiling. Mario expected to find Bowser and Peach as soon as he walked in. Instead, the room was completely empty! Mario ran to the end of the room and looked around. To his left: nothing. To his right: nothing. Mario had no idea where else they could be. Just when he was about to exit the room to see if there was something he missed, he felt a drop of water fall onto his hatless head. He looked up to see Peach (who was crying like a baby once again) dangling way above him by a rope! He also saw Bowser on top of one of the chandeliers, chuckling to himself. Mario took the initiative and jumped up to the other vacant chandelier.

“Don’t let Bowser bruise you, Mario!” Peach shouted as she slightly swung higher-still above Mario and Bowser.

“Mario! Prepare yourself for the great beyond!” Bowser threatened as he assumed fighting position.

Mario and Bowser then went at it, RPG-style. Each took turns trying to knock the crap out of each other. With Mario being the speedier character, he landed way more hits than Bowser did. Bowser’s hits were also noticeably weak. Mario continued to pound away at Bowser, but Bowser never faltered. He continued to fight as if he were at full health. Mario couldn’t figure out how to beat him.

“Mario! The chain! Aim for the chain!” Peach shrieked from above.

Mario then looked at the chain behind Bowser. It was holding up the chandelier Bowser was standing on! Mario thought that maybe if he attacked the Kinklink chain, it would release the chandelier and leave Bowser to fall to his doom!

Mario then used his special Jump attack to jump on the chain. He landed a solid hit on Kinklink and the chain began to loosen its grip on Bowser’s platform! Bowser countered by shooting a spike from his spiky shell straight at Mario. This didn’t faze Mario in the least bit. He jumped on the chain once again and a thunderous clap echoed throughout the throne room. The Kinklink began losing the strength to support the combined weight of Bowser and the chandelier.

“What was that sound?” Bowser wondered, looking around to see where it came from. He turned around to see Kinklink struggling to hold on to the chandelier. “N…n…NO!! It’s a chain reaction!!” Bowser shouted as he angrily jumped around. “Hang on, Kinklink!”

Bowser’s words of encouragement couldn’t keep the chain from holding on. It released the chandelier and it, as well as Bowser plummeted to the castle floor.

“Eyaaaaaaa!!” Bowser screamed as he fell to the bottom.

Mario spun around and held up a peace sign as a victory pose.

“Coming, Mario?” Bowser’s voice suddenly rang out.

Mario looked down and saw a hammer flying up toward the chain supporting his chandelier. It clonked the chain powerfully and the chain began to lose its grip on the chandelier. Mario frantically began to scramble, trying to help the chain maintain its hold.

“Fight, Mario! FIGHT!!” Peach shouted, encouraging Mario to stay safe on the platform.

“This should FINISH you!” Bowser shouted from below and hurled another hammer at the already-struggling Kinklink.

The hammer struck and forced the chain to let go, leaving Mario to plummet to his doom as well. Mario peered over the edge of the falling chandelier. It was a LONG way down. Mario’s chandelier caught up to Bowser and they had a stare-down.

“Mwa ha! Did you think I was just gonna GIVE her to ya?” Bowser chortled. “You’re ALWAYS in my way! This is IT! I’m gonna take you out, Mario!” Bowser declared.

With that, he jumped toward Mario’s platform. Mario jumped off his platform and bounced on Bowser’s head in order to perform an ULTRA jump up to where Peach was. Bowser was easily trounced and left to his impending doom once again.

“Fungah! Foiled again!” Bowser cried as he dropped like a stone to the castle floor.

Mario soared upward toward the Kinklink near the dangling Princess Peach.

“Oh Mario… You had me so worried!” Peach admitted as Mario swung his chain near Peach and finally grabbed her to set her free.

“You don’t need to worry about me! It’s not like I was dealing with anyone dangerous. This is Bowser were talking about!” Mario said to Peach as they hung from the Kinklink chain so high above the castle floor.

“Thank you for saving me!” Peach gratefully stated.

“Think nothing of it, baby!” Mario responded with a big smile.

“But our Princess is in another castle!” Peach quickly added with her voice suddenly sounding more high and croaky. Almost like a Toad’s voice…

“WHAT?!” Mario shouted in rage.

Peach grabbed her long and full blond hair and pulled it over her face. Then her whole upper half of her body seemed to collapse! The only thing that was left was Toad standing with Mario on the chain!

“Thank you, Mario! But our Princess is in another castle! So get to looking for her!” Toad ordered and shoved Mario off the chain. “Bye bye!”

“TOAD, YOU *******!!!” Mario shouted as he plunged down toward the hard, stone castle tiling.

Mario fell for what seemed like eons until he finally smashed into the cold, hard floor. He landed with exorbitant force, but was not injured in any way from the impact. After getting over the shock that he wasn’t dead from such a fall, he got up on his feet. He suddenly realized that he was no longer in Bowser’s Castle. In fact, he was back in the middle of nowhere! Somehow, he was able to differentiate this place from the other limitless oblivions he had ended up that day. It reminded him of when he met with the strange character dressed in a blue hood and cloak. Instinctively, Mario turned to his right and there stood the same exact person. It seemed like he was in the middle of a sentence.

“…I’m only here to warn you about things to come. Remember, one will save the world and the other will destroy it. Which one are you, Mario?”

Mario would finally be able to complete his thought and hopefully get more information about what would become of him.

“I’m the one that will save the world!” Mario stated, very confident in what he believed. The blue-hooded figure’s face seemed to disagree. “Geno… I am the one that will save the world, aren’t I?” Mario asked.

Mario’s cloaked companion simply turned his back to him. With Geno’s reluctance to give a definite answer, Mario began to lose confidence that he was the one the world would embrace.

“Geno…” Mario muttered, now afraid of the answer.

“Because of you…” Geno began with a hint of anger in his voice. “…the world will live in fear. Because of you, the Star Road will be shattered once again. Because of you, the world as we know it will fall into darkness, never to experience any type of happiness again.” He stammered while fighting to confine the tone of pure contempt in his voice.

“Geno, you know I would never let anything like that happen. I love the world as much as you do. If you help me, I’m sure we can…” Mario began, but was immediately interrupted by Geno pointing his Star Wand directly at his face.

“I came to you in your dreams in hopes of possibly keeping this from happening. Awareness is the first step in prevention, or so I believed. I honestly thought I would make a difference by letting you know of your future, but the more I spoke to you, the more I realized this would all be in vain. Fate is inevitable…” Geno said to Mario. “You will be dealing with forces you never dealt with before. Yes, some of them will be old foes, but they will be reborn with powers that even you won’t be able beat. But then again, you won’t have to worry about it. You’ll be fighting alongside them.”

Mario was speechless. He never thought in a million years that he would be fighting for the forces of evil. He couldn’t even comprehend how this would happen. Everything was just too much for him to bear.

“There is still one way you can be stopped. It’s drastic, but I have no other choice.” After Geno said this, he raised his arms, along with his wand, up. The air around him became sparkly. It seemed as if he was powering up.

“What are you going to do?” Mario asked, becoming weary of Geno’s actions.

A red, star-shaped aura formed around Geno’s body as he completed his powering-up process. He then stared at Mario menacingly, but even as Geno glared at Mario, there was a very slight hint of regret for what he was about to do.

Geno horizontally swung his Star Wand toward Mario. A disk-shaped beam formed and tore through the air on a crash-course with Mario’s body! Mario was frozen with fear as he recognized this technique knowing exactly what it could do. The beam hit Mario and sailed straight through his belly. As soon as the beam touched Mario, Geno nodded and a thunderous clap was rang in Mario’s ears. He had just been hit by the almighty timed Geno Whirl.

After the attack was over, Mario and Geno faced stared at each other momentarily. Mario’s eyes were wide with bewilderment, while Geno’s were solemn and serious.

Suddenly, Mario felt a paralyzing, sharp pain at his abdomen. It felt like he was being torn apart! He doubled over in agony as his upper-half literally began to separate from his lower-half. Soon, Mario fell in two separate pieces. Mario felt his life fading away fast as he weakly glanced at his lower-half, which was unnaturally perpendicular to his upper-half. Then he pitifully looked up to the still-solemn Geno. Mario struggled to ask why, but he barely had enough strength left to move his lips.

“This was for the better, Mario…” Geno lowly muttered, turning his back to him and walking off into the far reaches of oblivion.

During his final moments, Mario became consumed by a rage he never felt before.

How could he do this to me? After all we’ve been through together… I’m not even “evil” yet. There was still time to try to keep anything from happening! But he left me for dead…

Mario meditated on those thoughts during his final moments. Soon, he began slipping into an irreversible coma. He knew he wasn’t coming back from this one. A tear fell from his eye as he thought about his original journey and how he wouldn’t be able to complete it. He even thought about Luigi, and regretted sealing up the entrance to that warp-pipe so long ago...

Maybe if he was here with me, none of this would be happening, he thought.

Finally, his heart stopped. Mario fell limp and lifeless, alone in the huge black void, and closed his eyes.

It hadn’t even been a minute when an intense snapping sound echoed in Mario’s ears. His heart jumped and started beating again. Excited by his second chance at life, he opened his eyes. He found himself in Mewtwo, Torp, and Nightlaff’s presence once again. He was still sitting in the chair he had been bounded too, but he had been untied. He felt his abdomen to see if he had really been cut in half, but was relieved when there was no sign any fatal wound. When he checked himself out, he was surprised to find himself dressed up as a doctor…

“I’m quite impressed with your mind capacity, Mario. Not everyone can awaken as easily as you after having Dream Eater and Nightmare used on them simultaneously. You would actually make a decent psychic.” Mewtwo complimented.

“Why am I dressed like this?” Mario asked, still checking out his new attire.

“For your new identity! Your new identity as Dr. Mario: Prescriber of Doom.” Mewtwo declared.

“I wanted to forget about my days as a doctor. I don’t know what I was thinking back then. So many malpractices… So many lost cases… People lost so much faith in me. The scariest part is that I think I liked causing so much grief to everyone.” Mario recounted.

“Even though you’re in his attire, you’re still not in the same state of mind as your alter ego. This is what is necessary to complete the transformation…” Mewtwo said, and put his three fingers to his forehead.

A moment later, Pikachu scampered in with a doll. He ran up to Mewtwo and held the doll up to him. Mewtwo then took control with his mind and floated it up to Mario. Mario’s stomach uneasily turned as he recognized the doll. It was the same doll Geno used as a body. He still vividly remembered what happened in his dream.

Suddenly, Pikachu attacked the doll with a Thundershock. Mewtwo then manipulated the Thundershock into the hands of the doll and made it seem as if the Geno doll was attacking Mario with an electric attack! Mario’s heart began to accelerate as his seemed like his old friend was attacking him again. He still couldn’t believe Geno had used Geno Whirl on him in his dream. It felt so real... The pain he felt was indescribable, both physically and mentally. Now he was back to try to finish him off. As irrational as this sounded, Mario truly believed this. He was truly distraught by the dream. Even though the attack barely hurt, the simple fact that a Geno doll was trying to cause him harm made him snap.

Mewtwo saw in Mario’s eyes that something was different about him. He stopped the doll from attacking and motioned Pikachu to cut the electricity. He stood directly in front of Mario and stared him in the eye.

“Mario, how do you feel?” Mewtwo asked.

“No one understands what it’s like to have your best friend out to kill you. When they say they can relate or they feel sorry for you, they’re not being sincere. They’re only offering empty condolences. They’ll never understand the pain until it happens to them…” Mario muttered, staring at the floor. “Everyone has to know what it’s like to fight the ones they thought loved them. Everyone has to feel the grief I feel once their pokemon are no longer by their side.” He stated, looking up at Mewtwo with an intense, but troubled, glare.

<Even though you won’t believe it, I feel your pain. Join me, Mario. Together, we will see to it that all humans thoroughly understand your anguish.> Mewtwo projected into Mario’s mind, and only Mario’s mind.

“I’m with you one hundred percent, Mewtwo.” Mario stated, reaching his hand out to Mewtwo. Mewtwo responded to Mario’s gesture by reaching out as well and shaking his hand.

Mewtwo’s plan had just taken one giant leap forward in its success. Not only did he have three incredibly powerful pokemon by his side: Torp the Hypno, Nightlaff the Gengar, and Pikachu the… Pikachu… and his own spectacular psychic powers at his disposal, he also had the powerful and experienced Mario on his side. Even though he was in his doctor-form, he was still as dangerous as ever. Perhaps even more dangerous…

“Tonight, we begin planning for the Pokemon Rebellion.” Mewtwo said, holding his hand up and flashing his eye’s blue.

The entire room suddenly became distorted, and the walls and ceiling began to fade away. Mewtwo, Torp, Nightlaff, Pikachu, and Mario were now standing on the roof of Viridian City’s Gym. It was night time as all five of them stared off the roof and over the moonlight-drenched city.

“Sleep well, Kanto, and enjoy your final days as being masters of Pokemon.” Mewtwo hissed as they continued to stare into the night.
________________________________

Just a few things before I go.

The entire Super Mario RPG bit was taken straight out of the game. You'll know which parts I added, but the dialouge, the enemy names, and scenario for the most part aren't mine and I don't claim ownership to them in any way, shape, or form. I'm just saying this just in case...

Also, this act turned out to be more serious than I originally planned it to be. At the end, I planned to have E. Gadd make a special guest appearence, but I found nowhere to fit him in.

Anyway, I hope you enjoyed this part of the story. It'll get back to its classic foolishness next act.

See ya when I see ya!
 

MewtwoMaster2002

ミュウツーマスター2002
Joined
Dec 19, 2002
Messages
6,148
Location
Japan
3DS FC
2922-0496-2962
Great update. Wow so THAT's what Mewtwo meant when he was gonna take over the world. He now has Mario on his side.
 

LinkMaster12

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Jan 23, 2004
Messages
306
Location
NY
Wow, that was cool. I liked the part when mario was kissing hypno or as the story says "Torp" . Please post soon and can the next chapter have link in it?
 

ZeekeXIV

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Apr 26, 2004
Messages
229
Location
On the Edge
Oh yeah, Link will be in it. As well as Mario (the one I started the story with), and Luigi. In fact, I think Mario, Luigi, and Link are going to be in all of the following acts until the story ends.

I want to get the next act posted by Friday, but that might not happen. I will try my hardest to get it posted no later than next Tuesday.
 

ZeekeXIV

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Apr 26, 2004
Messages
229
Location
On the Edge
Alright! I'm here to bring you another update!
_________________________________

Act 8: Part XIV

He stared into the ever-silent crowd... The suspense was dangerously gripping. He breathed in slowly and prepared to break the silence with one simple statement...

"I'm not updating this week."

THE END
_________________________________

Yes, that's right. I'm not updating this week.

Surprised? Of course not!

I always say I'm going to update in a week, but I never do! You guys should be used to it now.

I'm going to try to at least get started on typing up the next act this weekend. Next week is gonna be blasphemously busy though. School is rampaging through my life again.

Just giving you guys a heads-up. That will be all.
 

MewtwoMaster2002

ミュウツーマスター2002
Joined
Dec 19, 2002
Messages
6,148
Location
Japan
3DS FC
2922-0496-2962
Ok I don't really need to know that because life is easier when there's less updates in the summer...meaning hard to go on the computer.
 

LinkMaster12

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Jan 23, 2004
Messages
306
Location
NY
*Anime style mad face* If not this week then maybe next. It's a really good story and I love reading it.
 

ZeekeXIV

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Apr 26, 2004
Messages
229
Location
On the Edge
I've returned to bump my story back to the surface from the depths of heck (god, I hate the stupid censors here...). I've also come to tell you that I'm still typing up Part 4, though no one probably cares anymore.

For those that still want to know how this is all gonna end, I'll be bringing this story one step closer to its conclusion sometime next week. It'll probably be on a Tuesday or a Friday. It might even be tomorrow! But I highly doubt that...

This story will still be prone to long pauses for indeterminate amounts of time all because of this simple fact:

College > me

I'll try as hard as I can to not let this happen again, though.

So just stick with me, guys. A new part to the act is coming in the very-near future.
 

ZeekeXIV

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Apr 26, 2004
Messages
229
Location
On the Edge
Alright guys, this is it. Act 8: Part 4 is finally here! No small-talk beforehand, like I usually do. Let's just get right into it.

(Act 8: Part 4 is now Act 9: Part 1. You'll find out why soon.)
___________________________
___________________________

Act 9: So Close, Yet So Far (Part 1)

"I know I said I was ready for d***-near anythin'..." Link started surprisingly calm despite the desperate situation. "...but whoever decided the one random-a** warp-pipe I jump into would lead us to certain DOOM is a f***in' a**hole!"

"Can anyone have anything that might help us survive this?" Luigi asked direly. "I just came back to life! I'll be the laughing-stock of Heaven if I end up back there only fifteen minutes after I was resurrected!"

"I might have somethin'." Link offered. "Get close."

Mario and Luigi heeded Link's words and huddled closer to him. The speeding machines were only a matter of seconds away from turning the trio into unrecognizable stains on the road. The brothers could only hope that whatever Link was planning would work.

"Link, what are you go--" Mario just stopped speaking when he turned back to face Link.

It seemed that instead of saving them, Link was pulling random poses as if he was attempting to impress someone. The part that got Mario the most was the fact that Link wore a serious expression on his face the entire time. Luigi, after deciding to turn back and being equally stunned, could only shake his head, defeated.

"There really is no hope, huh? I guess we should all do one last pose before we go." Luigi sadly muttered as he joined Link in his posing. "Make it memorable, guys..."

It seemed like it was all up to Mario to save the day. But this time, Mario had nothing. He couldn't even attempt to save the day. The only thing him he could to was brace himself...

"NAYRU'S LOVE!!" Link suddenly burst out with his arms stretched out as if he was trying to reach the heavens.

Immediately, a blue, diamond-shaped aura surrounded Link and the Mario Brothers. All the tension and fear they felt when they were outside of the diamond had dissipated. They were left with a feeling of peace and safety. Suddenly, they knew everything would be alright, even as one particularly humongous machine finally reached them and was inevitably about to plow right through them.

But instead, accompanied by the sound of metallic crunching, the huge machine came to a dead halt as soon as it touched the blue barrier. Despite the powerful impact, Mario, Link, and Luigi didn't even stumble. The barrier was strong enough to absorb all the shock and leave the trio perfectly unharmed. As the barrier faded away, Mario and Luigi could only stare in awe at Link and the awesome power he had a hold of.

"Link..." The brothers uttered.

"Yo... I'm just as shocked as you are." Link admitted with wide, astounded eyes. "I never knew Nayru's Love was that strong! I never really used it. The only time I did was to protect myself from those annoyin'-a** Leevers by the Spirit Temple when I was a kid."

"Well, it is named after one of your Goddesses, Link. And I've seen the power of a god, first-hand. I can't imagine the love of any god not being ridiculously powerful." Luigi said.

"True." Link nodded in agreement.

"Well, since we're still alive, let's try to figure out where we are." Mario suggested.

"No need. I think I already know. There's a lot of blue as far as I can see, and I know that thing's an F-Zero machine." Luigi pointed out. "We can't be anywhere else other than Big Blue."

Mario and Link took a second to survey their surroundings. Luigi was right; except for the occasional industrial-white building, the pure-white clouds, and the metallic-white track, all they could see was a big blue ocean that connected to the big blue sky in the distance.

"You're right." Mario verified with a nod. "Not exactly the same place we all fought in for the Smash tournament, though. This spot is a little different. The roads were never this narrow." He noticed, looking from side to side.

"I'm guessin' we dropped in on a Grand Prix." Suddenly, Link remembered something. "Oh! Captain Falcon's gotta be racin', right? Let's see if he can help us out a little." Link suggested.

"We dropped in on a Grand Prix..." Mario muttered to himself. He laughed to himself for a second. That's just our luck, he thought.

But suddenly, nothing was funny anymore as he came to a chilling realization.

"Link, use Nayru's Love. RIGHT NOW!!" Mario urgently ordered.

"Why?" Link wondered with a shrug. "We're cool for now."

"We're still in the middle of an F-Zero Grand Prix!" Mario shouted.

Link didn't even get a chance to gasp in fear. As soon as Mario uttered those words, the former F-Zero machine suddenly jolted forward. Instead of doing what Mario said, Link attempted to outrun the heap of scrap metal. Mario and Luigi could only follow Link's example and chase after him.

"LINK!! You're supposed to be using Nayru's Love!" Mario screamed. "The racers behind us aren't going to be able to avoid the one we just crashed! And don't forget about momentum! We aren't going to be able to outrun the wreckage!"

"But we're screwed either way!" Link shot back. "I need time to pose! The more poses I do, the stronger my love for Nayru is, and the stronger the barrier will be!"

"We're screwed even more if you don't try anything! Just do what you can!" Mario pleaded.

Link skidded to a stop and turned around to face the oncoming wreckage, with the Mario brothers stopping directly behind him and grabbing his tunic. After fitting in as much posing as he could, Link threw his arms up.

"NAYRU'S LOVE!!" He screamed.

The protective barrier appeared once again. This time, however, that feeling of serenity was absent. Things felt just as dire on the inside as it did on the outside.

"I don't like what I'm feeling..." Luigi muttered as he watched the oversized chunk of scrap metal speed closer and closer until...

SLAM!!

The wreckage hit the barrier with stupendous force. Instead of being able to withstand the blow without even flinching, the crew was knocked hard to the floor. Luckily for them, though, the wreckage stopped after it hit Link's barrier.

"D***it..." Link tenderly rose to his feet as the barrier faded away.

"Start posing. I know it's not over yet." Mario said, rising to his feet along with his brother.

Suddenly, their attention was grabbed by another F-Zero machine flying over them. In comparison to the first one they saw, this one was a lot smaller; literally a fraction of the size.

Immediately after it flew over them, an explosion sounded off behind the wrecked vehicle. Another booming detonation sounded off as debris and shrapnel from the destruction began raining down on the three-man group.

"NAYRU'S LOVE!!" Link shouted once again. He didn't even get the chance to do one pose.

The conglomeration of twisted metal took advantage of the situation and plowed right into the barrier. It was still strong enough to take the brunt of the impact and keep Mario, Luigi, and Link safe from immediate harm, but it wasn't able to stop the mass from moving. It threatened to crush them if they didn't do something about it.

"NAYRU'S LOVE!!" Link screamed to keep the barrier from fading away.

The barrier was noticeably weaker than before. Not only did that feeling of safety vanish completely, but even the blue aura wasn't as prominent as it was before. It was fading in and out of view and becoming very wispy.

Seeing this and not knowing what else to do, Mario jumped forward and pushed against where the barrier met the metal, in an attempt to stop the wreckage from crushing them. Desperate for a way to stay alive, Link and Luigi joined Mario's struggle and put all their strength into keeping the wreckage back. Amazingly, it seemed to be working. The remaining strength of Nayru's Love, along with their powerful determination to keep living, seemed to be enough.

They kept up the resistance for a minute more as the explosions continued and debris and shrapnel continued to rain down on the protective diamond. Gradually, though, they noticed the deafening booms were quieting down and the shrapnel would bounce off the barrier less frequently. And then, all was silent...

"Is it over?" Luigi wondered, reluctant to take his hands away from the crashed machine in front of him just in case.

Mario cautiously took his hands away from the wreckage and stared at it for a second. Nayru's Love finally faded out of view, but luckily for the trio, nothing happened after that.

"It's over." Mario let out a sigh of relief. Luigi and Link also let out a relieved breath.

"Well, time to check the damage report." Link said as he began to climb on top of the crashed vehicle with the Mario brothers following closely behind.

What they saw netted a collective gasp of shock. It was wall-to-wall devastation. The combination of the size of the first vehicle and the narrow road created a serious and unavoidable bottleneck. Every single F-Zero machine caught in the crash was mangled beyond recognition. Although they hoped for it, the trio couldn't imagine how anyone could survive that.

"Okay." Link started with a nod. "We really need to get the hell outta here before people start drawin' a connection between us and this relentless murkantalism. We can't take the wrap for this."

"Well, technically, we won't. You kinda caused this whole thing by yourself." Luigi pointed out.

"Are you kiddin' me? I did what I did to keep us alive, man!" Link shot back. "Weren't you the one who said you'd be the laughin' stock of Heaven if you ended up back there so soon? You wanted to stay alive just as much as I did, so you're just as responsible for this as I am! S***, if I knew you were kiddin', I woulda just sat back and let us all get killed!"

"Link, calm down and stop arguing." Mario said. "The important thing is that we're alive. Now we need to figure out what we're going to do next."

"I know exactly what we're gonna do next: run like hell!" Link exclaimed.

"We can't..." Luigi muttered after he turned around to look for a path to run down.

A crowd of people were standing there, staring at the out-of-place trio. The group had to be nearly thirty-people deep. It was as if they appeared out of nowhere. Mario, Luigi, and Link knew they could only be the owners of the former F-Zero machines behind them. And needless to say, they didn't look happy. Some racers were talking amongst themselves while others were looking at Link, Mario, and Luigi. Quite possibly with cruel intentions...

"We're gonna get jumped now, aren't we?" Link inquired, already fearing the answer.

"It depends..." One of the racers stepped forward. "We'll consider sparing you if there's a logical explanation."

"Well, it all depends on what you think is logical, ummm..." Luigi said, winding his wrist as if he was looking for a way to close his sentence.

"Tanaka. John Tanaka." He replied, feeling that was what Luigi was looking for.

"Lemme ask you somethin', Tanaka. Do you believe in magic?" Link asked.

Not only Mario and Luigi glanced at each other unsurely in response to Link's strange question, but a bunch of other F-Zero racers found themselves in slight disbelief as a cumulation of voices began murmuring amongst themselves.

"I do!" Another racer stepped forward. What was startling about this racer was the fact that he was a living skeleton. "Black magic is the reason I'm still able to race! In fact, it's the reason I'm still alive! ...sort of. Call me 'The Skull'."

"Alrighty, proof that it exists. This should be easy." Link nodded to himself. "We ended up here because of magic, and magic helped us survive landin' in the middle of an F-Zero Grand Prix."

"If what you say is true, then magic also destroyed our machines." Tanaka said.

"Nah, magic only destroyed one machine. All the other ones crashed into the one we murked. By accident!" Link quickly added. "We didn't come through here with the intention of effin' up your race! Really, man. We're sorry."

"But 'sorry' isn't going to fix my Fat Shark, now, is it?" Another racer brashly spat, pushing his way past the racers in front of him.

"He does have a point, though, Don. If I somehow ended up in the middle of a Grand Prix, my first and foremost objective would be to figure out a way to survive. They couldn't have known they'd cause so much destruction." Tanaka reasoned. "And what's more, if you had adhered to the F-Zero regulations, this wouldn't have happened."

"What the hell do the regulations have to do with random idiots on the road in the middle of a Grand Prix? We all know the Fat Shark would've plowed right through them!" Don argued. "No one would've even cared!"

"Would you think with your mind, for once, and not with the fat in your brain, Genie?" The Skull pleaded, sounding thoroughly annoyed by Don Genie's stubbornness. "Ever since the last F-Zero convention, we've been telling you to get that oversized contraption off the road. That is exactly the reason why." The Skull pointed a boney finger at the scrap-yard in front of them. "In all my days of racing, including the F-Max Grand Prix from over two hundred years ago, I've never seen anything this bad. Do you realize Captain Falcon is the only one who still has his vehicle intact?"

"Actually..." Luigi spoke up. "There was a racer who managed to jump over everything before it got too bad. The machine was a lot smaller than all the other ones I've seen before."

"Hmm, so the little runt did make it..." One racer said to himself, contently stroking his chin.

"Daigoroh's the only other one that made it?!" Another racer heard gasped incredulously after hearing this possibility.

"What'd you expect, Guster? A thirty-car pile up isn't going to stop the son of Samurai Goroh!" He exclaimed with a determined fist held up. "If it wasn't me to stop Falcon's winning streak, it'd be Daigoroh."

"I'll admit that I'm impressed he avoided the crash, but I seriously doubt he could catch up to Falcon." Antonio Guster thought otherwise. "I'm sure the last time any of us saw him was near the end of the second lap. And the finish line isn't too far from here."

"Well, I'm sure they've finished the race by now. We should all head to the winner's circle; if not to see who won the race, then to at least let all our sponsors and fans know we're all alright." Tanaka suggested. "Oh, and just a word of warning, Don Genie..." He grabbed Genie's shoulder to make sure he had his attention. There wasn't any eye contact, as Don kept his back turned, but Tanaka knew he was listening. "Even though this pileup occurred through special circumstances, don't believe for one second that you will get away with this. You've been told time and time again that your vehicle violated F-Zero regulations and you still ignored them. I don't know who you bribed into overlooking your offenses, but expect not only yourself, but them as well, to pay dearly for what happened today."

Without breathing a word, Don Genie shrugged Tanaka's hand off and walked off with an angry growl, dusting off his shoulder where Tanaka's hand once rested.

"Definitely an a**hole, huh?" Link stood next to Tanaka.

"He's a troublesome character." Tanaka verified, though less vulgarly. "Hopefully this incident teaches him a lesson, although I seriously doubt it. He has a wallet as big as he is. I wish people weren't so easily swayed by his financial power..."

"You said Falcon's at the winner's circle, right?" Mario spoke up. "We need to talk to him. How do we get there?"

"Teleportation." Tanaka answered, holding up some type of device in his right hand. "In case you're wondering, it's the same way we were all able to escape that crash. All official F-Zero racers are equipped with an emergency escape teleporter that activates the second a vehicle ends up off course or in a fatal collision."

"I was wondering that..." Luigi admitted.

"Alright. Let's go to that winner's circle." Link encouraged.

With the push of a button, Tanaka, Link, and the Mario brothers were replaced with static outlines of themselves. Then, they just vanished from the spot and instantaneously arrived at the winner's circle. When they got there, there was a tremendous commotion. It sounded like a mix between fanatic cheers and hate-filled boos. In the middle of it all, there were three platforms of three different heights. The lowest platform was completely empty. On the second highest platform stood Captain Falcon and his car, the Blue Falcon, which was looking pretty thrashed. On the highest platform stood none other than Daigoroh and the Silver Rat.

"This... This is shocking..." Tanaka felt his heart skip a beat as he looked on.

"Wow... I almost don't want to believe it..." Mario said.

"What's goin' on? That kid looks pretty happy up there." Link observed.

"That's the winner's circle over there. The lowest platform is third place. Since no one crossed the finish line third, there's no third-place award. The middle platform is for second place and the highest one is first." Tanaka explained.

"Oh snap!" Link gasped in shock. "So you're sayin'..."

"That's right. Daigoroh defeated Captain Falcon and ended his five-race winning streak!" Tanaka exclaimed with a satisfied nod. "This is an excellent change of pace! The race before Falcon began his winning streak, Blood Falcon won. The race before that, Phoenix won. It was really boring when all these Falcon look-alikes were emerging victorious. And Falcon's arrogance was becoming unbearable..."

"Man... Falcon was beaten by a kid. That can't feel good to know, especially when you're as cocky as he is." Luigi said. "I say we go up to him and throw it in his face until he cries. Who's with me?" He suggested, raising a hand.

"We'll do it after we ask him if there's anyway for us to get to Hyrule." Mario said. "He's a bounty hunter, so he had to have at least passed by or something. Besides, this is like the future! There should be a way to get there from here."

"Why ask Falcon? Tanaka probably knows as well as he does." Luigi suggested, turning to Tanaka.

"Sorry, but you're better off asking Falcon. This is the first time I've ever heard of 'Hyrule'." Tanaka said. "I'm going to go see what Daigoroh has to say about his victory. Good luck with your conversation with Falcon."

"Thanks, Tanaka." The trio said as he walked towards the group surrounding Daigoroh and his father, who shoved and bullied his way into the center to share his son's victory.

Mario and crew made their way over to where Falcon was. When they got there, they saw Falcon about to be interviewed.

"This should be pretty funny. Remember when Falcon would lose in the tournaments and he'd think of all types of crazy excuses to explain why he lost?" Luigi said. "That used to always make me laugh. I almost miss that."

"I always thought it was really annoying. It can't be that hard to admit you lost." Mario said.

"They're startin' up." Link pointed to Falcon and his interviewer.

"We're here with the runner-up in today's race: Captain Douglas Jay Falcon, who was previously on a five-race winning streak. If you don't mind, would you care to share your thoughts?" Mr. Zero, F-Zero's official interviewer, asked.

"Well, what can I say? The better man won the race. Or in this case, the better boy. I'm not too upset, though. I let my guard down because I hadn't seen any of the other racers since the second lap. Around that time, victory is usually guaranteed." Falcon explained with a small laugh.

"I would think so, too." Mr. Zero laughed as well. "What do you think about Daigoroh as a racer? Where do you see him in ten years?"

"If Daigoroh shows the same determination in every race as he did today, then he may become best racer out there. Hell, he might even become more popular than me!" Falcon light-heartedly joked.

"Heh, maybe... Today was a historical event: Daigoroh is the youngest racer to win an F-Zero Grand Prix. This is especially impressive because he won it here in Big Blue: Ordeal. Some of our veterans still can't make it past the first lap! This race will also have a permanent spot in the books because of the huge pileup during the final lap. What are your thoughts on that?" Mr. Zero inquired.

"Wow... I didn't know about that." Falcon said, raising his eyebrows in surprise under his mask. "I guess these things happen. F-Zero is one of the most dangerous races in the Universe, after all. From the looks of things, it seems like everyone came out alright. I'm glad we got that huge boost in the F-Zero budget to up the safety precautions."

"So am I. It would've been a tragedy to lose any of our racers. Anything else you'd like to say before I interview the champion?" Mr. Zero asked.

"Give the champ my congrats, alright?" Falcon requested, giving Mr. Zero a pat on the shoulder.

"I will, Cap-i-tan." Mr. Zero promised with an enthusiastic nod.

With a nod of his own, Falcon walked away from the crowd and headed to the front entrance of the building where the winner's circle was held. Mario, Luigi, and Link watched him walk off almost in disbelief.

"That's not Falcon!" Luigi exclaimed. "He was way too calm in that interview! And there wasn't even one blasphemously cocky statement!"

"Maybe he finally grew up." Mario thought.

"Yo, just because you're cocky doesn't mean you're a d*** kid!" Link exclaimed, becoming overly passionate since he was known to be cocky as well. "I mean, look at me. I'm the man!"

Mario just stared at Link momentarily with an unblinking gaze. "Like I said, Link..." He spoke once again. "Maybe he finally figured out he doesn't need to be so cocky to get his point across. Actions scream whereas words only whisper."

"Hey, we're both cocky because we earned the right to be! We're not just talkin' garbage! You know we're nice!" Link argued.

"Why don't we just find out from Falcon, himself? We should catch up to him before he teleports somewhere." Luigi suggested.

Just as Luigi unknowingly predicted, Falcon stopped at the complex's teleportation station. Just as he was about to step into one of the pods...

"Captain Falcon!" A voice hollered. "You know, it's almost ironic how you always boasted about how unbeatable you were when we were all in the Smash tournaments... Almost because, even then, you still lost."

The voice was very familiar to Falcon. He didn't leave himself in suspense; he immediately spun around to catch Luigi, Link, and Mario walking toward him. He couldn't believe it. They were the last people he expected to see. Unfortunately, he wasn't in the mood for reminiscing with old friends. Instead of a warm greeting...

"What the hell are you guys doing here? I'm not in the mood to take any crap from anyone." Falcon sorely stated.

"D***... Not even a 'whaddup, my peeps'... Losin' has you feelin' that bad, Falcon?" Link wondered.

"I didn't lose! I just got lazy." Falcon corrected. "The last time I saw any of the other racers was the second lap and there were less than fifty kilometers left before I crossed the finish line. Everyone in Big Blue knows I should've won! This doesn't count as a loss, trust me."

"Still as cocky as ever, huh? I knew that interview was just a face you put on for the public." Mario shook his head disappointedly.

"This isn't cockiness!" Falcon exclaimed. "That race was mine! Daigoroh should've been disqualified! He blind-sided me into the barrier and took away all my boosting power! Never mind the whole 'almost killing me' factor! What he did was cheap and dishonorable, just like his father! A chip off the ol' d*** block! Both of them know they'll never be able to top my skills, so they'll try their d***edest to take me out permanently! *******s..."

"You're unbelievably stubborn, Falcon. Your interview made me think things would be different this time." A voice said. "We both know the way they race is completely legal."

A man was walking toward the Smash tournament participants. He wore black sunglasses and sported a green shirt under his short, cream-colored jacket along with a red bib tied around his neck. His hairstyle was the most noticeable: it was done in such a way that it looked like fox ears.

"I'm not being stubborn, McCloud; I'm talking truth! I should've won that race! This should be my sixth win in a row!" Falcon complained.

"Just take your loss like a man, you baby. I'm pretty sure your friends over here didn't come here to hear you complain." "McCloud" said, looking at Link, Mario, and Luigi. "Let's change the subject by introducing ourselves."

With a sigh... "These are my Smash Brothers. The one in the red is Mario. The taller one wearing green is Luigi. The one with the sword and shield is Link." Falcon introduced. "Guys, this is James McCloud. He's the only person to ever beat me in a one-on-one race." He said, turning to his Smash Brothers.

The three turned to each other with a look of slight surprise. They knew that name...

"James McCloud?" Mario repeated, turning to James with a raised eyebrow.

"Fox McCloud's father?" Luigi asked.

"No. Wrong guy." James shook his head. "I've heard about his adventures with Star Fox, though. It's so sad how he was betrayed. So d*** sad..." James growled, involuntarily clenching his fist with a hint of anger growing in his voice.

"Yeah..." Falcon muttered, noticing James uncharacteristic anger. "You alright, James? You're usually pretty easy-going. I didn't know you felt so strongly about that."

"Well, we never talked about it, did we?" James angrily snapped back. The sudden outburst caught everyone off guard. James noticed this immediately. "I'm sorry... It's just that I'm the leader of a flight squad, too, and I can relate. Thinking about betrayal just pisses me off..." James explained. Falcon was surprised by James's actions. He wasn't known to be so emotionally unpredictable. "But let's get off that subject..." James quickly said. "So what brings you guys around here? Something tells me all three of you are a long way from home."

"You have no idea..." Mario sighed. "I don't even know what galaxy we're in."

"You remember Bowser and Ganondorf, right, Falcon?" Luigi said.

"Those guys were alright. We used to be drinking buddies during the easy days of the tournament. I'm still mad that Ganondorf copied all my freaking moves, though. Then he tried to justify it by saying he made 'em better..." Falcon remembered.

"Well, they're back to their old tricks again." Mario said. "They kidnapped Peach and Zelda, and joined forces. That's why I'm here with Link."

"Hmm... That definitely sucks." James said.

"Like you wouldn't believe..." Mario sighed.

"...and?" Link said, like he was expecting Mario to continue.

"...and... what?" Mario wondered, not exactly understanding what Link wanted.

"Are you kiddin' me?!" Link groaned, annoyed.

"What'd I say?" Mario asked, confused by Link's aggravated groan.

"That's not exactly why we're here. There's so much more to it than that!" Link exclaimed. "It sounds like you wanna forget about everythin' else that happened."

"How did you come to that conclusion? I barely said anything..." Mario countered. "If anything, I just didn't want to tell these guys much because it's a really long story. If what happened to us so far was written on paper, it'd be well-over a hundred pages."

"Don't worry about time; we have plenty of that. After the Grand Prix, we usually stick around to sign autographs and do interviews. I don't feel like doing any of that." Falcon shook his head.

"Probably because you lost." Luigi accurately guessed.

"For the last freaking time... I didn't lose!" Falcon insisted, turning to Luigi. "I just let my guard down. There's a difference."

"I need to hear your definition of 'lose', but later on. We're about to get into it. I'ma call this story Super Smash Brothers Odyssey: The Greatest Story Ever Told, with 'brothers' abbreviated b-r-o-s." Link introduced with a big smile.

"Love the title, hate the tagline. Sounds a little too cocky." James said.

"I dunno if it'll really be the greatest. I have some pretty incredible stories of my own that I doubt you'll ever be able to top." Falcon said. "If I ever told you 'em, you'll more than likely want to kiss the ground I walk on."

"I seriously doubt that." Mario begged to differ.

"Hey, can I get into the story first? You'll see why I gave it that subtitle in a minute." Link began.
___________________________
___________________________

You may have noticed I didn't take the liberty to hint what the censored words are. It takes too freaking long to do that. If you don't know how I write by now, then I dunno...

This is the first new thing I've added to the story since June. I think this is a pretty good chapter. Remember: Mario, Luigi, and Link haven't really been in the story since Act 7. I think this was a good time to go over what happened in their quest and reintroduce the foolish antics that happen between these guys.

Not a bad return...

Now, about that next part to the act... It's official: Act 8 will have 5 parts. I'll bring you the fifth part either next Tuesday or next Friday. I'm leaning more toward Friday.

See ya some time in the future.
 

PitBull`

Smash Rookie
Joined
Jun 19, 2004
Messages
2
Great story Z. i long awaited the new part, and i cannot wait for the next part.

Keep up the good work
 

ZeekeXIV

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Apr 26, 2004
Messages
229
Location
On the Edge
Sup guys.

It seems as if I've effectively killed what little audience members I had. It was bound to happen sooner or later. That's alright, though. I'm still gonna finish what I started. Hopefully some more people come around to check me out.

Just a word of warning...

This was supposed to be Act 8: Part 5. Not anymore. This is Act 9: Part 2. This means Act 8: Part 4 is now Act 9: Part 1. I decided to switch things up because the last act had almost nothing to do with the main characters of the story. I think it’s better to keep it that way. It makes that part of the story stand out.

Now on with the show. Once again, I didn't fix the censors. They're annoying to find and fix. If you don't know my cursing style (heh) by now, you'll never know it.

That reminds me of a song...

If you don't know me by nooooww...
You will never, ever, ever know me...

Oooooooooooo...


Yeah, I'm done. Now read.
____________________________
____________________________

Act 9: So Close, Yet So Far (Part 2)

"So it all started like all stories start out: the sun was shinin', birds were singin'; it all seemed good." Link began. "On Mario's side, he got a letter from Peach sayin' she wanted him to come over to the castle for some cake."

"A letter? Who the hell sends letters any more?" Falcon wondered. "You guys ever heard of a phone?"

"Telephones are pretty new in the Mushroom Kingdom. Even though we both have one, Peach still prefers to use letters." Mario explained.

"You guys need to get with the times..." Falcon muttered.

"But anyway..." Link continued. "When Mario finally got to Peach's castle, Bowser made his presence felt, makin' it known that he kidnapped Peach again."

"Security is really lax in the Mushroom Kingdom, huh?" Falcon said. "What is this, the trillionth time?"

"We're all losin' count, man. Anyway, Mario couldn't let Bowser get away with that BS, so he set out to chase that mo-fo down, alongside Luigi." Link continued.

"He was real reluctant to take me along, at first. I mean REAL reluctant. I can't stress it enough." Luigi said. "I don't even know why. Usually when we venture together, we make a really good team. In fact, we wouldn't have ever left the Mushroom Kingdom if it wasn't for me! Wario would've annihilated you!"

"Luigi, tell me how you'd react if your enemy farted on your fireballs and caused explosions that rival napalm blasts." Mario ordered, agitated.

This only received a look of disgust from James and Falcon.

"This guy sounds like a real charmer..." James muttered.

"Yeah, so after Luigi took care of Wario, they finally took the warp-pipe Bowser escaped in. But for some reason, they ended up in the Green Hill Zone. And just to make things extra grim, Mario's bitter-a** rival, Sonic the Hedgehog, found them and decided trespassin' was a crime punishable by death." Link continued. "Mario fought the case and won, but Luigi couldn't beat it."

"Huh?" James was perplexed by what Link was saying.

"Basically I'm sayin' Luigi died in the Green Hill Zone." Link stated.

James didn't even reply. He was perplexed before, but that fact just mystified him.

"Whoa, wait, wait. Time the hell out." Falcon bewilderedly interrupted, holding up the "time out" sign with his hands. "If Luigi got killed, then how is he standing with us and talking to us right now? I mean, the best we can do is delay the inevitable for maybe another century. And we have technology beyond your wildest dreams! With Luigi, I'd never even guess he was some type of zombie! What's the deal? Aren't you guys still trying to discover fire? You're eons behind us!"

"I know how you feel, Falcon. I'ma get to that part. Just relax." Link assured Falcon. "So after Luigi got murked, Mario was ready to fight Sonic to the death. He started things off with a backflip, but ended up puttin' too much into it and backflipped right back into the warp-pipe he came outta, which bought Mario to Hyrule where he found me unconscious near the Water Temple."

"Unconscious." James repeated with raised eyebrows. "What happened to you?"

"Oh yeah... I gotta tell you what I was doin' before me and Mario met up." Link remembered.

"I'll tell them." Mario offered. "So from what I remember, Link and Ganondorf were in Hyrule Castle, having an argument over something... I don't really remember what it was, but I do remember it being really petty."

Link was about to speak up, but only gave Mario a menacing glare.

"Ganondorf ended up taking it too far and pissed off Link to the point where he had to attack. But since Ganondorf is an unstoppable force, Link got clobbered and was literally sent flying back to his home in Kokiri Forest, which is supposed to be acres away from Hyrule Castle." Mario said.

"So Ganondorf's a force to be reckoned with in and out of the Smash environment..." Falcon nodded.

"Link didn't stay home for long, though. Almost as soon as he was sent there, he left to face Ganondorf." Mario went on. "When he got out on the field, though, everything turned sinister: there was a chilling wind, there were black clouds, there was thunder and lightning..."

"There was just straight-up GRIMNESS afoot." Link emphasized.

"And Fate didn't treat Link any better when he finally met up with Ganondorf." Mario went on. "He found out that Ganondorf once again took over Hyrule by force and kidnapped Princess Zelda. And just to add in an unexpected plot-twist, Bowser showed up with Peach. They were in on this together. Link tried to save them both right then and there, but Link somehow got blown up and ended up by Hyrule's Water Temple."

"I don't just spontaneously explode." Link clarified. "I was gonna wreck their whole s*** with a SUPER bomb-arrow, but d***-a** Bowser disintegrated my arrow and the bomb exploded at my feet when it hit the ground. I can't even begin to tell you how much that sucks."

"So, a little while after that, I finally showed up in Hyrule. I found Link just before some weird-looking monsters were about to rip him apart." Mario said. "We both told each other what was going on, and that's when Link bought up the fact that he could save Luigi with the Song of Time."

"The Song of Time? What type of made-up, old-age B.S. is that?" Falcon thoughtlessly interrupted once again.

"Will you shut up, Falcon? You talk too much. Obviously this is all true since they're standing here right now." James shot at Falcon.

"In fact, this is as true as the fact that you were beaten by a kid in the Grand Prix." Luigi threw in.

While everyone else let out a laugh, Falcon let out a perturbed groan. "You just love bringing that up, huh, Luigi?"

Luigi just replied with a smug smile and a nod while crossing his arms.

"Aight, back to the story." Link took over. "So we planned on askin' around, but that d***-a** owl that stalks me came through knowin' the info we needed, but pretended he knew nothin', at first. I wasn't havin' that, so I had to interrogate him a little."

"More like 'torture him a little'." Mario corrected. "You don't want to know how it all ended." He said, turning to Falcon and James.

"I wish I wasn't watching you guys then." Luigi said. "That was borderline evil, Link. Wait, no... That definitely was evil. Your entrance do Heaven will definitely be denied when they see that on your list."

"He deserved it! You heard my whole speech after I chopped off his wing! For real, he shoulda had it way worse than that, but I'm too nice to do what I really wanted to do." Link said.

James and Falcon just glanced to each other.

"...are you insinuating that you did something worse than chopping off an owl's wing?" James wondered, almost fearing the answer.

"Like I said, James, you DON'T want to know." Mario repeated, slowly shaking his head.

"Enough about the god*** owl. Can I go on?" Link asked, thoroughly perturbed. "We found out there was a warp-pipe in Goron City. We got there and jumped in, but instead of ending up in the Green Hill Zone, we ended up somewhere called the Coliseum where two obscenely cheap mo-fos challenged us to a borin'-a** RPG battle."

"WHAT?!!" Mario and Luigi shouted in enraged unison.

"What?" Link wondered, surprised by the Mario Bros. simultaneous outburst.

"'Boring'?! You have to take that back! RPG battles are great! They involve a certain level of patience and skill; something your adventures never had." Luigi countered.

"Are you kiddin' me?! You gotta be at skill-level INFINITY to survive what I go through!" Link retorted. "AND you gotta have crazy patience. It's not just hack, slash, and run, man!"

"You may think so, but if you gave me a sword and a shield, I could've been the Hero of Time." Mario stated. Suddenly, Link's intrepid fanfare sounded off for Mario, breaking the relative silence of the teleportation station.

"WHAT?!! First of all, my fanfare plays for no one but me! Second of all, GET THE F*** OUTTA HERE, MARIO!!" Link lividly screamed, out and out offended by his statement and wildly throwing his arms out. "Rauru said it himself: I was the only one who could've defeated Ganondorf and saved Hyrule!"

"Guys." James interrupted. "Cut the nonsense. You may have different ways of dealing with the opposition, but you're all heroes because people can depend on you when they need you most. That's all that should matter. Put your egos aside."

Link looked to Mario and Luigi, who were already looking at him. "...James is kinda right..." Link muttered.

"James is very right." Mario corrected.

"Link is right, too, you know." Falcon spoke up. "RPGs really do sound boring as hell." Falcon said. "What's it stand for anyway? ********... Paper... Garden?"

Everyone was silenced by Falcon's horribly conceived acronym.

"...thanks for reminding us that you're still here, Falcon." James said with a sarcastic nod. "Can we get back to your tale, Link?"

"Yeah." Link said. "Take over, Mario."

"Alright." Mario nodded. "Before we actually fought them, there was another group that came in to fight. It turns out we showed up in the middle of a tournament called the Kratos Cup. The second seed, Cloud and Squall, were supposed to take on the third seed, Sora and his two partners. We never got their names, but one was a duck and one was some sort of dog, I think."

"...can I just interrupt for a second to tell you how ******** that sounds?" Falcon spoke up.

"...you kind of just did that." Mario said.

"Well, at least I was right about the 'R' in RPG. Keep going so I can see if I was right about the other two letters." Falcon requested.

With a sigh, Mario continued. "They were supposed to go at it, but us being there confused them. Link tried to convince them that we were the special stipulation seed. I seriously doubt they bought it, but they included us in their match anyway. It was supposed to be a three-way match, but Cloud eliminated Sora's entire group with just one attack. Things were looking really bad for us right there. And Link was right about what he said before: they were definitely obscenely cheap. But we still managed to edge out in the end."

"I single-handedly murked their whole s***." Link proudly stated with a satisfied grin and nod, pointing at himself with his thumb.

"Then, just when we figuring out where to go next, this even cheaper guy with the ability to summon a d*** meteor suddenly appeared from a bolt of lightning." Mario said. "His name was Sephiroth. And of course he used his ability to the fullest extent. He parted the freaking clouds so we could get a clear look at our inevitable obliteration! I really thought it was over for us, but Link used a spell called Farore's Wind which ended up teleporting us to planet Zebes."

"Zebes... Rings a bell..." James recalled.

"I think I told you we were there for the Smash tournaments..." Falcon thought. "Wait... Maybe not... Maybe I mentioned the planet when I told you about the ghost bounty. He had a huge price on his head, plus he was just a big problem. I tailed him all the way to Zebes, and then he just disappeared from my radar. That was pretty freaky. But back then, I was more pissed off than spooked. Do you know how far away Zebes is from here?" Falcon said.

"I remember that." James said. "And I keep telling you, Falcon: there's a logical explanation why he just disappeared like that. I really think someone just got to him first because we haven’t heard anything about him since."

"He probably ran into the Space Pirates. Samus said they used to chill on Zebes back in the day. Those guys don't play if they find you trespassin'..." Link grimly mentioned.

"Hey, no spoilers!" Mario warned.

"Sorry..." Link apologized.

"So when we got to Zebes, we wanted to leave ASAP. That definitely wasn't where we needed to be." Mario continued. "It seemed like we caught a lucky break for once because we found a spaceship, but we soon found out there was no easy entrance. Suddenly, Samus found us and held us at gunpoint. Of course, the ship was hers. She thought we were trying to steal it."

"Samus. I remember her." Falcon nodded. "She was so into me. She may not've said much, but I could just tell from the look in her eyes through those visors. She wanted me, man." He confidently said.

"Sure, Falcon. She's into you the same way I'm into Toad porn." Luigi sarcastically said.

"Luigi, you are into Toad porn." Mario pointed out. "Remember Titillated Toadettes magazine?"

"Sh-shut up! They're... your magazines!" Luigi quickly shot back.

"Luigi... don't." Mario shook his head, disappointedly. "They're yours and you know it. You're almost obsessed with it! You even own all five volumes of Toadettes Gone Wild plus the special edition!" Mario said.

"I hate you so much..." Luigi murmured.

"You know... I don't mind the occasional side-story, but these interruptions are starting to get ridiculous." James muttered with an exasperated sigh.

"Sorry, sorry..." Mario apologized. "We managed to calm Samus down and she told us that her ship was shot down by Space Pirates. After Link convinced her to let us help her out with fixing her starship, we ended up in an abandoned Space Pirate base to look for materials. We were tired from all the traveling, though, so we decided to stay overnight. Early the next morning, Samus's old nemesis, Kraid, somehow got into the base and attacked her. She was not ready for the battle. Kraid wouldn't have even been a threat if it wasn't for the fact that Samus was battling without her power suit. I managed to distract him a little, but Link ended up saving the day. After that episode, we found the materials we needed and fixed Samus's ship."

"We found out that the Kraid we murked in the base was a clone, so we set out to find the real Kraid." Link told, taking control of the story once again. "Samus had amazin' scannin' technology, and we used that and a piece of the clone's body to find out where Kraid was hiding out. But the Space Pirates somehow knew about the ship's abilities and were ready for us."

"You knew they knew about Samus's ship?" Mario wondered with a raised eyebrow.

"Not back then, but when I think about it now, they had to have known. That whole Zebes deal was probably a big-a** setup." Link suggested. "But yeah, they put another clone on the f***in' sun and had us flyin' straight into it. When we found out, I suggested we turn around and get the hell outta there, but the autopilot was messed up. The only other way autopilot could be overridden was if the ship was attacked. By the time we were attacked, it'd be all over."

"But you guys are here; therefore someone or something saved you." McCloud concluded.

"Yep. It was a 'someone'. A Falco Lombardi 'someone'." Link said.

"Wh-- Falco?! Of Star Fox? Falco came and saved you?! The Lylat system is nowhere near Zebes!" James excitedly asked.

"Easy there, James... You wouldn't believe me if I told you..." Link muttered. "Him and his Star Fox crew were playin' Intergalactic Hide-and-Seek. Well, not the entire Star Fox team... Fox was missing in action."

"Intergalactic Hide-and-Seek? How old are these guys? Four? Five, maybe?" Falcon disappointedly asked.

"I thought I told those guys to quit those stupid games..." James mumbled to himself.

"Huh?" Mario caught a piece of that statement, looking to James.

"What?" James wondered, catching Mario's glance.

"It sounded like you said you told them to stop." Mario said. All eyes turned to James.

"No... I said those guys shouldn't be playing stupid games. They have a galaxy to defend!" James corrected.

"Oh..." Mario still had his suspicions, but decided to leave it.

"Anyway, back to the story." Link continued. "Falco knocked us out of autopilot with a few laser shots and we escaped the sun's death grip on us. Afterward, we scanned the galaxy again and found out the real Kraid was actually back on Zebes the whole time. When we got back, there was a whole welcomin' committee there to meet us: a freakin' platoon of Flying Pirates. That was one crazy-a** battle. They completely surrounded us and tried shootin' us to death. Every time we bombed an opening, more Pirates came to replace the fallen ones. It all seemed hopeless until Slippy and Peppy finally showed up."

"They came and bombed away half of the Flying Pirate fleet." Mario said, taking over the story. "The remaining Pirates started flying into each other. Everyone thought they were retreating, but our collective luck sucks. I figured they were regrouping, and I just had to be right. They regrouped into one gigantic Flying Pirate! The Star Fox team took over the fight from there and they pulled out one of their fool-proof strategies: Delta Formation."

"Delta Formation..." McCloud repeated as he couldn't help but let a wide grin spread across his face.

"Yep, that move was incredible. They made flying look so easy! It looked like they were playing a game of Chicken, and at the last minute, they buried the Pirate in Nova Bombs. It seemed like they had it won, but the Pirate jumped up and attacked them all off guard! After that, they didn't know what to do next. They wasted all their bombs in that attack, and lasers didn't seem to affect him too much. Slippy knew that all they needed was one more powerful blast from any explosive to finish it off. Samus could fuse her arm cannon with her ship's main cannon and use it just like her arm cannon, so she offered to charge up a grand Super Missile to finish off the pirate with. The only problem was that the ship was an open target while she did that." Mario said.

"The Star Fox team decided to pull another Delta Formation to fake out the monster and distract him." Link continued. "It worked like a charm until it caught Samus chargin' up that missile. It surprised Falco and his crew with homin' missiles, and flew toward us at speeds that would make a girl with a velocity fetish faint from the orgasm she'd get." Link described.

Everyone's face blushed a little after imagining what Link said. His metaphor was unnecessarily and uncomfortably pornographic.

"Link... Was that really necessary?" Luigi asked, with a raised eyebrow.

"I'm just tryin' to make you guys understand how fast that thing was goin'." Link said. "I was ready to waste it with the secondary guns, but Samus said she'd have to charge the missile again if I started firing, so she suggested I relax. I literally took her advice took a power-nap on the spaceship floor. I don't know how it all ended, but the next thing I knew, the spaceship is doin' back-flips and I hear Peppy screamin' like crazy, sayin' we won! I knew my girl could do it."

"Your girl? Like, your girlfriend?" Falcon asked.

"Yeah, man. That's my baby." Link affectionately confirmed.

"But isn't Zelda supposed to be your girlfriend? You two were an item back in the Melee tourney, weren't you?" Falcon remembered.

"It's a long story... You remember how Zelda could transform into her masculine alter-ego, Sheik, right?" Link said.

"Oh yeah..." Falcon remembered with a nod. "I get it now. You know, I can't blame you, man. Zelda's hella hot, but her little 'trick' definitely isn't..." He said with a grimace. "I mean, she can actually turn into a man! It wouldn't be so bad if she was just a chick with a..."

"YES IT WOULD!!" Link quickly interrupted. "It would be really bad, Falcon! I mean, we've never actually done it, but if we ever do, there won't be a huge... thing... poppin' out where it shouldn't. I promise there'll be none of that." Link shook his head, thoroughly disgusted. "What the hell is wrong with you, Falcon?"

"Seriously, Falcon. That would be far from alright. I didn't know you were into that sort of thing..." James said.

"I'm not! I'm just basically saying if I had to choose between a girl who turns into a guy, and a chick with an extra appendage, I'd choose the appendage-girl. She's still a girl, right? With the girl who turns into a guy, you don't really know. I mean, when you're with her, there's that knowledge that there's a guy in there somewhere! I dunno about you, but I only get with girls who are 100% female, despite the fact that they might have what I have." Falcon reasoned.

There was an awkward moment of silence following that statement.

"...what you just said makes no kind of sense, whatsoever." James simply stated.

"There are... so... many things I can say right now, Falcon... but for your sake, I'm not even gonna indulge myself. I'd be going on for hours." Luigi said.

"Whatever... You guys just aren't as secure in your masculinity as I am." Falcon confidently boasted.

"Yeah, Falcon. That's exactly it. Because only someone as manly as you could run around in those blue superhero tights you wear." Mario sarcastically said. "You even have your alternate pink and white version to be proud of! You are the epitome of manliness."

Right then, everyone but Falcon burst out laughing. Although he was confident about what he said before, we quickly regretted ever saying anything.

"Shut the hell up, Mario. Just shut the hell up." That was the only thing Falcon could respond with, though his bitter retort was easily drowned out by the laughter.

"Let's get back to your journey." James suggested after a few more laughs. "What happened after you beat the Pirate?"

"Falco told Peppy and Slippy to patrol the area to make sure no other Pirates came to mess with us." Mario told. "Samus, Falco, Link, and I traveled to Zebes's surface and took an extra-long elevator ride down into the Brinstar Depths."

"The Brinstar Depths... Worst. Battle stage. Ever." Falcon disappointedly sighed.

"Yep, so you could only imagine how excited we were to fight Kraid there." Mario continued. "And when we arrived, he didn't show up until a few fortnights later! Just to annoy us even more, he made an utterly slow entrance. We actually didn't start fighting until twenty minutes after we got there!"

"Me and Mario even had time to play Rock, Paper, Scissors! I won of course." Link triumphantly mentioned.

"B.S.! You cheated!" Mario malevolently shot back.

"Not cheated, but outsmarted." Link omnisciently corrected. "You weren't expectin' that ming, right? That's why it always wins. It's like a trump card."

"What's a 'ming'?" Luigi asked.

"A vicious stab to the Adam's Apple with these two fingers." Link explained, holding up his middle and ring finger together.

Mario suddenly surprised Link by unexpectedly jabbing him in the throat with his ring and middle fingers. Link was on the floor gagging for air as he held his throat in pain.

"I win." Mario triumphantly stated.

"Oh, that's a 'ming'." Luigi understood.

"A**holes..." Link choked out, still holding his throat.

"I'm getting so d*** tired of these interruptions..." James grunted, annoyed. "You know what? The next person who interrupts the story will truly regret what I do if it happens."

"Hah! I doubt you can do anything to any of us, James. We were all mid-tier in the Melee tournament. The only thing you're good at is flying and driving." Falcon laughed, provoking James.

As if to provoke James even more, out of nowhere, the cutest kitten anyone had ever laid eyes on passed by the conversing group. It stopped right near them and very cutely meowed. James quickly snatched it by the scruff of its neck and held it out in front of him. He followed that by pulling out his trusty blaster. McCloud then pointed the blaster to the kitten's tiny little head. The kitten innocently and obliviously mewed. Even in its impending doom, it still managed to look so cute!

"Who said anything about fighting? If there are anymore unnecessary interruptions, guess where this kitten's head will end up?" James threatened, looking to where the head would end up if he pulled the trigger.

Everyone followed the imaginary path of trajectory and stopped right at Luigi, who was standing in the middle of it. Luigi nervously glanced at everyone and quietly slid out of the way.

"Now please, go on." James said, still holding the kitten, and its life, in his hands.

"Okay..." Mario cautiously said. "We finally began the fight after Kraid threw the first punch. Link and I returned the first attacks from the good-guy side, but Kraid wasn't affected by us at all. In fact, he literally buried us in one hit. Those two facts convinced Samus and Falco that we should sit this match out. Link wanted to ignore them and jump back in, but we were able to talk him out of it. So from then on, I don't really know what happened because Kraid turned the stage afterward. We ended up upside-down for a good while."

"That was NOT good for my stomach..." Link queasily remembered.

"We did end up rightside-up again, eventually, and Samus and Falco were still fighting Kraid. They were all looking pretty raggedy, though. Kraid was fighting with a new spirit, though, like he had something to prove. In fact, he actually managed to eat Samus and Falco! I thought they were done for..."

"But I knew better." Link took over. "I found a way to free me and Mario from that hole in the ground and decided to take on Kraid again. Mario thought I was wasting my time, though, because Kraid mentioned the lava tides would rise above not only the exits, but way above the platform we were on, too. He thought we shoulda escaped right there, but I wasn't leaving without Samus and Falco. After I sliced up his arm a little, I got brave and decided to run up his arm, and up to his head so I could bury my sword in his dome. But of course it couldn't be that easy. Kraid's skull is so hard; the blade broke apart when I stabbed him! And that was my strongest sword! It's supposed to be unbreakable!"

"Kraid then dipped into the lava pool to gulp up some lava to spit at Link!" Mario started again. "I didn't know what to do to save him, but I had to try something, so I jumped in front of Link at the exact moment Kraid spit out the magma and used my cape to reflect it all back in his face. It worked like a charm, but this only pissed him off even more. He breathed in massive amounts of air and prepared to spit an enormous fireball at us!"

"Goodness gracious! Great balls of fire!" Falcon unexpectedly sang out while posing with a finger in the air.

Mario, Link, and Luigi simply stared at the Captain in disbelief, blinking hard every now and then, while James nudged the kitten's head with his blaster.

"...that wasn't as funny as I thought it would be..." Falcon muttered.

"Nope." Link took over. "So... yeah... we thought we were done for, but we played it cool anyway. We literally dared him to do his worse. Just when he was about to kill us, he froze! He just stood there like a statue. While me and Mario were wonderin' what was going on, Kraid started rumblin'. And then he blew up! After we got over the shock, we saw some of Kraid's leftovers were jigglin', plus there was a foot and a hand sticking out of a few of 'em. I figured one of them was Samus, so I ran over to that blob while Mario went to check for Falco. Mario found him right away. I didn't have the same luck though. In fact, Samus found me!"

"But there were still those other hands and feet, right? So who did you end up saving?" Falcon questioned.

"This will seem like I pulled this part out my a**. I still have no idea why they were there..." Link started. "I ended up pulling Ganondorf out of the slime. Bowser rose up a second later."

"True story." Mario stated, raising his right hand in the air as a gesture of honesty.

"Bowser and Ganondorf in the Brinstar Depths... That just doesn't make any sense." Falcon said, shaking his head.

"Me and Mario were so shocked by their presence, we couldn't talk." Link continued. "The same went for them. I know they didn't expect to see us 'til much later. We just spent years grillin' each other until I saw Ganondorf's hand glowin' purple. That's always a bad omen, so I decided it was time to get the Master Sword ready."

"But before we could even throw a punch, we noticed the lava was rising." Mario said. "The lava tides were starting. Bowser and Ganondorf unexpectedly jumped off the side of the field. We rushed over there and were just in time to see them fall into a wormhole that probably led back to Hyrule. It disappeared as soon as Bowser passed through. The rest of us were trying to think our way out of that impossible situation. That's when Link started laughing manically. Remember Farore's Wind? He actually took the initiative for once and prepared an escape route, just in case some unbelievable crap happened. We escaped just before the platform we were standing on smashed into the ceiling. When we got out, I was literally kissing the ground."

"Since me and Mario were done helpin' out Samus, we decided to get back on our original quest to save Luigi. Falco wanted to know what was goin' on with him, and we were about to tell him. In fact, we were two seconds away from gettin' them to come with us. They woulda been right here with us if the God of Grimity gave us a break." Link foretold. "Instead, Slippy called up Falco on his receiver, tellin' him that a gigantic space dragon, or something, attacked them while we were underground. Samus knew exactly who it was: another arch-nemesis of hers, Ridley. I was ready to help her finish off Ridley, but she wanted me to get back to my quest. Mario agreed with her, so that was that. Falco went back to the Great Fox along with Slippy and Peppy to prepare for battle while Samus took us to the Green Hill Zone. After she dropped us off, she went to join the Star Fox team in their preparations."

"So they're still out there, getting ready to fight Ridley?" James asked.

"Yep. And I'm guessing Fox is still missing." Mario said. "I don't know much about Ridley, but Samus said he's incredibly dangerous. I think Fox would help out a lot."

"I'm sure they won't try anything without him. He's the leader of the squad, after all." James reminded everyone.

"But they have Samus with them." Luigi pointed out. "She knows all about Ridley and his weaknesses, so they really don't have to wait for Fox."

"But they were attacked in space, right? They're not gonna find Ridley on a planet somewhere." Falcon argued. "They're gonna find him flying around, and they will engage in some extreme aerial combat as soon as they see him. From the way you described that space fight earlier, it sounds like Samus isn't as good in the air as she is on the ground. And sorry if it sounds like I'm doubting these guys, but Star Fox sounds like crap without their leader. That super Flying Pirate gave them a lot of trouble, so imagine this Ridley-guy. They should really wait for Fox."

"Falco looked like the unofficial leader, though, and with Samus around, he might decide that they're good to go. I don't think they're gonna wait for Fox..." Link countered, shaking his head.

"James, are you alright?" Mario asked, noticing James's troubled expression.

"Yeah, I'm fine..." James murmured, failing to hide his worried tone. "How much of the story is left?" He wondered, finally releasing the kitten from his clutches.

"Not a lot..." Mario said. "We got to Green Hill Zone and saved Luigi by going back in time and traveling to the moment before he was killed. But of course, not before we screwed it up a million times!"

"You traveled through time to save Luigi? With what? You need some amazing technology to do that." Falcon said.

"Or the Ocarina of Time!" Link announced, whipping out the blue ocarina from nowhere. "You play the Song of Time on the Ocarina of Time."

"Not that crap again... So that's how you did it? You traveled through time by playing songs on a flute?" Falcon asked, completely astounded by Link's means of time travel.

"Luigi is standin' here with us, right? That's because I went back in time and saved his a** usin' this." Link said, looking at his ocarina. "And it's called an ocarina, man..."

"There are cops around here that actually arrest people for messing around with time like that." James warned. "We actually know one of those cops: his name is Phoenix. He looks a Captain Falcon from the future. Just be on the lookout for him. He probably already knows what you guys did."

"Phoenix doesn't look like me at all! Why the hell does everyone say that?" Falcon whined.

"Face it, Falcon. If you two were born around the same time, you guys would probably be brothers. I wouldn't be surprised if he was a descendant from your bloodline." James said.

"Continuing with the story..." Mario said. "Sonic was still in his super-form and he was ready to fondle our lives the wrong way. That's when Luigi took out Mushroom Kingdom's ultimate weapon: the Starman. Luigi went invincible and obliterated Sonic from history."

"And that's what I call 'irony'!" Luigi quickly intervened.

"Yep, the definition can't get any clearer than that." Mario agreed. "After Luigi killed Sonic, he pulled out a warp whistle, and bought us to a warp-pipe dimension where billions of warp-pipes were. We didn't intentionally decide on coming here, though. Link chose a pipe at random and jumped in. Luigi and I had no choice but to follow him. We ended up here and caused the humongous pileup everyone was talking about not even five minutes after we got here! And that just about brings us to where we are now."

"Jeez... You guys have been through it all. And it still isn't over..." Falcon muttered. "Well, look at it this way: after it's all over, find a good director and this will make one hell of a movie!"

"That's a pretty cool idea!" Luigi approved. "This would be the greatest movie ever! Think of the money! The respect! The Toadettes!"

"Not the Toadettes..." Mario groaned, shaking his head.

"I have to use the little cub's room. The bathroom; for those who don't know. I'll be right back." James quickly said and walked off.

"The little cub's room?" Falcon repeated, confused. "What the hell is up with James? He's been acting weird ever since he showed up!"

"I wouldn't know. I just met the guy today." Luigi said.

"Have you guys noticed how James was especially attentive to our story whenever Star Fox was mentioned?" Mario pointed out.

"Yeah, I caught that too." Link agreed. "But that just could be because he's also a leader of a flight squad. I guess he strongly relates to everythin'."

"But that strongly? You didn't catch everything he said during our tale." Mario paused for a second. "It might sound crazy... but I think James is Fox in disguise."

"No way!" Falcon disagreed. "I know James like the back of my hand! I think I'd know if he was replaced by Fox."

"I guess there's only one way to find out..." Mario said.

A few minutes later, James returned from "the little cub's room". Compared to the last time he was seen, he looked considerably better.

"And that's how I spell relief! What's going on, guys?" James asked.

"Nothin' really. We're still thinkin' about Samus and Star Fox." Link answered.

"Eh, don't worry about them. I know everything will turn out alright." James confidently assured.

"You sure about that?" Mario questioned. "You were looking pretty worried before. Why the sudden change of heart?"

"It's just a strong hunch I have. And my hunches are usually pretty spot-on. Don't worry about them." James said.

"Alright, Fox..." Link said.

"...Fox?" James asked.

"I mean James. My bad." Link apologized.

"How can you mix up 'Fox' and 'James'? They don't even sound alike." James pointed out, almost stunned by Link's error.

"It's not a matter of the names sounding alike. We were actually just talking about how much you two have in common, and that's probably still on his mind. I mean, your name is James McCloud, and his father's name was James McCloud. You're the leader of a flight squad, and so is he. You're amazingly worried about the Star Fox team, and if he were here, he would be as worried as you are. Maybe even more..." Mario explained, drawing out the similarities flawlessly.

"If Falcon didn't keep telling us that you were really James McCloud, I'd say you were Fox in disguise." Luigi said.

"So we have a lot in common. Either way, I can't be Fox. Fox is an anthropomorphic fox, and I'm a normal human. How exactly would the disguise work out?" James easily countered.

"Did you forget where we are?" Falcon asked. "This is Big Blue! This planet was once a gigantic pool of water. Our technology made it possible for people to live here. Then technology amazed everyone again by creating an F-Zero track for us! Making a disguise for one species to make it look like another would be insulting to today's technological capabilities. It would be too easy!"

"Well, it's still uncommon. What kind of person would do that?" James shot back.

"If you say so." Falcon sighed. "I'm just going to drop the subject. I wouldn't want to risk losing one of my best friends over something so stupid. You know... in my line of business, you don't make too many friends. I probably make a new enemy every time I go to catch a bounty. You're one of the few friends I have, and it's like you always say..." Falcon paused, waiting for James to complete his sentence.

"Ummm..." James hesitated, fishing for something he would usually say at a time like this. "Keep you friends close, and your enemies closer."

"Ummm... WRONG!!" Falcon shouted out. "You always say 'a friendship is a treasure that will last a lifetime'. Or at least, James always said that. That must be your phrase, Fox."

"Busted..." Mario, Link, and Luigi mumbled simultaneously.

James let out a defeated sigh and turned his back to the crew, with his head hanging in shame. He reached for what seemed to be a long, silver wrist-guard on his arm, which was actually some sort of device with a green and a red button: one which said "activate" and one that said "deactivate", respectively. With the push of the red button, all of his human characteristics were replaced by animal traits; a fox's traits in particular. First, his skin began growing a thick coat of fur. He also shrunk down a few inches in height. On his face, his nose began to grow out and developed into a snout: its muzzle was creamy white and his nose was black. Under his sunglasses, James's eyes grew bigger and glassier. His ears also traveled to the top of his head and began to grow bigger and pointier, replacing his fox-ear hairstyle with actual fox ears. A long, bushy fox tail was also fully noticeable from behind. Suddenly, Fox's victory theme rang out, startling everyone.

"Sorry about that. My music always plays whenever I turn back into my normal self." The newly transformed Fox said.

"So you've done this before?" Link asked, still amazed by the transformation he witnessed.

"Yeah, I do this pretty often. I guess it's my turn to tell you a story." Fox said, getting ready to tell a tale of his own. "And no interruptions, Falcon!" He quickly added, glaring at Falcon.

"You won't get any. I'm too astounded to speak right now..." Falcon shrugged.

"So of course, all of you are asking yourselves, 'where did Fox come from, and what happened to the real James McCloud?'." Fox began. "Well, it all goes back to when Peppy and my father were betrayed by that lying, traitor, son-of-a-b****, piece of poison swine, Pigma Dengar."

"There's a lot of negative sentiments there, huh?" Luigi questioned.

"Where's that kitten?" Fox said, taking out his blaster and looking about.

"Sorry, I was just saying..." Luigi apologized.

"Anyway, Pigma betrayed Star Fox and turned them over to Andross." Fox continued. "Peppy escaped, but my father wasn't so lucky. He told me my father was killed, but I don't believe that. About seven years ago, I fought Andross on Venom. When I defeated him, he tried to kill me by trapping me in his base and setting it to self-destruct. I thought it was all over, but my father came to save me! He guided me out of the exploding base and to the surface. When it was safe, I searched for him, but he was gone...

"One day, on one of our other missions on another planet, I heard a bunch of people talking about a guy named James McCloud. I got excited because I thought he was there. The people led me to a race track. They pointed out a car called the Little Wyvern. It looked so much like an Arwing, so I was beyond sure that it was him. The Wyvern actually won that race, so I headed down to the winner's circle to meet up with my father. You could only imagine how disappointed I was when I found out it was just a big coincidence. A man who was also known as James McCloud was the driver of the Little Wyvern. But it still freaked me out: not only did his car look like an Arwing, but he looked exactly like my father would if he was a human.

"James saw the look in my eyes and wanted to know what was going on. I told him everything. Saying he was astounded by the fact that he had a look-alike out there that was a completely different species is an understatement. I don't know why, but James had a lot of pity for me. Of course, I didn't want it. I don't like being felt sorry for. I couldn't stop him, though. He felt bad that all my hopes were built up just to be let down by an imposter. I was disappointed, but it wasn't his fault. The name was given to him. What could he do about it? But James felt so strongly about it that he suggested that I race as him. He said I could make my father's name better in the world of F-Zero than he could. I told him exactly what I just said to you, and he said he understood that, but he would feel better if I was out there glorifying my father's name instead of him. So he gave me this." Fox said, pointing at the wrist-guard that allowed him to turn back into his original form. "This can actually let me turn into anyone who's DNA I can get a sample of. He plucked out a strand of his hair and told me to transform into him, so I could race as him."

"That has to be illegal." Mario assumed.

"It is. In fact, it's so illegal that James can be banned from F-Zero forever if anyone found this out and reported it." Fox explained. "When I heard about this, I went back to James and told him how I felt. I didn't want to get him banned from F-Zero! He still felt really strongly about me having the rights to my father's name. Ever since I told him about my father's heroism, he doesn't feel right about having the same name as him. He even thought about changing it! Of course I told him that's alright. My father wouldn't want that." Fox then sighed after telling his story. "So here I am now, posing as James McCloud, the F-Zero racer, and fooling millions of people."

"Does James still race?" Link asked.

"Only when I'm on important missions." Fox said. "James actually likes it like this. He has more time to spend with his family and focus on his flight squad: Galaxy Dogs. I'm a natural at racing, so I win pretty often. I split the money with James, so he usually puts it back into his squad. He's so unbelievably grateful for all that. You should've seen the look on his face the first time I did it. Hell, you should've seen the look on his face the first time I won a Grand Prix! It wasn't even a week after he told me to race as him. And as far as I know, I'm the only one that beat Falcon in a one-on-one race."

"WHAT?!! That was you?!" Falcon exclaimed. "No way! I'm unstoppable on the road! You can't be as good on the ground as you are in the air!"

"Believe me; driving is a lot easier than flying. When you fly, you need to worry about movement in three dimensions. When you take out that third dimension, you get smooooooth sailing. And I mean smooth." Fox explained.

"Hmmm..." Falcon meditated on that thought for a second.

"Well, now that you've revealed your true identity, shouldn't you go help Star Fox and Samus defeat Ridley?" Mario asked.

"I already told you: Star Fox is fine. When I went to the bathroom, I was really checking on them to see what was going on. They're not going to battle anyone yet. Slippy's actually trying to figure out a way to make Samus's ship faster and more maneuverable." Fox assured Mario.

There was a moderately long silence afterward. All the Smash Brothers companions were left to reflect on everything they heard about just a short while ago. It seemed as if they had been talking to each other for days, but in reality, it had only been a little over an hour.

"So... what now, guys?" Luigi asked.

"Oh s***, we still gotta get to Hyrule!" Link shouted, as if he suddenly remembered he was on a quest. "Falcon! Please tell me you know a way to get to Hyrule from here."

"Hyrule? It's been a while since I've even thought about that place." Falcon admitted. A smirk suddenly appeared on his face as if he were struck by a brilliant idea. "But I might know one way to get back..."

"Well, let us know! We just told you what was going on, so you know how important this info is." Mario said.

"Whoa, whoa! Not so fast! You gotta earn this knowledge. You gotta prove to me that you really want this information." Falcon said. "Do you want this information? Do you really need this information?"

"Did you not just hear our story? Yes, this information is imperative! You have to tell us!" Luigi exclaimed.

"If you beat me in a race, I'll tell you everything." Falcon offered, with a big smile.

"...you can't be f***in' serious..." Link sighed. "Falcon, seriously. You see how dire this s*** is, right? We really don't have time for a race. We need to get back to Hyrule a-sap."

"You had time to tell us everything that happened to you guys from the beginning, so you know you have time for just one race." Falcon pointed out. "Think of it as me testing you. You say you wanna save your girls, but are you serious about it? For all I know, you could just be saying all this so you can get home. Peach and Zelda might not even be that important to you anymore. 'They're always getting kidnapped, so why not leave them where they are?' That's what you could be thinking right now. But if you race and beat me, that'll prove to me that you're serious about saving them. So what do you say?"

"Give us a second..." Luigi said and motioned Mario and Link to huddle together so they could talk about their latest roadblock in their quest.

"Falcon's talkin' so much bulls***, it's not even funny. That entire speech was complete crap." Link angrily stated.

"It's not out of spite or anything. I think he's trying to redeem himself from his loss earlier." Luigi said.

"What is he gonna prove by beatin' us? We don't have F-Zero machines! I mean, f**k, I still get around by horseback!" Link exclaimed.

"That's why he wants to race us. He knows he's going to win. Or at least, he thinks he's gonna win." Luigi said, with a devious smile spreading across his face.

"Do I sense a plan of sabotage? I got the equipment if y'all got the balls. Fireballs, that is..." Link said with a nod and a devious smile.

"No! No sabotage! If we're going to beat Falcon, we'll beat him at his own game." Mario stated.

"I wasn't thinking of sabotage. I was thinking about the new car we were working on before this whole thing happened." Luigi said.

"You want to try that? We're not even finished with it yet..." Mario argued.

"Only the boosting system isn't complete yet, that's all. We won't even have to worry about that. We have mushrooms to substitute for that." Luigi countered.

"Oh, that makes sense... I get it. So we're definitely accepting?" Mario asked to make sure.

"We accept you challenge, Falcon." Luigi said out loud, facing Falcon.

"What about me?" Link asked, seemingly hurt by the exclusion of him from the Mario Bros. plan.

"You get to sit this one out, Link." Mario broke the news to Link. "Don't take it personally though. You know we couldn't have gotten as far as we did without you. Just think of this as your break. Let me and Luigi handle this."

"Alright." Link nodded. "But if you guys lose, I will personally kill both of you." He threatened, grabbing the Mario brothers by their shirts. Both of them gave Link a menacing glare accompanied by threatening silence. "...then I'll play the Song of Time to go back in time and stop myself..." He nervously said, releasing them from his grip.

"Yes! So who's racing?" Falcon asked.

"Mario and Luigi." Link answered.

"B.S.!" Falcon's mood quickly switched. "I wanted this to be a one-on-one race!"

"Mario and I will be in the same car! It'll still be one-on-one." Luigi reasoned.

"Uh-uh." Falcon responded, shaking his head. "Either someone evens the odds, or it's a no-go."

"You're such a baby, Falcon... I'll join the race to even it out." Fox offered.

"What?" Falcon said, surprised at Fox's decision.

"There's nothing to get confused about, Falcon. I'm racing, too." Fox said.

"Fine! Bring them all on! We'll still beat you and Falcon!" Luigi confidently stated.

"Come off it! You think you can beat me?" Falcon asked with an amused smirk gradually appearing on his face. "No way! You haven't even raced in a single F-Zero race whereas I've won five Grand Prixes in a row! What kind of chance in Hell do you have at beating me?"

"I've got six Mario Kart first-place-winning Grand Prixes under my belt. Luigi has four in a row and counting. Both of us have the most first-place finishes in the Double Dash!! tournaments and, so you know we won the most Grand Prixes also." Mario said with determination. "We're not new to the racing game. In fact, we've been working on a new car that'll redefine Mario Kart forever. You get to see that car in action today! I guarantee it'll blow your F-Zero machine away. All I have to say is bring it on, Falcon." He said, grilling a hole through Falcon's forehead. "Bring it on, Fox." Mario repeated, grilling a hole through Fox. "Bring it on."

"Did you hear that confidence? I don't even think y'all should race anymore. Mario and Luigi are gonna win without a doubt." Link stated, laying a confident hand on both brothers' shoulder.

"Trust me, we'll bring it. We'll race in the Casino Palace: Double Branches." Fox told the crew.

"Lead the way." Mario said.

Fox and Falcon led them to one of the many teleporters of the Teleportation Station. The Casino portion was packed to capacity, as usual, but the track was empty. This was about to change, as the group arrived and headed towards the rest stop of the course, which was a few meters behind the starting line.

"I just thought of something." Falcon started. "All me and Fox have to do is make the call, and our machines will be teleported here. But that's because we live here. You guys aren't even from this millennium, so how are you getting your racer here?"

"We might be a few centuries behind you guys, but we still have our ways." Mario said, pulling out a whistle of some sort and blowing into it.

"I'm surprised you bought the Lakitu Whistle, Mario." Luigi said.

"It was a 'just in case' thing." Mario said and sent out a piercing whistle echo throughout the circuit.

Within seconds, a Lakitu come floating into the Casino Palace with a huge package hanging from a fishing pole.

"Someone called? I'm here with a special delivery. And someone better claim this quick! I don't have all day. I have a life, too." The Lakitu brashly said.

"Yeah, your life is delivering packages." Mario replied. "We'll be claiming that."

"Then claim it! This thing isn't getting any lighter!" Lakitu spat out.

"Do you hear this guy?" Falcon said to no one in particular. "Hey, why don't you go back to wherever you came from and deliver us a delivery boy with less mouth, huh?" He directed to the Lakitu.

He just turned to Falcon and stared. "How can you even talk to me wearing an outfit like that? And I really hope those aren't stars over your nipples."

Link and Fox quickly covered their faces to suppress their laughter. Falcon glared at them menacingly while covering his pecs and turning his back on the situation.

Mario and Luigi finally claimed the rush-delivered package and began prying open the box. While they were hard at work, trying to get to the inside, the Lakitu annoyingly hovered above and between them. It was as if he was expecting something...

Mario purposely ignored the Lakitu, Luigi couldn't help but take notice. "Did we forget something?"

"Ummm... YES." Lakitu replied as if the answer was obvious. "Do the math, Green. I came all the way from the Mushroom Kingdom Universal Postal Service Central Building to the edge of the galaxy to deliver this to you guys. I don't do charity, and I definitely didn't do this for my health. I'm expecting some sort of compensation, here."

"How's this for compensation..." Mario flipped a single coin to the Lakitu.

"...that's all?" Lakitu muttered almost in disbelief.

"You want a 'thank you', too?" Mario offered.

"You gotta be joking..." Lakitu said in complete disappointment. "This is a BeanBean coin! I live in the Mushroom Kingdom, genius! BeanBean coins are worthless to me!"

"That's not my problem." Mario shrugged. "You wanted compensation and you got it. If that's not what you had in mind, you should be more specific."

"I see." Lakitu calmly nodded. "Well, then. Glad to have done business. I hope we see each other again real soon." And with that, he left as quickly as he appeared.

"You know how you hate Leevers, Link?" Mario questioned. After Link's nod, "I probably hate Lakitus even more."

"Hmm." Link just grunted in reply. "Well, I'm gonna get outta here so you guys can race. Where's a good hangout spot?"

"Luckily for you, Casino Palace is in Mute City, so you're in entertainment central." Fox said. "When you get outside, just walk around a bit. You should find The Rest Stop almost immediately. That's where most of the F-Zero pilots are."

"Alright, cool. Thanks." Link said and pulled out his Ocarina promptly playing Epona's song. Sure enough, Link's trusty steed, Epona, galloped to the crew and neighed.

"I can't believe what I'm seeing..." Falcon muttered, rubbing his eyes. "You still get around by horseback? Did you guys even invent the wheel, yet?"

"What amazes me is that Epona is here in Mute City!" Fox exclaimed. "How the hell can that horse travel all the way from Hyrule to Mute City?!"

"The Ocarina of Time works in mysterious ways..." Link chanted in a mystifying voice while waving his arms around.

"Please stop that." Mario mumbled.

"Fine." Link put a halt to his antics. "But now do you see why I had to steal the Ocarina from myself, Mario? This thing is handy as hell! I can't imagine life without it."

"You stole the Ocarina from yourself?" Falcon questioned, finding that statement to be more absurd than the fact that Link still rode a horse to get around long distances.

"I'll tell you about it after the race, Falcon. See ya!" Link said and mounted Epona.

Epona let out a majestic neigh and rose up on her two hind legs.

"YAH!" Link shouted as he kicked Epona's sides after she landed on all fours.

Suddenly, Epona and Link bulleted off at speeds faster than anything on land should be able to travel. Mario, Luigi, Falcon, and Fox were left with their jaws on the floor. They all looked at each other in sheer astonishment.

"Okay... Why didn't he volunteer to race if he could move that fast?" Mario wondered.

"It is safe to say that Epona has more acceleration than every F-Zero machine ever created. I can't even begin to imagine the top speed..." Luigi said.

"I don't care if Link's horse could move at the speed of light! He'll never beat me." Falcon confidently stated.

"Falcon... do you know how fast the speed of light is?" Fox asked. "300,000 kilometers per second. In one second, he would've gone 300,000 kilometers! You, on the other hand, can only move almost 2,000 km/h. In one hour, you would've gone almost 2,000 kilometers. That's in hours! In one second, you'd only go 33 kilometers. He'd finish any F-Zero course twelve times before you could even blink! And I know that's underestimate. So how could you possibly fathom saying something so stupid with a straight face?!" Fox lividly yelled, unable to bear Falcon's unreasonable cockiness.

"I never told anyone this..." Falcon started. "But I beat the Creators of the Universe in a five-lap race. If the Creators can't beat me, then who the hell can?"

"You beat the Creators of the Universe..." Fox mumbled, stupefied by Falcon's claim.

"I don't know about you guys, but I declare Falcon's story bullcrap of the highest caliber." Luigi proclaimed.

"This is all true!" Falcon shot back. "How can you not believe me when you guys have been through some pretty absurd adventures, yourselves? Especially you two!" He accused, pointing at the Mario brothers. "You two fight mutated over-sized turtles, and eat mushrooms and collect stars! You stories sound so fake, but everyone still believes you!"

"Everyone believes us because everyone has seen the evidence! Bowser alone is walking, talking proof of what we've been through." Mario argued. "You, however, have no proof of your race with the Creators. So until I see some legit proof, your story will continue to be as factual as my crazy uncle Borneo's claim that he single-handedly defeated the Spanish Inquisition."

"We have a crazy uncle named Borneo?" Luigi asked, surprised by this possible fact.

"NO!!" Mario shouted.

"I'm tired of talking. Actions speak louder than words, so I guess I will be beating you in a race after all." Falcon said. "I don't care if you drive on four wheels. I may not be proving anything by beating you, but I'll be proving something by beating Fox!" He said, turning to Fox.

"You couldn't beat me before, and I seriously doubt you'll beat me this time. Let's see what you got!" Fox responded.

"We still haven't unpacked our ride yet, Mario." Luigi mentioned.

"Oh yeah. Well, just do it the quick and easy way." Mario said.

The Mario brothers made their way over to the crate and simply gave it a smash headbutt to break it open. When the debris magically disappeared, a shiny red ride was left. It looked exactly like an F-Zero machine, but with the Mario brothers trademark style.

"Shake hands with the redesigned Red Fire." Mario introduced. "We kept the wheels, Falcon." He said with a taunting glare. Falcon just let out a mildly amused "heh". "We had to put a roof on the car to make it aerodynamic; the top-down approach added too much drag. There's still enough room for me and Luigi to switch drivers on the fly, though. The car also changed from red and blue to green and blue to let the other racers know who's driving."

"That's pretty cool, guys. I never would've thought you two were mechanics." Fox said.

"We know a whole lot more than just plumbing. Trust us." Luigi said.

"I'll admit, you guys have a pretty nice ride, but it's nothing compared to my new vehicle." Falcon said, hopping into his machine's cockpit.

"Heh, no Blue Falcon, huh?" Fox said.

"This race isn't that serious, so I gave it a break. This is a little custom ride I built a while back: the Sonic Grumpus-88. The body is the light framed Splash Whale, which makes it capable of turning on a dime and provides high acceleration. The cockpit, the Sonic Soldier, adds to all the basic stats of my ride. Then we get to the booster: the Raiden-88. This is one of the fastest boosters out there. Once I'm able to boost, you'll never see me again. I kept the paint blue, added some flame designs to the back, and put my trademark Falcon symbol on the front. I even put my lucky number in front: number fourteen." Falcon described.

"Very nice, Falcon." Fox complimented.

"I agree. I'm impressed, man. It's still not gonna beat the new Red Fire." Mario said.

"I feel kind of left out in this car show." Fox said. "I'm still using James's Little Wyvern. I modified it a little, but it's still the same thing."

"Don't worry about it." Luigi said. "I guess after we're done with our quest, we'll come back here and help you out with making a weekend ride for yourself."

"You're gonna need me, too." Falcon jumped in. "The Red Fire looks good, but it can be better. I'll help you out with optimizing the performance."

"This is all greatly appreciated, guys." Fox said, gratefully. "Let's get this race over with so we can get one step closer to this plan."

With that said, all four racers made their way to their respective machines. The automated announcer floated down to begin the race.

"This is an eight-lap race in Casino Palace: Double Branches. The first one to cross the finish line is the winner! Drivers, are you ready?"

All three vehicles revved up their engines in response.

"Three... Two... One... GO!!"
____________________________
____________________________

That's that. See ya next time I update.
 

LinkMaster12

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Jan 23, 2004
Messages
306
Location
NY
That was really good, and just one little thing hold back on the cursing just a liitle bit.
 

ZeekeXIV

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Apr 26, 2004
Messages
229
Location
On the Edge
Here we go again.

Man, I've effectively killed what little audience I had here... I never really had an audience to begin with...

Eh, whatever.

I'm finally here to update my story! Read and be amazed!

Just a word of warning before you begin:

ABUNDANT SHOCK VALUE!

You know how I write, so please, don't complain about it unless it sucks. And even then, you better be able to back yourself up, or else...

And now...
____________________________
____________________________

Act 9: So Close, Yet So Far (Part 3)

She cried.

That's all Peach could do as she sat in her room, or prison as she had come to think of it.

Crying was almost all Peach had been doing ever since Bowser abruptly crashed through the roof of her room and stuffed her in a bag. The only times there weren't tears in her eyes was when she was being forced against her will to perform for Ganondorf and Bowser. Or thinking about...

Mario...

I miss him so much...

I wonder where he is now... The last time I heard of him, he was here in Hyrule with Link. But he wasn't heading toward the castle. Can it be that he's finally had it? Is he finally tired of saving me over and over again? No... That can't be it. If he was, then he wouldn't be in Hyrule. That must mean he knows where I am. But if he knows, why hasn't he come for me yet?

Why...?


Tears streamed down Peach's pale cheek as she thought to herself, but not for long as she dried her eyes as best as she could and forced herself to be brave.

I think it's time that I saved myself. I didn't make it into the Smash Brothers tournament by being helpless. But I'm so scared... I wish I had some help...

She briefly considered talking to Zelda, but...

I can't trust Zelda. It almost feels as if she enjoys being a captive. ...as if she wants to impress them. Why? Does she think they'll go easy on her if she cooperates? Whatever the reason is, I can't stay to find out. I have to find a way out of here.

But what if I get caught?

I'm afraid of what they'll do to me... what they'll
make me do... But I can't live in fear forever... Mario would've never been able to save me as many times as he did if he was always afraid of what Bowser had in store for him. I have to be like Mario. I have to be brave... I have to...

Her thought process was interrupted by a rattling sound. Startled, Peach quickly looked to the door. She noticed the doorknob was turning ever-so-slowly. Her heart jumped. She knew who was coming and she knew what they were going to say. Hoping they'd leave her alone if she was asleep, she rushed under the covers of her bed and shut her eyes, feigning a deep slumber.

As soon as she was under the sheets, the door slowly creaked opened. Peach heard heavy but hesitant footsteps walking toward her bed. After a few seconds, they stopped. She lazily shifted herself and briefly opened her eyes to verify her fear. To her surprise, it was Bowser and only Bowser. Nonetheless, Peach still lied in her bed, pretending to sleep.

A good while went by since Peach last opened her eyes. It had been so quiet that she actually did begin to doze off. But she forced herself to stay awake. Bowser was still in the room, and although he wasn't doing anything, she didn't trust him. His silence was very strange...

Peach risked opening her eyes just enough to see what Bowser was doing. He was sitting down in a chair near the bed, just watching her sleep.

How long has he been sitting there? Bowser's usually more outspoken than this. This is disturbing...

Her mind suddenly went blank as she felt Bowser's hand touch her calf through the sheet and slowly found its way up to her thigh. From there, Bowser went for her hair, putting his fingers through her golden-blonde locks. Peach was thoroughly repulsed, feverishly racking her brain for a way to get his hand off of her. Thinking of nothing better, she shifted in her "sleep" while forcing a calm but drowsy sigh. It seemed to work as Bowser quickly jerked his hand back, afraid that he had awoken Peach.

She cracked open her eyes just a bit to see what Bowser was doing then. He was half-way between her and the door but didn't look like he was ready to leave just yet. Peach never wanted anyone to leave her room as much as she did then. She hoped that if she moved again, Bowser would finally leave. Peach barely moved her arms before her hand came across a slender handle, which was hidden in her sheets.

My frying pan...

The trusty frying pan she bought from Moleville so long ago. The trusty frying pan that actually made her name feared in the Smash Tournament. As she tightly gripped the handle, it made her feel a little safer and a little braver. But not brave enough to act. She wanted to do nothing more than clock Bowser in the forehead and escape, but Bowser was looking right at her. She knew he wouldn't even give her time to lift the pan above her head.

But then, as if Fate, himself, wanted Peach to escape, Bowser turned his back to Peach. The back of his skull was now an open target...

Tightly clasping the handle in both hands, Peach quietly rose up on the bed, standing on the mattress so she could actually reach Bowser's head. Her muscles tensed and her adrenaline pumped as she reared her weapon back further and further, seconds away from putting every ounce of strength she had into the blow she was about to deliver.

But just as Peach was about to let loose, Bowser sighed and simply walked towards the door. Peach was left astounded, letting her arms relax behind her and sinking to her knees as she felt a wave of relief wash over her. It seemed her wish came true without her having to do anything about it.

Suddenly, before he completely passed through the doorway, Bowser turned around and glared Peach right in the eye. She was struck such terror as she sat there, still armed with her frying pan. Her heart felt like it was about to beat a way out of her chest.

"I saw what you were going to do." Bowser mumbled as if he was disappointed.

Peach could barely squeak "how" before she noticed the mirror near her bed where Bowser was once standing. He saw her reflection...

"So tell me, Princess: what were you gonna do after you knocked me out?" Bowser was very interested in her answer. "Ganondorf's castle is nowhere near as friendly as mine. He has some real nasty traps on the bottom floor. And I'd love to see how you handle making it over that gap between the castle and the mainland."

Peach suddenly remembered that Ganondorf's castle was floating over a pit of lava. She didn't consider the trouble she would have actually getting out of the castle.

"As soon as Ganondorf gets up, you're gonna get it so bad. Look forward to it. I know I will." Bowser gave Peach a wicked sneer as he left the room.

As Peach's heart-rate returned to normal, her fear was slowly replaced by frustration.

I can't believe this... There's no escape. No... there has to be an escape. Where...?

She scanned the room for anything that could lead to an escape. She then noticed her window. Completely opened... and just big enough for her to stand on the sill full-height. She walked to the window and peered outside. The skies were as dark and gloomy as ever, accompanied by the roaring thunder and brilliant lightning. She climbed onto the window sill and looked down. It was a looooooooooong way to the bottom, not to mention the height was dizzying. Still, she held her composure and searched for safer ground. Across the lava-filled chasm, there was more than enough land for her to land on, but the problem was getting across.

"My parasol..." Peach remembered.

One of the moves she used for the Smash Tournaments: the Peach Parasol. It saved her life countless times as it helped her make jumps across long distances she wouldn't normally be able to make. But she wondered if it would actually be useful outside of the Smash Tournaments. She knew things worked a little differently in that environment...

"I know I can do this." Peach encouraged herself as she took out her parasol and prepared for her leap of faith.

Opening her umbrella and holding it above her head, Peach jumped as far as she could and began her floating decent toward her freedom. At first, it seemed like she would make it without any problems. Her landing zone might've been a wasteland, but Peach was so happy to escape, it actually seemed inviting. Her happiness was short-lived, though, as she soon realized that the closer she got to the mainland, the higher above her it seemed. She came to the chilling realization that she was falling faster than she had hoped she would. Peach threw an arm up in hopes of somehow grabbing the edge, but no... she was too far below. She looked down. Scalding agony awaited her at the bottom... She looked up and let out a shrieking cry for help, hoping anything with ears would hear her and do so.

To her astonishment, she began to float up. And quickly, too. In mere seconds, she was safely above the rim of the chasm and over sound ground. After a graceful landing, she fell to her hands and knees, so happy to be alive after what she just went through.

"Thank you." She repeated again and again to the greater power that heard her cries, on the verge of tears.

"Your welcome." A voice replied.

She quickly jumped to her feet, startled by the sudden words. But upon seeing who those words belonged to, her heart sunk lower than her feet. To her unbelievable dismay, it was Ganondorf. She tried to speak, but couldn't even find her voice.

"In case you're wonderin'..." G-dorf began. "I was jus' in time to see you jump out the window." Ganondorf paused and slowly shook his head. "You're outta yo' mind, you know that?" He continued. "You went from tryin' to knock peeps out to jumpin' outta windows and s***. But you know what...?"

Ganondorf bought Peach a little closer to him. She wanted to resist, but she was so shocked and petrified that she couldn't help but bend to his will.

"...I like my girls that way. When I see or hear a girl wild out like you did, I jus' gotta let 'em know that I'm feelin' that. How should I let you know?" Ganondorf mused, moving his hand to Peach's face, and holding her cheeks between his finger and thumb. "I think a kiss says it all. What you think?"

Ganondorf closed in to plant one on her. Peach finally gained the courage to resist, but only enough to turn away. Ganondorf paused momentarily to mock her with a taunting chuckle, and then lightly pecked her on the cheek. Peach felt a sudden wave of sickness when his lips touched her cheek; a sickness that rooted deep in her stomach and could be felt in her soul.

Ganondorf then picked Peach up and carried her over his shoulder back into the castle, forming a bridge of dark energy to cross the gap. A few minutes later, they were back in her room. Ganondorf literally threw Peach onto her bed. He turned around to leave, but stopped at the doorway and turned around to glare at Peach.
A paralyzing fear consumed her...

"That was the first time anyone had the balls to try to roll up outta my crib like that. I'm even more surprised that you were the first one to do it: you ain't got no balls!" Ganondorf commended. "But I'ma tell you right now: don't ever try that s*** again. If you slip up and end up like you did before, no one's comin' to save yo' a**." He promised with a stern look on his face.

With that, Ganondorf left the room and closed the door. She sat in her bed and let everything that had just happened sink in. Peach was then left to do the only thing she could do at that moment.

She cried.
_____________________

"This is an eight-lap race in Casino Palace: Double Branches. The first one to cross the finish line is the winner! Drivers, are you ready?"

All three vehicles revved up their engines in response.

"Three... Two... One... GO!!!"

As soon as the word "GO" was uttered, all three machines flew over the starting line, already achieving heart-clenching speeds. In just a few short seconds, Falcon pulled ahead of the other two racers, thanks to his ride's excellent acceleration. Comfortable with his position, he began swerving side-to-side in a rhythmic motion. It looked like he couldn't keep control of his vehicle, but Falcon knew exactly what he was doing. With this technique, his lead went from sizable to insurmountable. He was suddenly beyond the Red Fire and the Little Wyvern's sight.

"I can't believe how fast Falcon is going!" Luigi exclaimed.

"I'll admit that his machine looked fast, but I really thought that we were faster! How could he be that far ahead of us already?" Mario pondered.

"I'm the best there is! That's all you need to know." Falcon's voice suddenly stated, sounding like he was right next to Mario.

"Falcon?!" Mario gasped, shocked that Falcon was able to hear him even though they were so far apart.

"Oh yeah, I forgot to tell you..." Luigi started. "After we finished with the mechanics, I got to adding the standard features every F-Zero racer has: including a live intercom, complete with a monitor so you can see who's talking to you. Look to the right of the steering wheel; it's right there. And there's an integrated camera in the steering wheel, too, so he can see you." He pointed out.

Mario looked over to where the monitor was. Sure enough, Falcon's face was in the monitor, cocky smile and all as he saluted the screen in a taunting manner. Mario could only glare back unfavorably at Falcon's image.

"Let's check up on Fox." Luigi suggested. "You see those buttons below the monitor? Press the one on the right."

With the click of a button, Fox's face replaced Falcon's on the monitor.

"Oh! This thing works sort of like a TV." Mario observed.

"Yep. I don't know how they do this officially in F-Zero, but I made this thing as easy to operate as possible." Luigi answered. "In the middle of these races, we can't be dealing with anything too complicated. Trying to stay in first is hard enough."

"Yeah, you can say that again. But aren't these things a huge distraction to begin with?" Mario asked.

"If you have A.D.D., then yes." Fox replied. "In an intense race, your adrenaline takes over. You don't even notice when someone is talking to you sometimes. Besides, there's always the 'off' switch."

"Heh, yeah." Luigi agreed.

"So, Fox." Mario began. "How exactly is Falcon going so fast?! All three of us can't boost and yet he's moving like he's had it since the beginning."

"He perfected a new technique to make acceleration-centric vehicles faster than ones that specialize in top speed." Fox explained. "It's called snaking. You saw how Falcon was swerving from side to side in his machine, right?"

"Yeah." Mario and Luigi answered.

"Well, he's basically drift-turning constantly." Fox continued. "You know how easy it is to lose control during while drifting, so it's easier to do it in a light-framed car like the Sonic Grampus. And with all the room he has in this race compared to typical Grand Prix, it's the ultimate advantage. In fact, it's almost like a cheat..."

"Snaking... So that's why he's so confident that he'll win." Mario concluded.

With that said, they continued to race in the perilous Casino Palace: Double Branches course. In no plane of reality could this track be considered easy. Even the circuit's few straightaways were riddled with sporadically-placed jump plates that could launch a careless driver into certain doom. The course's namesake came from the sudden forks in the road. If a racer wasn't alert, they'd run a high risk of speeding right into the point where the road splits, and when you crash head-first into a wall at speeds exceeding 800 kilometers per hour, the end results are never pretty...

"So far, so good. Besides those nasty forks, this course isn't so bad." Luigi said.

"Don't get too comfortable. This is only the first lap." Mario warned.

A little while later, the Little Wyvern passed the Red Fire and proceeded over a dash plate which led to a jump plate. Fox's vehicle sped over the boost and was launched over the gap, which was dubbed Hell's Entrance by some of the F-Zero racers. Precious seconds were shaved off Fox's time and as he pulled well-ahead of the Mario brothers.

Mario decided to follow Fox's example and sped toward the dash plate preceding the jump.

"Don't even think about it." Luigi quickly warned and immediately switched spots with Mario to ensure his words were heeded.

"Why?! That's was a dash plate, right? We'd still get a boost from that, at least." Mario said.

"Nope. The Red Fire's systems aren't compatible with the technology in an F-Zero dash plate, so we'd just end up killing ourselves if we took that jump." Luigi explained. "In fact, the Red Fire's not compatible with most of the technology on this course. The only things we can use are the jump bars and the pit area."

"At least we can recover... but then how do we win?" Mario wondered. "When we start the second lap, we won't get any boost power, and I don't know if our mushrooms will be enough to substitute."

"Well, I managed to pick as many as I could. I even got a hold of some gold ones, so I think we'll be alright." Luigi assured his brother as he crossed the starting line to begin the second lap. "Alright, let's see what a Red Mushroom can do."

Luigi tapped a button on the left handle of the steering wheel to use one of the mushrooms from the Red Fire's supply. Both brothers' heads jerked back unexpectedly as the vehicle's speed nearly doubled from a steady 830km/hr to over 1600!

"WHHHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOAAAAA!!!" The brothers couldn't help but scream as their boost lasted long enough for them to catch up to Fox. Once it finally ended, they gave each other a look of sheer astonishment. Slowly, a smile took over both of their faces. A victorious smile...

"We can do this! We can really do this!" Luigi laughed as he enthusiastically hit the steering wheel.

"Who needs a boosting system when you have mushrooms?!" Mario shouted, excitedly. "Use another one so we can take back second place!"

Without hesitation, Luigi powered-up the Red Fire's engine with another Red Mushroom, leaving Fox and the Little Wyvern astounded.

"EAT OUR DUST, YOU WOODLAND CREATURE WITHOUT A CAUSE!!" Luigi shouted on top of his lungs.

"Is that the best you could come up with?" Mario groaned, disappointed at Luigi's finishing insult.

"What? You didn't like that one?" Luigi wondered, surprised at Mario's disapproval. "It sounded good to me... What's worse than not having a cause?"

"If you're going to taunt someone, it has to be good." Mario sighed as they sped ahead in an attempt to catch up to Falcon.
_____________________

Back in third place, Fox was still astonished by how fast the Red Fire suddenly became. He may have raced in plenty of F-Zero races, but he never saw a vehicle pick up so much speed in so little time.

"Fox!" A voice suddenly shouted.

Fox was so mesmerized by the speed of the Red Fire, that the sudden outburst startled him and almost caused him to steer into a wall.

"Oh crap!" Fox exclaimed as forced the wheel over and regained control of the Wyvern.

Afterwards, he looked at the monitor; the only place that voice could come from. Just as he thought, Falcon was on the screen.

"How are the brothers doing?" Falcon inquired.

"You know you really scared the hell out of me?" Fox mentioned. "They just passed me! Their car is really fast! I'm pretty sure their car just topped 1900km/hr. They have a really good chance at catching up to you." Fox warned.

"Sure they do." Falcon sarcastically agreed. "I beat the Creators, remember? I'm not about to lose to a couple of plumbers."

Fox narrowed his eyes doubtfully at the screen. "You sure you weren't hocked up on some type of wonderful drug when this happened? And if you were, where can I get some?" He mockingly added.

"Shut the hell up. You don't have time to be joking around; you're in third place." Falcon reminded Fox, hoping his cheap-shot statement would put him in his place. "I can't believe they're beating you. You're gonna let some F-Zero rookies show you up in your home turf?"

"There are still seven more laps to go after this one. I know I'll see them again way before this race is over." Fox countered.

"I dunno about that, Fox." Falcon said. "You just said they had a good chance at catching up to me. But what about you? Do you have a good chance at catching up to me? If you can't reach me, then I don't think you'll ever see Mario and Luigi again. You'd need a car that specializes in something in order to contend with us, and not some run-of-the-mill hoop-ride. I mean, I specialize in acceleration. Mario looks like he does top speed. Your ride does... something... right?"

Fox answered Falcon's question with silence.

"Huh. So you have that hoop-ride, huh?" Falcon said.

"Not exactly..." Fox spoke up. "Remember when I said I modified the Wyvern a little? I take it back. 'Overhauled' is the better word for it. I don't think any other F-Zero racer has a weapons system."

"You put weapons in your ride?!" Falcon gasped. "Do you know how illegal that is? If the Convention finds out about this... No, screw the Convention. If the freaking Galactic Federation finds out about this, you're finished! And the Little Wyvern's not even yours! Did you even think about what would happen to James?"

"Relax, Captain. I didn't do anything to James' machine." Fox assured Falcon. "I modified my Arwing to double as an F-Zero racer. Just in case anything happened to me out there, James wouldn't be without his racer. Right now, it looks exactly like the Wyvern, but with the push of a button, I'll have my trusty flyer; fully-equipped with dual Hyper Lasers and enough Nova Bombs to take out a Lohengrin-class spaceship."

"I understand you trying to protect James, but why the hell would risk running around with all that?" Falcon inquired. "The only thing that would make any type of sense is if you wanted to take someone out..."

There was silence on Fox's end. Falcon had to look at the screen to see if he was even paying attention. Fox seemed to be aware as he glanced at the screen momentarily, but for a second, Falcon noticed a contemplative tinge in his eye...

"Fox!" Falcon shouted, hoping his sudden outburst would snap him back to his senses.

"It does make sense. Like you said, Falcon: I'm not going to let some F-Zero rookies show me up on my own turf. This is my best race course!" Fox said very matter-of-factly. "Besides, the Mario brothers race in Grand Prixes with weapons all the time. Have you seen some of the things they use? They have bombs, too."

"Yeah, but I doubt their bombs are powerful enough to take out a space fleet!" Falcon said. "You know what? Do what you want. I'll see you at the finish line." He said and cut off the transmission.

"Hmph." Fox grunted at Falcon's disapproval of his tactics. Nonetheless, he shrugged it off and prepared for his assault on the unsuspecting Mario brother.
_____________________

Up ahead, the Red Fire was halfway through the second lap. Mario reassumed his spot in the driver's seat and used a Golden Mushroom after its speed-crazy venture with the red ones. The speed boost wasn't nearly as dramatic as before, but it was enough to maintain a high speed for a longer time.

"I still can't believe that Falcon's on the third lap already..." Mario sighed after remembering his recent checkup on Falcon.

"Snaking really does seem to make all the difference..." Luigi reasoned.

Suddenly, Luigi picked up Fox speeding toward them in the rear-view camera.

"Hey, Fox is catching up to us." Luigi announced.

"Should I use another mushroom?" Mario asked before going with his gut impulse.

"We should take it easy." Luigi decided. "We're losing energy every time we boost, plus we shouldn't use all the mushrooms we have on one lap. Besides, Fox did a lot of boosting to catch up to us. He'll need to save some energy to make it to the pit area. Use a Red Mushroom when we get there."

"Alright." Mario nodded.

Luigi took another glance at the rear camera to see exactly how close Fox was. He was shocked to see that his vehicle had suddenly sprouted wings!

"Wha-- Fox's ride just grew wings!" Luigi exclaimed.

"What?" Mario said in disbelief as he checked the rear-view himself. Sure enough, Fox's car was suddenly completely different from the one he started out with. "His ride looks exactly like an Arwing! What's going on?"

Fox answered that question with a Nova Bomb.

"AAAGGGHHH!!! EVASIVE ACTION!!!" Luigi shouted and literally jumped over Mario to grab the steering wheel and veer out of the bomb's path.

The bomb just missed the Red Fire's right side and crashed into a wall, creating a huge explosion. The shockwave from the blast caused Mario and Luigi to spin out of control into another wall while Fox boosted ahead into second place. Both brothers were struck with enraged confusion by Fox's actions.

"I can't believe he just did that..." Luigi murmured as he eased the Red Fire back into control.

"Get Fox on the monitor right now!" Mario demanded.

Luigi obeyed and changed the channel to Fox. Judging by his smug expression, he was pretty content with what he just did.

"Fox! Are you out of your mind?! We could've been killed!" Mario shouted at Fox, who didn't seem to care too much about what was said.

"Don't take it personal, but I just can't lose to you guys." Fox simply replied.

"We're not taking it personal because you don't want to lose. We're taking it personal because you're shooting bombs at us!" Luigi shouted back.

"I guess it's gonna get personal, then, 'cause there are more bombs with your names on them." Fox said. "If you get in front of me, I'll do whatever I can to get you out of that position and think about the consequences later."

"You better think about the consequences before you act. If you try to pull something like that again, you better not be anywhere near my vicinity after this race is over." Mario threatened.

"You don't have to be in front of me to get what you want, you know. I'll gladly help you take out Falcon, if you want. He only said you had to beat him in a race. You'll still get the info you need if you get if you finish second." Fox explained.

"No thanks." Luigi said. "We'll beat Falcon our own way."

"If you say so. I guess you'll be finishing in dead last, then. See you two at the finish line." Fox said and cut the feed.

"It's just never easy with us, is it?" Mario muttered.

"You know, now that I think about it, we shouldn't be so surprised by what Fox did." Luigi said. "He refuses to lose. And the second he thinks he might, he'll start taking drastic measures. Remember back in the tournaments? He found a way to KO his opponents with his Reflector! Not even Falco could figure it out!" He recounted.

"Fox always would do anything for a win... Everyone hated him for that..." Mario remembered. "Well, if Fox wants to play rough, then we'll play along. And gladly."

"But all we have are mushrooms..." Luigi said.

"That's where you're wrong, little brother. Give me the wheel for a second." Mario requested. Upon the switch, "...there's a button right above you. Press it and be amazed."

Luigi followed Mario's orders perfectly, right down to the amazement command as he let out a gasp. A small screen came down and flickered on, displaying nearly every single weapon available in any Mario Kart Grand Prix. Mario simply smiled at Luigi's silent awe.

"Did... did I ever tell you that I love you?" Luigi asked as he could almost feel tears of joy well up in his eyes.

"No... And I never want you to." Mario calmly replied. "I grabbed all the weapons I could and set them up in a computer. I couldn't get the really powerful stuff, though. Those are only available if you pick the item boxes. And even then, the weapon is picked at random."

"That's alright. We have some helpful stuff from the get-go: Green and Red Shells, and Fake Item Boxes. That should be all we need for Fox." Luigi confidently said.

"Just be careful. Like with the mushrooms, we have a limited supply, and they probably take away from our energy. Don't go crazy." Mario warned.

"Got it." Luigi stated as he passed the mushroom stash up front. "You stay in the driver's seat and take over the speed boosts. I'll cover the weapons. Now let's win this race!" He cheered, throwing up a fist of determination as Mario took the Red Fire over the starting line to start the third lap.

"Alright, time to send Fox a little red surprise." Luigi deviously chuckled as he chose the Red Shell from the weapons cache and fired it at Fox's Arwing.

"It's amazing how bad you are at coming up with an intimidating threat. If Fox heard, he'd probably think you were sending him an apple or something." Mario said.

"Which is why he'd be more surprised when the Red Shell hits! How could you say that was a bad threat?" Luigi explained, seemingly proud of himself.

"Ugh..." Mario groaned as he prepared to feed the engine with another Red Mushroom.

Up in second place, Fox was focusing on maintaining his position. He was ready to take out the Mario brothers as soon as they passed him. He wasn't ready for the Red Shell speeding toward him, though...

"Incoming enemy fire."

"Enemy fire?" Fox repeated his computer, confused by the warning.

Suddenly, the Red Shell collided directly into the back of the Arwing, causing the entire vehicle to flip out wildly.

"WHAT THE HELL?!!" Fox screamed as the flipping came to an end.

A second later, the Red Fire blazed by the Arwing at 1500km/hr, cleverly dropping several Fake Item Boxes to block Fox's path as they passed. Fox had no time to avoid any of them, crashing directly into the nearest box. He spun out, only coming to a stop when he smashed into a nearby wall. The Mario brothers' smart, though ruthless, use of their items secured their spot in second place for now.

Seething with rage, Fox channeled Mario on his monitor. "You two are the biggest d*** hypocrites in the Universe! How the hell could you guys be upset that I used weapons when you had your own set all this time? I'm the one that could've been killed this time!"

"We weren't planning on using our stash, but you left us no choice. We had to fight fire with fire." Mario stated.

"That's it! This race just turned into Road Rash. I'm coming for you two, and I'm gunning for your heads!" Fox threatened and cut the feed.

"You heard that, Luigi? Be ready." Mario warned.

"Oh yeah, I'm ready. Ready for war." Luigi responded with iron determination.

"Hmm, that one was actually pretty good." Mario commended his younger brother. "Remind me to give you a pat on the back after this race is over."

They were on the home stretch before beginning the fourth lap. Mario had prepared a Golden Mushroom while Luigi had a set of three Green Shells, all with Fox's name on them. They were a few kilometers away from Hell's Entrance when they saw the Arwing coming from behind.

Luigi wildly fired two of the three Green Shells behind him in hopes of slowing Fox down. Mario was waiting for a hit before using the mushroom. It seemed like it was going to be a long wait, though. Fox wisely used his Hyper Lasers to destroy the incoming shells.

As they passed the jump plate, Luigi watched Fox line the Arwing up with the dash plate preceding it. Thinking fast, Luigi shot the last Green Shell into Fox's boosting path.

BULLSEYE!!

Fox smashed straight into the shell and lost complete control of his ride, barreling right into the jump pad and flew helplessly into the air. Mario and Luigi watched as the Arwing lifted off. They could immediately see that he wasn't going to make the gap this time. The nose the Arwing was pointing too high up, effectively canceling the speed boost he received from the dash plate. The last thing Mario and Luigi saw before starting the fourth lap was the Arwing disappear into the gap.

"He's gone..." Luigi murmured. "I don't know whether to be happy or sad."

"I know..." Mario agreed. "But it was either him or us. And it definitely wasn't going to be us. Just follow Fox's mindset: act now, consider the consequences later."

"Now you guys are getting it." A voice said. "But here's a little advice: next time you try something like that, make sure the machine you're trying to destroy doesn't double as an aircraft."

"Of course..." Mario muttered as he heard Fox's voice over the intercom, completely stunned.

To the right of the Red Fire, Fox's Arwing rose from below the track and into the air directly above Mario and Luigi. Suddenly, Fox just let his Arwing drop from the sky and directly onto nose of the Red Fire. The Red Fire consequently flipped forward and crash into the ground, stalling the engine momentarily as the Arwing sped away to take second place unopposed.

"Heh... and I thought to myself: 'things are gonna get easier from here'..." Luigi said with a weak, dazed laugh.

"You're not the only one." Mario agreed, shaking his head. "This is just getting started..."
____________________________
____________________________

The end. For now at least.

I'll be back sometime in October to add some more stuff.

College won't let me live...
 

ZeekeXIV

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Apr 26, 2004
Messages
229
Location
On the Edge
Here I go again. The end of the story (this particular story, at least) is coming soon...
____________________________
____________________________

Act 9: So Close, Yet So Far (Part 4)

While Mario and Luigi were having the time of their lives trying to simply survive their first F-Zero race, Link was having the time of his life being the center of attention at the Rest Stop. He immediately became popular as soon as he pulled into the parking lot on his trusty steed, Epona. Link even met up with John Tanaka once again, quickly becoming friends. In fact, they had become so close so quickly that Tanaka offered to treat himself to anything being offered at the bar. It was the first time Link ever had any type of alcoholic beverage. Even though he was the legendary Hero of Time, he was still below the legal age to drink. No one at The Rest Stop seemed to care, though. Tanaka's logic: if you're responsible to save the world several times, you're responsible enough to drink.

"Man, this stuff is grand! They never let me drink anythin' like this back in Hyrule. What do you call this?" Link asked.

"That's one of my favorites: the Mute City Sipper. It's pretty popular here." Tanaka answered as he took another swig of his drink.

"The Sipper? This thing deserves a better name than that. I'll just call it 'a d***-good drink' until someone thinks of somethin' better." Link said and took a big gulp to finish off what was left of his drink.

He soon regretted that decision. A second after he took that gulp, Link's throat immediately began to burn. He also felt the burning sensation moving down his esophagus, and spreading to his stomach, his heart, and even his cerebellum like wild fire. Link tried to overcome the agony, but he could only put his head down and cover his face as tears streamed from his eyes. He let out a pained, muffled scream as he kept his face buried in his arms. Tanaka simply sat back and laughed at Link's ordeal.

"How the hell could you be laughin' at me?! I'm dyin', man! They should call this 'Death on Ice' or somethin'!" Link's stifled shouts complained.

"Now you know why this is called the Mute City Sipper. It's only enjoyable when it is sipped, otherwise you'll end up looking the way you do now." Tanaka explained as he continued to laugh. Even the bartender and a few nearby F-Zero pilots were laughing at Link's rookie-drinker mistake.

"All of you can kiss my a**..." Link choked out, finally lifting his head as the pain died down. His eyes were red and dry, though somehow teary, and his nose was runny. This made the people who were giggling before fall on the floor in hysterics.

"Don't mind them, Link. All they do is sit around and drink all day. They're losers." Tanaka consoled Link, noticing the embarrassment was really getting to him.

"Whaddya know 'bout me, shonny?" An old man suddenly blurted out; the famous geriatric, Silver Neelsen.

"I know that you spend all the money you receive from your prize races on alcohol. The way you drink, I'm surprised you've lived as long as you have." Tanaka responded.

"Hmph. Ignorant youth... Nev'r showin' respect for there elders... I'll tell ya, back in my day..." Neelsen rambled, drunkenly rising from his chair and aimlessly stumbling off, still mumbling to himself.

"See what I mean? The prime example of a loser." Tanaka said.

"Whatever..." Link said, wiping his nose on his sleeve. "I'm just glad no one I know will ever hear about this. Especially my girl... This definitely isn't a good look for me."

"Of course the Hero of Time would have a significant other." Tanaka smiled, approvingly. "No woman would be able to resist your endless heroics. I'll bet they swoon at just the sound of your name."

Link could only laugh, with Tanaka immediately following suite.

"So who's the lucky lady? Wait, don't tell me..." Tanaka held up a hand as soon as Link was about to open his mouth. "It's Princess Zelda, isn't it?"

Link raised a surprised eyebrow. "How do you know about Zelda?"

"Falcon spoke a lot about the last Smash tournament." Tanaka replied.

"Ah, aight. Well, my man, you'd be right if you weren't so wrong." Link said with a smile. "I'm rollin' with my Samus."

"Samus? Samus Aran? The legendary bounty hunter?" Tanaka asked, making sure he heard correctly.

"The one and only. My one and only." Link verified affectionately.

"Well... the universe isn't so big, after all." Tanaka said. "You know, Samus works with the Galactic Federation sometimes. Whenever there's a mission we need an extra hand on, we call on her."

"She's great, right?" Link smiled.

"When it comes to helping out the Federation, then it's undeniably true. She's an invaluable asset." Tanaka agreed. "But it's impossible to talk to her! I remember just trying to have a casual conversation with her, but she was so unreasonably reluctant to speak! I swear, it's easier to win an F-Zero Grand Prix on foot than it is to find out how Samus's day was."

"She gave you that much trouble? Samus isn't that bad, once you get to know her. In fact, I love her!" Link proclaimed. "I'll say it loud and proud!"

"You really are amazing, Link. You're the only person I know who actually got Samus to show some sort of emotion other than stone-cold determination. I don't even know if that would qualify for an emotion..." Tanaka shrugged. "I'm sure it took a lot to get her to warm up to you."

"You have no idea..." Link said.

"I wish I was able to pursue my love as easily as you were." Tanaka admitted with a meek voice.

"Oh, you have a girl in your sights? Let's hear it, man!" Link asked, very interested in Tanaka's answer.

"Ms. Jody Summers..." Tanaka tenderly replied. "She's the entire reason I decided to take part in the F-Zero Grand Prix. I made a silent vow to protect her from all the dangers this race brings. I don't care if I win or lose a Grand Prix. As long as she crosses that finish line unharmed, then I've won."

"Man... that's deep." Link said.

"My love for her is deep." Tanaka said. "She's the reason I have the strength to wake up in the morning and pursue life's challenges: my devotion gives me the power to do so."

"Wow..." Link sighed, just amazed by Tanaka's affection. "Then how come you two aren't together? If I said somethin' like that to any woman, I don't think they'd ever leave me."

"That's my problem. I've never been able to build up the courage to tell her how I truly felt about her." Tanaka somberly admitted. "Every time I tried, it came out horribly wrong."

"It couldn't be that bad." Link said.

"Oh really?" Tanaka's eyes suddenly went wide as if Link was speaking blasphemy. "I once wrote a poem for Ms. Summers. At first, I was going to recite it with the paper in-hand, but I thought it would mean so much more to commit it to memory and recite it. Unfortunately, when the time came for me to convey my feelings, I was so nervous that my mind went completely blank, and it didn't help that she looked... so... gorgeous that day. I tried hard to remember the poem as best as I could under the pressure, but I utterly failed." He groaned, hanging his head while shaking it.

"You effed up the words that badly?" Link asked, still not seeing what was so bad.

"My friend, I didn't even make it past the first verse." Tanaka continued.

"D***... What'd you say?" Link wondered.

"I'd rather not talk about it." Tanaka simply replied.

"C'mon, man! This is just between you and me!" Link said.

"This is a piece of my past I'd rather keep buried. Preferably as deep as conceivably possible." Tanaka maintained his defiant stance.

"Please? I promise to Din, Nayru, and Farore that I won't tell anyone." Link said with a hand over his heart. "That's my word I'm givin' you, man. You can take that to the grave." Tanaka was still looking hesitant. "I'll even throw in a bonus and promise not to laugh if that's what you're afraid of."

"Link..." Tanaka was about to continue his refusal, but he had a feeling Link wouldn't quit. "...fine. I won't hold you to your promise about not laughing, but I will end you swiftly if this becomes public knowledge."

"Not even the Mario brothers will know." Link promised.

"Alright..." Tanaka took in a deep breath. "I was supposed to say: 'May I expound your beauty in pieces? Your breath is as sweet as the owner from which the fair oxygen comes from'."

"Huh." Link nodded. "I think that's a little too articulate for a love poem, but that's just how you do it, I guess. So instead of that, you said..."

Tanaka looked like he was about to cry. "Please don't make me say this."

"Say what?" Link asked, leaning in a little closer with an opened ear.

Tanaka could only hang his head shamefully. "'...may I... pound your booty into pieces? Your breasts are so sweet, they give me a huge boner and I want to come.'"

After he heard that, Link could only be completely shocked by John Tanaka's words. His eyes stayed wide and mystified as he stared at him.

"...you... actually know words like that?" Link finally uttered.

"...I know many vulgar people... from the Federation and F-Zero." Tanaka murmured.

"Oh." Link finally looked away from Tanaka.

Silence followed. Neither of them knew what to say to each other. Link had no idea Tanaka had the capacity to be so offensive. Tanaka had no idea Link would seem so offended.

Unable to take the awkwardness of the situation, Tanaka simply got up as if he was about to walk away, muttering "sorry" as he rose.

"Whoa, wait a second, Tanaka." Link called out, holding him by the shoulder.

Tanaka looked to Link, feeling shameful. Although Tanaka had a good amount of years on him, he half expected Link to give him a stern scolding. But to his astonishment, Link looked like he was holding back laughter. Once Tanaka's eyebrow raised in confusion, Link couldn't hold it back any longer. He began laughing. And laughing. And laughing... ...and laughing some more.

"You can stop laughing now..." Tanaka muttered, embarrassedly. People were beginning to stare.

"Holy Din..." Link finally said. "How could you screw up your own poem so badly?" He wondered, still giggling from time to time.

"I've been asking myself that time and time again. In the end, it's just something I'll never understand." Tanaka bitterly replied. "I spent so many nights writing that poem; meticulously choosing the perfect words to articulate my feelings. And ultimately, I ended up no better than I had started. In fact, I would have been better off if I hadn't said anything at all!"

"Hey, don't take it too hard, man." Link said, patting Tanaka's shoulder. "This is all in the past. Jody probably forgot about it by now. She'll probably laugh if you bring it up again."

"I highly doubt it..." Tanaka sighed. "This happened very recently. Three days ago recently..."

"...oh..." Link was silenced.

They spent a little while without talking, simply ordering more drinks. Link couldn't help but think about Tanaka's story and silently giggle about it, still. Suddenly, Tanaka broke the silence.

"Letting Ms. Summers know how I feel can't possibly be this hard." He said to himself, out loud. "Truthfully, Link. Is there anything you do that makes talking to women easier? How did you approach Samus? What did you do to make her love you?" Tanaka interrogated, almost sounding like he was begging Link to share some sort of secret woman-wooing technique that only he knew.

"Tanaka... take it easy." Link suggested. "I was just bein' myself, man. At first, she hated me. I'm not even gonna lie about that. She even shot me into a wall one night when I snuck into her room. But I never gave up. Persistence is the key, my man."

"She hated you and blasted you through a wall, and yet she still loves you..." Tanaka thought about these facts for a second. "There has to be something more you did. I don't see how a healthy relationship could stem from that."

"Well, I also saved her from Kraid's clone back on Zebes." Link said. "I guess there's an unwritten rule: once you save a girl from some ridiculously scary monster, they have no choice but to love you."

"I see... So what you're saying is that the only way I'll be sure to win Ms. Summers's heart is if I save her from an unspeakable abomination." Tanaka concluded.

"It worked twice for me! How can you go wrong?" Link said.

"I guess I have nothing to lose." Tanaka shrugged. "The only problem is that none of the abominations I know would dare lay a finger on her. She does work for the Federation and she is far from helpless."

"Just let her spend a day in Hyrule while Ganondorf's in power. With all the monsters runnin' around, she'll turn helpless in no time." Link said.

Tanaka laughed in response. "Well, since you're with Samus now, I'm assuming you've broken up with Zelda. If you don't mind, can you tell me why you two separated? I can't imagine breaking up with royalty for no reason." He politely wondered.

"...technically... I'm still with Zelda..." Link sheepishly laughed.

"Link..." Tanaka sighed in genuine disappointment. "I may have had poor experiences with women, but even I know that keeping two women will only bring you unimaginable unhappiness in the end. And imagine if Samus found out. She will destroy you..." He warned.

"Trust me; you don't have to tell me that." Link assured. "But what she don't know, won't hurt her. I live by that rule." He said with a confident nod.

Tanaka only shook his head with the most disappointed of looks.

"I was just jokin'... You're makin' me feel bad." Link admitted, almost mumbling. "The last thing I wanna do is hurt Samus. I don't wanna hurt Zelda either... Hopefully we can still be friends after this. We've been mad cool ever since we were ten!"

"Well, you'll have a hard time maintaining such a deep friendship if she finds out you've been trifling her affection." Tanaka warned. "When were you planning to break away from her?"

"I was gonna break it off after I saved her from Ganondorf." Link responded.

"Ganondorf kidnapped her?" Tanaka asked.

"Yep." Link responded. "I don't even know the motive for this one. One second, we're chillin' in Hyrule Castle. Next minute, he's talkin' some real greez! I mean, his words were freakin' saturated with hate. I know he wasn't jokin'. So I got mad and tried to take him out. But with one freakin' punch, he sent me flyin' over Hyrule Field! When I got back, G-dorf took over and kidnapped Zelda. Every time I think about it, I wanna punch somethin'..." He angrily said, while clenching his fist. Link then looked at Tanaka, considering a grim thought.

"Think before you act, Link." Tanaka warned, accurately reading Link's body language. "I've spent many years mastering martial arts, and I will not hesitate to show you what I've learned first-hand."

"Sorry... But you have no idea how pissed I get. When he's not bein' despicably evil, Ganondorf is mad cool! I don't get it..." Link muttered.

"There's a reason for everything. Have you considered asking him why?" Tanaka asked.

"Yeah, I asked, but he didn't say." Link muttered.

"Do you have any way of reaching him?" Tanaka wondered.

"I know his cell-phone number for some reason..." Link remembered. "But there's no way I can reach him from here. Ganondorf is back in Hyrule. Even though I have no idea where I am, I'm pretty d*** sure that Hyrule definitely isn't within callin' distance."

"How many times must I tell you the future is here?" Tanaka said. "This is Mute City: the technology capital of the Universe! All technology is introduced here first, and gradually branches out to even the furthest reaches of the Universe. Where do you think Ganondorf got that cell-phone?"

"That's true... He's probably the only guy in Hyrule with one. There's also that teleporter he showed me when we were cool..." Remembering that particular fact suddenly enraged Link. "Alright. How can I reach him?" Link asked.

"With this." Tanaka responded, while reaching into his pocket and pulling out a cell-phone of his own. "Normal cell-phones are only limited to calls in this solar system. Since I work for the Federation, we all need to be in contact with each other wherever we are. Therefore, my phone is capable of calling almost anywhere in the Universe! Just dial the number and you should get him."

"You're the man, Tanaka." Link said, gratefully.

With that, Link took the phone from Tanaka and dialed Ganondorf's number: 843-3845 (THE-EVIL). Link was slightly nervous; this would be the first time he had spoken with Ganondorf since they last met in the Brinstar Depths. The phone rang numerous times, but there was never an answer.

"D***it... He won't pick up." Link muttered and cancelled the call.

"Don't give up so easily. 'Persistence is the key', remember?" Tanaka encouraged.

Link nodded and tried calling one more time. This time, the phone rang seven times before someone finally picked up. Link's face lit up as be began talking before the receiver even said "hello".

"Yo, G-dorf! This is Link. You won't believe where the f*** I am right now! But before we get into any of that, we gotta chat." Link rambled on, nervously throwing all his words through the phone.

"Link?" The voice on the opposite end softly spoke.

"Yeah..." Link unsurely responded.

Link was surprised at this voice. It didn't sound like Ganondorf at all! This voice was much more soft-spoken and had an unmistakably feminine quality to it... Link's heart suddenly skipped a beat as he finally realized who he was talking to.

"Zelda?!" Link gasped, excitedly getting up from the chair he was sitting in. "What the hell are you doin' pickin' up Ganondorf's phone?! Where the hell is he?"

"Shhh... Calm down, Link." Zelda quietly requested. "Ganondorf's... sleeping right now... I just happened to walk by his phone, so I decided to pick it up." She said, almost whispering. Her voice sounded weak...

"You're not his d*** secretary! You don't have to take his calls!" Link said, raising his voice. "And why do you sound so tired? What the hell are they doin' to you over there?"

Silence followed after Link's question. It lasted for almost a minute. Link tried listening closely to the background noises, as if they would give him a clue what was going on. He heard soft noises... Almost like... skin hitting skin?

Link looked at Tanaka as if he could tell him what was happening on the other end. Tanaka only raised his hand with his palm up, mouthing "what's happening". Link shrugged in response, growing more impatient with every passing silent second.

"Yo! I'm still on the phone, Zelda! Are you there?!" Link angrily demanded.

"Whew..." Zelda softly sighed as she picked up the phone. "Link? I'm sorry about that, honey..."

"Nah... Don't come to me with that 'honey' s*** like it's all good. You put me on hold without even tellin' me! What the hell is goin' on over there?!" Link shouted.

"Nothing!" Zelda answered quickly. "I just thought Ganondorf was waking up, so I was frightened."

"Serves you're a** right! You shouldn't even be in his room in the first place!" Link scolded. "Listen, I'm still comin' to get you, but after this is all over, we need to talk." He said, calming down and finally taking a seat.

"About what? We can speak about it now, can't we?" Zelda asked.

"Nah, we need to talk about this face-to-face. I'm probably over a million light-years away from you right now. This is too important to talk about over a long distance like this." Link explained.

Zelda's response was very vulgar, to say the least, though not because of what she said. In fact, she didn't say anything at all. It was what Link heard on her side that offended him so. As far as he could tell, that was definitely some passionate kissing he was hearing.

"...are you f***in' kiddin' me?" Link muttered under his breath.

"What's happening, Link?" Tanaka asked as he saw Link's demeanor change.

Link only stayed silent as he waited for Zelda to start speaking again.

"...Link, are you still there?" Zelda timidly asked after a long silence.

"What do you think?" Link calmly asked. Even though he tried to sound as collected as possible, his voice still trembled with inconceivable rage. "Did you even hear the last sentence I said?"

"Of course I did!" Zelda replied, seemingly surprised Link would doubt her ability to pay attention. "You said after you rescue me, we need to speak."

"What about after that?" Link said.

A moment of silence. Zelda hesitated...

"You said you-- mmmmfff..." Zelda suddenly interrupted herself by unexpectedly moaning.

It sounded muffled, as if someone had a hand over her mouth. It was also rhythmic, as if she was moaning to the beat of a song.

"I don't believe this..." Link muttered, placing an exasperated palm on his forehead.

"Link, please tell me what's going on." Tanaka pleaded.

Link simply passed the phone to him and turned away. Tanaka hesitantly put the phone to his ear, just in time to hear Zelda's moaning grow louder and louder, faster and faster. Suddenly, it turned into a relieved scream. Tanaka ripped the phone away from his ear, turning completely red in the face as he looked at his phone distastefully. Not knowing what else to do, he passed the phone back to Link. He only heard heavy breathing on the other end, but he knew Zelda was listening.

"Zelda..." Link paused, trying his hardest to control his anger.

"..." She couldn't even speak. She knew she couldn't hide what she had been doing any longer.

"I can't believe you." Link said. "We've been friends for ten years... I did so much for you, and this is what you do for me? You get boned over the phone by Ganondorf and think I wouldn't notice?!" Link shouted, standing up once again and involuntarily tightening his grip on the phone. "What'd you think was gonna happen? I'd just sit back and listen? Maybe pull out my s*** and start indulgin' myself like this is some type of f***in' service? You must be outta your god*** mind!"

"Link, please..." Zelda started.

"'Please' what?! Why the f*** are you even talkin'? There's nothing you can say that'll make this forgivable!" Link interjected. "You'll never be able to understand how pissed I am at you... You're so lucky I'm so far away from you. Thank all three Goddesses for that. I can't even think of you as a human right now." Link spat. "And Ganondorf... Holy s***, Ganondorf... I thought we were boys... Next time I see him, his balls are mine. Literally! My sword, his nuts! He has to learn the hard way what happens when you f*** around like that!"

"Oh, word? You wanna say that again? I think I'm goin' deaf." A heavier, more gangsta voice responded over the phone.

"S***..." Link sunk as his anger came to an abrupt end. Link may've been seething, but he never intended for Ganondorf to hear what he said.

"Yo, I know you still there. Tell me again, what you gonna do next time you see me?" Ganondorf demanded. Even light-years away, Link could feel his power pulsing though the phone. He wouldn't be surprised if Ganondorf could send some type of power-blast through the phone to decapitate him if he spoke out of line.

"Ummm..." Link finally broke his silence. "This... isn't... Link..." He slowly uttered. "This is... Tingle!" Link exclaimed in a scratchy, high-pitched voice. "Tingle-wingle kooloo-limph pah! You better watch yourself, Mr. Ganon-meanie! Tingle's gonna recite his magic words and claim your manhood! Tee hee!"

"Word, 'Tingle'? Aight, I'll be ready for you." Ganondorf said, playing along. "By the way... if you see Link, tell him his girl enjoyed every... last... second." He taunted, spelling out the last three words.

The last thing Link heard before Ganondorf hung up was his subtle, yet soul-wrenching laughter.
_____________________

Zelda could only sit on her bed while meditating on what just happened not even ten minutes ago.

She couldn't shake the last things Link said to her. Of all the things he said...

"We've been friends for ten years."

Those words kept repeating themselves in her mind. This was true, she realized. She remembered the first time she met Link. Both of them were still kids. Link had managed to evade the entire castle's security to meet her. Not only that, but Link even promised to help her expose Ganondorf, the very man she had slept with, as the dangerous threat to Hyrule he was. After they locked him away in the Sacred Realm, Zelda and Link began to grow closer as friends. And as they grew, they slowly became more than friends, though Zelda was more reluctant to grow closer to Link than Link was to Zelda. She thought about this, shedding tears as she realized that what she did was horribly wrong.

Farore... what have I done?
_______________________

Ganondorf took a victory lap around the top floor of his castle, shamelessly proud of what he had done. Not too long after passing his room, he found Bowser standing outside of Peach's room, looking hesitant to go in.

"Don't tell me you're afraid to go in..." Ganondorf said, shaking his head.

"Me? Scared of Princess Peach Toadstool? You're a funny guy, Ganondorf." Bowser forced a chuckle. "What? You think that little thing that happened earlier is holding me back from going in? Not the case. I was just walking around the castle, and you just-so-happened to catch me over here."

"Yeah." Ganondorf nodded. "You're scared of Peach. Don't deny it. If that mirror wasn't there, you know she woulda knocked yo' a** out and I'd have to bust out the smellin' salts to get you up."

"Whatever you say." Bowser waved him off. "Hey, I heard some funny noises coming from Zelda's room, and both of you were out of sight for a while. Putting two-and-two together makes me wonder..."

"You're wonderin' right. I was all up in there." Ganondorf said, sticking up his pinky-finger and wiggling it around. "Link even called me up! I had that girl pick up the phone while I was doin' my thing. S*** was hilarious, man. At first, my boy was all pissed off and ready to kill, but as soon as I copped the phone, he was shakin' in his boots. Link ain't got s*** on me."

"Nice. You musta done some heavy-duty intimidation to get Zelda to go that far." Bowser commended Ganondorf.

"Nah... She actually hit me up." Ganondorf admitted. "She wanted me to come to her room for some s***. One thing led to another, and suddenly, she's on top of me."

"Wow... You know you just broke the first law in kidnapping, right?" Bowser said.

"Laws? What the f***?! I didn't break s***! I kidnapped her, fair-and-square! Whatever I do to her is all good." Ganondorf argued.

"Nope. Not in this case. The Expert Kidnapper knows all." Bowser began, pointing at himself with his thumbs. "Listen up, rookie: when you kidnap a girl, everything you do to her has to be something she doesn't want done. It's all gotta be against her will. But she came to you voluntarily and you did something she wanted to do. She's not kidnapped anymore. Now she's like a guest in your house. And since she still had a boyfriend, she cheated on her boyfriend." He said. "Man... you and Link used to be friends... And you did his girl while he was talking they were talking on the phone. That's just diabolical. Good job." Bowser commended with an approving nod.

"Nah, man. She's still my captive, not my guest." Ganondorf countered, almost sounding like he wasn't as proud of his latest feat.

"Please... I see the way you two look at each other. You two couldn't wait for the opportunity to be locked alone in the same room." Bowser pointed out.

"Whatever, man. Zelda is still my captive." Ganondorf concluded and walked away. "Oh, and good luck wit' Peach." He shouted out as he walked.

"Shut up!" Bowser yelled back, jerking his hand away from the doorknob.
_____________________

Tanaka could only sit and watch Link drink himself stupid. He had tried several times before to stop him, but to no avail. Link couldn't stop thinking about that fatal mistake he made: deciding to call Ganondorf. In just moments, he had been betrayed by two of his best friends. He even wondered if it was even worth it to go back to Hyrule, knowing nothing was there for him.

"Link, please stop drinking." Tanaka pleaded. "Just think of it this way: you were going to break up with her anyway. There's no reason to be acting like this."

"Thur's pleny-a reesins..." Link drunkenly slurred. "I jis' loss two of my frens. I duneven know if I shud go back to git 'er. She's prolly happier with Ganodorf..."

"No..." Tanaka argued, but couldn't find the words to counter Link's statement. What just happened was out and out bold.

"See? You dun hafany argumens..." Link continued in his drunken splendor. "I quit. When Mario and Lugi come back, I'm jis gonna tell 'em to leeme here... Thur's nowhere fer me t'go."

"Quite the contrary, you have a very important place to go." An unrecognized voice said to Link.

Tanaka turned around to see who it was. His heart sunk upon realization, immediately turning back around again nervously and then leaning over to Link.

"Link..." He whispered. "Try as hard as you can to act natural. Don't let him know you're drunk."

"How c'n I be nat'ral? I jis' loss my frens!" Link shouted, clumsily rising from his seat, but quickly dropping onto the person who had acknowledged him earlier.

"Are you Link? Link from Hyrule?" The person asked, trying to keep Link vertical.

"Yeah..." Link breathed directly into his face. The person turned his head, fighting the urge to regurgitate. "Who wants t'know."

"I am Phoenix Lestrade: Time Detective for the Mute City Time Patrol of the 29th century. And you, my friend, are under arrest for recklessly and dangerously tampering with time."
_____________________

The Red Fire and the Arwing were more than halfway through the fifth lap. While Falcon kept a considerable lead in first place, Mario and Luigi were still deadlocked in a brutal battle against Fox for second place, and at that moment, they seemed to be losing.

"We can't keep this up forever, Mario! I know you've seen our energy! We'll get ourselves killed if we stay in front!" Luigi shouted urgently.

He was completely useless in the weapons bay. Every shell shot or Fake Item Box dropped took a little from their vehicle's energy, and they needed what little they had left just to make it to the pit area.

"We can hold out a little longer!" Mario replied. "We're not that far from the pit area. Just watch Fox and tell me where the shots are coming from."

Suddenly, a bomb skimmed the side of the Red Fire. The brothers didn't even notice it until it crashed into the wall after they banked a sharp left. The shockwave hit from the rear, throwing the vehicle out of control.

"D***it, Fox!" Mario grunted as he fought to regain control of the Red Fire.

"Listen to me! WE ARE GOING TO DIE IF WE CONTINUE LIKE THIS!!" Luigi exclaimed. "Just brake and let Fox pass us. We still have three more laps after this to get back in the lead."

Mario reluctantly listened to the wise words of his brother and slowed down the Red Fire. As expected, Fox zoomed by, but not before slapping them with a vicious slide attack. Mario pinballed from the Arwing and crashed into the nearest wall, claiming any little bit of energy they had left.

"As if this race wasn't hard enough..." Mario sighed as he cautiously guided the Red Fire to the pit area. The slightest brush against the wall could result in a catastrophic explosion. "How far are we from the pit area?" He asked, daring not to take his eyes off the road.

"Just hold out for a few kilometers. We're almost there." Luigi calmly replied, hoping his collectedness would encourage Mario to stay calm as well.

It seemed to work as Mario made it flawlessly, albeit slowly, to the pit area. The brothers breathed a collectively relieved sigh.

"Okay, here's the new plan." Mario began. "After we recharge and start the sixth lap, I'll immediately use two Red Mushrooms and one Golden one. With the red ones, we should catch up to Fox. The Golden one should bring you close enough to unload on Fox. Use everything we have. We have to take him out now."

Luigi simply nodded. He understood how urgent the situation was. As long as Fox was fully capable of dealing massive damage, they couldn't afford to get in front of him again.

After lapping up every bit of energy he could recover, Mario began the first phase of his strategy. Their speed more than doubled from 900km/hr to nearly 2000km/hr. All seemed to be according to plan as Fox quickly came into view. Obviously, Fox watched them come into view as well as he began boosting to keep his distance. Mario anticipated this, immediately closing the gap with the Golden mushroom.

"Please tell me it's my turn." Luigi hoped with an itchy trigger finger.

"Fire at will." Mario deviously smiled.

Luigi didn't even wait for Mario to complete his sentence. At the word "fire", Luigi sent a trio of Green Shells screaming towards the Arwing's exhaust. The first two just barely skimmed Fox's wings because of his skillful driving, but he couldn't shake the third one as it hit with pin-point precision, bringing the Arwing to a turbulent stop. Mario showed no mercy as he slammed the brakes to stay behind his opponent.

"He's helpless now, Luigi! FINISH HIM!!" Mario excitedly ordered.

Just as Luigi was about to overwhelm Fox with another trio of Green Shells, Fox recovered just enough to punch the thruster into overdrive, boosting away from the brothers at demonic speeds.

"What?! Where'd that come from?" Mario wondered, surprised at the Arwing's sudden burst of speed.

"F-Zero boosters can't get you that fast from rest. He has to be using his Arwing's boosting system." Luigi concluded.

"That cheater!" Mario growled. "He's not getting away from me!"

Mario juiced up the Red Fire's engine with another Golden Mushroom in an effort to tail Fox once again. The Arwing's boosters were strong, but the Golden Mushroom had a little bit extra on it as the Mario brothers found themselves back in their prime firing position, though this time it'd prove to be a little more difficult: the road forced the Arwing and the Red Fire to bank a sharp right. A Green Shell would need a steady and skilled hand to successfully hit Fox. At that moment, Luigi had neither, but it didn't matter as he highlighted the dependable Red Shell on the weapon-select screen.

"Do a barrel roll, Fox!" Luigi shouted at Fox through the intercom as he pulled the trigger.

Fox caught a glimpse of the Red Shell ready to decimate the rear of his racer.

"I'll do you one better." Fox offered.

Just as the Red Shell was about to touch his right wing, the Arwing lifted off the ground, just enough to allow the shell to pass harmlessly beneath him and crash into a wall.

"That's not fair!" Mario groaned through gritted teeth.

"FOX!!" Luigi screamed after turning on the intercom monitor. "Does playing fair even mean anything to you?!"

Fox only answered with a Nova bomb from above. Mario veered a hard left to avoid a direct hit, but he couldn't escape the blast radius's aftershock, as the Red Fire was sent into a violent roll-over ride. Once Mario was back in control, he found the Arwing back on the road and behind him once again.

"No!" Mario exclaimed. "Can you do anything about it, Luigi?"

Luigi frantically launched Green Shell after Green Shell behind him in hopes of slowing Fox down. It only served as a diversion to keep him from shooting directly at the Red Fire, as Fox vaporized each shell sent his way.

"That's it. Those were the last of the shells." Luigi reported. "All we have left are item boxes."

Mario could only punch the steering wheel in frustration. "We'll just have to boost with everything we have left." Mario suggested, preparing a Red Mushroom.

"Don't do it yet!" Luigi cried, almost smacking the mushroom out of his brother's hand. "Fox is still behind us and we don't have that much energy left. Anything we take away from ourselves will hurt us more than anything."

"Argh..." Mario groaned, agitated. "Then is it even possible for us to beat Falcon now? He's probably starting the seventh lap now..."

"But there's eight laps in this race, Mario." Luigi reminded his brother, putting an encouraging hand on Mario's shoulder. "As long as we still have a chance, we can pull it off."

Mario nodded at Luigi's words. "...even with all of Fox's firepower, he still hasn't been able to take us out. There is still a chance..." His hands tightened around the steering wheel. "I'm going for the gold, Luigi. It's all or nothing."

And with that, Mario used a Golden Mushroom despite the amount of energy they had left. With Fox still maniacally firing his lasers, the fight to survive until they reached the pit area might've proved to be beyond grueling. Luckily for the brothers, the fight wouldn't last too long. Thanks to the Golden Mushroom, the brothers were able to put enough breathing room between themselves and Fox to make it to the pit area safely and recover all lost energy.

"The seventh lap..." Mario said as he crossed the starting line. "We're saving all the item boxes and Red Mushrooms for Falcon. It's all Golden Mushrooms until then."

Wasting no time, Mario powered up the engine once again with another Golden Mushroom, hoping to keep his lead on Fox. It seemed to work well enough. Fox's Arwing boosters couldn't keep up with the mushroom's power. But the supply of Golden Mushrooms was dwindling. The moment they'd run out, Fox would be on their tail, ready to obliterate. Needless to say, Mario and Luigi were in a tough spot. They needed a miracle.

"We're on our last Golden Mushroom, but we've been making good time. See if we're closer to Falcon." Mario said.

Luigi checked the radar to check for Falcon's position as Mario held his breathe. He hoped for a favorable reply.

"...what the..." Luigi uttered with a face twisted in confusion.

"He's still that far away?" Mario groaned, obviously disappointed that it sounded like his efforts bought them no closer to their ultimate goal.

"It's not about Falcon. You're... you're not going to believe this..." Luigi unsurely started. "...but there's someone else on the road..."

Mario wanted to look back at Luigi's face to see if he was serious, but this definitely wasn't the time to be joking around.

"Who?" Mario could only ask.

"I don't know, but here's the funny part." Luigi said. "He doesn't have a car. He's just walking around in circles..."

"Are you serious?" Mario demanded. "Who could be so stupid?"

The more correct question was: who could be so drunk? None other than the time-defying geriatric, Silver Neelsen.

"These kids... Nev'r show'n their elders respect. I'll tell ya, back in my day, if I ev'r did sum'pin like dat, I'd get five tree-branches to the arse: one fer each cheek..." Neelsen babbled on, stopping his walk in circles ever so often to shake his cane at the course's barrier.

Mario and Luigi were still speeding closer and closer toward the drunken geezer. If they continued at this rate, they'd undoubtedly annihilate him. But if they slowed down, Fox would undoubtedly annihilate them... Seeing no other choice, Mario pressed on, hoping he wouldn't have the crime of vehicular manslaughter weighing on his conscience after this race ended.

"Be on the lookout, Luigi. I don't want to get this car any redder than it already is, if you know what I mean." Mario said.

"I hear you." Luigi responded. "We're closing in on him quickly. A five hundred meters... four hundred... three..."

As Luigi counted down, Mario grew very tense. As he came closer to the inebriated old man, he could only think one thing:

I hate F-Zero...

"He's coming up. Get ready!" Luigi warned.

"I see him." Mario said, observing Neelsen stumble around.

"Think fast; you have five seconds!" Luigi exclaimed.

Mario drove straight toward the old man at full-speed, seemingly disregarding Luigi's warning. Neelsen turned just in time to see the Red Fire plowing directly toward him at full speed with no intention of stopping. He immediately froze, with his fear-twitching eyelid being the only thing moving. At the last possible nanosecond, Mario jerked his ride hard to the left in slide-attack fashion, literally skimming Silver Neelsen and sending him into a violently fast whirlwind.

"Whew... you cut it really close..." Luigi said, slouching relieved in his seat.

Mario simply turned to his brother momentarily, giving him a strange look of relief, bewilderment, and frustration.

Luigi then decided to check on Silver Neelsen with the rear-view. He tuned in just in time to see him menacingly shaking his fist at the speeding vehicle that had just passed him. Luigi also caught a glimpse of Fox's Arwing in the background, not too far from where the F-Zero veteran stood.

"Gramps is alright..." Luigi reported. "But Fox is closing in on him fast. He's so eager to take us out; I don't think he'll see him in time to avoid him."

"Call him and let him know." Mario said.

Luigi immediately picked up Fox on the intercom and displayed his face on the monitor.

"Fox! This'll sound crazy, but you have to believe us." Luigi started. "There's some old guy on the track. He's drunk and doesn't know where he is. Slow--"

Fox cut the feed as soon as that word was uttered.

"He cut me off!" Luigi exclaimed, shocked and offended.

"Let me talk to him." Mario offered. As soon as Fox was back on the monitor... "You have to listen to us, Fox. There really is a drunk old guy on the course and you will hit him if you don't watch out. I just barely missed him. I know what it sounds like, but you have to slow down."

"How stupid do you think I am?" Fox replied. "Stupid like a fox, I hope, because I'm not falling for something so idiotic." He said, looking straight at the camera. "You just better pray I don't catch up to you two. I have five bombs, all gift-wrapped especially for you, ready to be delivered straight up your--"

Suddenly, the connection between the Arwing and the Red Fire was abruptly cut. Simultaneously, a deafening explosion rang throughout the course. Luigi looked back just in time to see a mushroom cloud rise from where Silver Neelsen once was. Though they wondered how such an explosion was triggered, Mario and Luigi feared the worst. Nonetheless, they continued to boost ahead, continuing the race.

"It may seem heartless, but we can't worry about Fox now. We're about to start the final lap. As soon as I recharge, use those item boxes and hope for the best... We only have five..." Mario said as he entered the pit area.

Luigi used the first item box. Just as the Red Fire exited the pit area fully recovered, the random selection process came to an end. Their first race-saving item: a Banana Peel...

"Wow... what a waste..." Luigi muttered as he tossed the peel onto the road and picked the second item box as they began the final lap.

They were rewarded handsomely this time. Literally, as they received Coins.

"Coins? I haven't seen these in a race since the Super Mario Kart Grand Prix. Still a waste..." Luigi sighed while pocketing the extra change.

"Where's Lady Luck when you need her?" Mario wondered, hoping for anything favorable.

She may have been a little late, but Ms. Luck finally made her presence felt: the third item box yielded an Invincibility Star.

"OH YEAH!! We'll get a speed boost AND Red Mushroom won't tax our energy!" Luigi excitedly said.

"Finally, something goes our way." Mario said, relieved. "But don't use it just yet. I have a plan. Pick another box."

With the fourth box, the Red Fire was now appropriately equipped with Fireballs.

"Yes! I'll hold on to these..." Luigi said.

They were down to the last item box. Luigi's hand trembled as he pressed the button to begin the selection process. This one seemed to take forever to land on an item. Finally, it began slowing down, then momentarily stopping on a Fake Item Box. Luigi's felt his heart stop. If that was their last item, then all hope was lost. But suddenly, the item switched to something infinitely more useful. Luigi's face brightened up as he stared at the ultimate come-from-behind-and-win-the-race weapon: the almighty Winged Spiny Blue Shell.

"Mario..." Luigi giddily said, trying his best to hide his excitement. "We have a Blue Shell.

"Thank you." Mario graciously said, looking up to whatever higher power was watching them. "Falcon will never know what hit him!" Mario exclaimed. "Throw that shell and use the star. I'll handle the rest."

Luigi vigorously released the Blue Shell and let it seek out its unsuspecting target, immediately triggering the Invincibility Star afterward. Mario then stuffed the Red Fire's engine with every Red Mushroom they had left. With this speed-heavy combination, the Red Fire was able to achieve speeds of almost 3000km/hr.

While the Red Fire and the Blue Shell closed in on the Sonic Grampus, an unsuspecting Falcon was comfortably cruising at the relatively low speed of 700km/hr. Thinking his victory could only be guaranteed at this point; Falcon flipped on his retro CD player custom-installed for his weekend racer and began singing along to his victory music.

"Why is it so many stars shine far away,
While there's only one that determines the day?

On Earth it's the very same tale:
We drank from one well;
A common life spring.

Caaaaaaaaaaaaptain Falcon will always prevail!
Sending forces of darkness away!

When my open confusion threatens your lunch...
Falcon will be unleashing a Falcon Punch!

Thank heaven he's on the right side,
Or else there'd be no where to hide!

Caaaaaaaaaaaaptain Falcon will always be found!
Hot on the trail tracking them down!

Giiiiiiiiiiiiive it up for the 'Cap-i-tan'!
Three cheers for the Fal--"


Falcon's singing was bought to an abrupt and explosive end as the winged shell finally caught up to him, robbing him of all but enough energy to boost once. And as if Falcon's situation couldn't get any worse, Mario and Luigi finally closed the gap between them as he just started regaining speed. Luckily for Falcon, the Invincibility Star's power had run dry and the brothers used the last of their mushrooms. The worst they could do was pull up along side the Grampus and taunt him.

"Hey Falcon! It's been a while." Luigi taunted after opening a communication channel on the intercom.

"You guys have sunk to a new low... I don't even have any weapons!" Falcon shouted angrily.

"Not our problem." Mario replied. "You never said we couldn't use them."

"Anything to help you win, huh? Well, guess what?" Falcon asked.

Without even waiting for an answer, Falcon suddenly pulled out a slide attack and sidelined the Red Fire into the barrier.

"Cheaters never prosper!" Falcon saluted the screen in a corny super-hero role model fashion.

The Red Fire's speed dropped drastically as Falcon began snaking away from the brothers, boosting to build more speed.

"NO!! We were so close!" Mario shouted as he slowly accelerated his car, pushing on the steering wheel as if it would help him move faster.

"I planned for something like this..." Luigi said, looking at the Fireball in his hand.

"Luigi, the Fireball! We still have a chance at hitting him!" Mario realized, his voice rising in optimism.

But without warning, Luigi engulfed the ball of flame. Mario saw the reflection of Luigi doing this in the windshield. His heart sunk as Luigi let out a deep belch.

"I can't believe you just did that..." Mario muttered, defeated. "That's it. We lost..."

Luigi, saying nothing to his brother, then dropped the top of cockpit and stood up, full-height.

"What are you doing?! Close that up and sit down! We lost! There's no need for anymore drastic measures!" Mario shouted.

"We still have one last chance." Luigi said. "While I was in Heaven, I managed to improve the Green Missile. It's stronger and faster than ever before. And with a misfire, it's more powerful than Fox's Nova bombs! That's why I ate that fireball: to guarantee that misfire."

Mario wanted to get up and smack some sense into Luigi so badly. He didn't like where this conversation was going at all...

"Luigi, you better not be thinking what I think you're thinking..." Mario warned.

Luigi replied by charging up his Green Missile. "See you on the other side of the finish line." Those were the last words he said before he launched himself right at the back of Falcon's ride.

"NO!!" Mario shouted as he watched Luigi misfire with fantastic speed toward the Sonic Grampus.

Luigi crashed into the snaking Falcon just as he hit the jump pad over Hell's Entrance. Mario could only watch helplessly, hoping the Grampus would make it over the gap safely. But to his horror, they quickly began to lose altitude and plummeted below the track.

"NOOOOOO!!!" Mario cried.

He bought the Red Fire to a screeching halt and jumped out of the car, running toward the barrier to look over the edge. All he saw was the Grampus continue to fall further and further below the course until he saw a fiery explosion. From what he saw, there was no possible way for either Falcon or Luigi to survive.

Completely overwhelmed by the losses of Fox, Falcon, and his brother, Mario sunk to his knees.
____________________________
____________________________

Act 9: So Close, Yet So Far (Part 5)

"Soooo... How's it hanging?"

"Oh, now you're trying to be funny. After destroying my Sonic Grampus, you think you can make it all better by making me laugh. I'll tell you what'd be really funny: watching you fall to your doom. That would be hilarious."

"Lighten up, Falcon. You wishing ill will on me won't help us out at all."

"Yeah? Well neither is your brother's crying. Who cries at his age, anyway? Past the age of five, it should be illegal for anyone to shed a tear. And he's drowning in a freaking pool of his own. He better not think we're dead or something."

"He probably does... "

"He should know better. It'll take way more than an F-Zero crash to finish me off."

"Yeah, and I'm getting pretty good at dodging Death. I guess we should let him know we're alright."

"Speak for yourself. My arm's about to give out. Let go of my legs so I can climb back up."

"How about I don't? It's kind of a long way down..."
___________________

Sitting on his knees, his head hanging and his shoulders slumped, Mario could only wonder why.

Why does it have to be this way? I'm losing so much... Fox... Falcon... my brother... again... It hasn't even been a day since we bought him back. All I need to hear is that something happened to Link and that'll be it. I'll lose my mind.

I may already be at that point...

I don't know how much more I can take. This is nothing like I've been through before, and I can't do this alone. I need--


"...help..."

...help. I need all the help I can get. But the numbers are dwindling. I had Fox, Falcon, Luigi, and Link before, but now only Link is left. I can't risk losing him, too...

"...help us..."

...help us. Who would help us? If this is a sign of things to come, every new partner we get won't last--

"HELP US, YOU CRYING LOSER!!"

"Wha...?" The sudden outburst shook Mario from his thoughts.

"Can you help us out, Mario? I'm a little tired of hanging out with Falcon." Another voice shouted clearly.

The voices sounded like they were coming from over the edge. Mario rose to his feet and peered over the side of the course. He never felt such a hard mood swing as he instantly went from heart-sinking misery to heart-skipping happiness. On the side opposite from where he was standing, Captain Falcon was hanging by one arm on the edge of the barrier with Luigi dangling from his legs.

"I thought you guys were gone!" Mario exclaimed, wiping away his tears of sorrow and replacing them with tears of happiness.

"Save the joy for later. You do realize we're still dangling from a dangerously high altitude, occasionally glancing down at our swift and sloppy deaths, right?" Luigi said with a strained voice.

"Why does your voice sound strained? I'm the one supporting both our weights with one arm!" Falcon pointed out.

"Don't worry, I'm coming." Mario assured them.

Moments later, Luigi and Falcon were finally standing on safe ground.

"I still can't believe you guys survived that! How is that even possible?" Mario eagerly asked.

"One word: ejector seat." Falcon stated, clearly spelling out both words.

"That's two words..." Mario corrected.

"Not if they're hyphenated." Falcon countered. Mario just sighed as shook his head, but kept a smile on his face. "But the real question is how the hell was Luigi able to destroy my Sonic Grampus?!" Falcon exclaimed. "In fact, how are you even alive?" He turned to Luigi. "You must've been flying at a ridiculous speed to catch up to me. Then we have the force of impact! If Physics taught me anything, it's that you shouldn't be standing here after that."

"I can explain it, but that'll take a lot of time that we don't have." Luigi said.

"I'm still can't believe you did that... I really liked that racer..." Falcon murmured, sounding hurt. "Besides, I had that race won! I should've crossed the finish line first! Not this goofy oaf of a plumber!" Falcon shouted, pointing at Mario.

"First of all, I'm not goofy and I'm not an oaf. Please don't ever call me that again." Mario requested. "Second of all, I never... crossed... the... finish line..." Mario muttered, his voice shrinking smaller and smaller with each word.

Falcon and Luigi could only gasp in amazement. Luigi was especially floored. He tempted Death solely to guarantee Mario the win.

They all looked toward the finish line. Two hundred meters away...

Then they looked at each other. More specifically, the Mario brothers looked at Falcon, with him returning the glance. They knew exactly what was going to happen next.

Without saying a word, all three of them leapt into a sprint toward the finish line. The race would end on foot.

"Pardon my DUST!!" Falcon taunted as he looked back to the slower Mario brothers. He knew he was fastest of the three.

Even though Falcon was out of his vehicle, he still should've kept his eyes on the road. It would've saved him from the plainly conspicuous Banana Peel: the very same Banana Peel Luigi deemed useless and threw away just before they started the eighth lap.

"WHOOP--" Falcon let out as his foot flew out from under him and launched him into the air.

After landing hard on his back, he scrambled to his feet in an attempt to regain his lead. But it was too late. The brothers were on the other side of the finish line, triumphantly hopping around as they celebrated their victory.

"I CAN'T BELIEVE THAT BANANA PEEL HELPED US!! HA HA HAA!! I CAN'T BELIEVE IT!!" Luigi kept shouting over and over as he do-si-do'd alongside a laughing Mario.

"What are you guys celebrating about? You didn't win!" Falcon sorely shouted, fighting to be heard over the brothers' jubilance.

"Yes we did! You heard the announcer in the beginning: 'the first one to cross the finish line is the winner'. And who made it here first?" Mario paused as if he was waiting for an answer.

"THE SUPER MARIO BROTHERS!!" Luigi exclaimed, executing his graceful and patented Coptersault.

"You can't take this one away from us, Falcon. Just admit you lost." Mario said.

Falcon stood there with his arms crossed. He didn't want to admit it. This would be his second loss in the same day, and for him, two losses in the same year was too much. He racked his brain for a point to argue on, but he came up with nothing. Mario was right. He said nothing about weapons, even when Fox first suggested that he'd use them, and the announcer did say the first one to finish was the winner. If there was anyone to blame for his loss, it was Falcon, himself.

"Alright, guys. I'll admit it. I lost. You won." Falcon finally concurred, though slightly begrudgingly.

"Wow, he actually did it." Luigi said, sounding shocked. "Why don't I have my tape-recorder?"

"So let's hear it." Mario said, waiting to hear the information Falcon was supposed to give upon their victory.

"Shouldn't my admitting defeat be enough of a prize?" Falcon asked.

"It would've been if I had my tape-recorder..." Luigi grumbled. "But you still promised to tell us what you knew about getting back to Hyrule. I still don't get why you made us race you to find out. You heard our story. You heard everything we've been through. Just my part of the story alone should've been enough to spill your guts about getting not only to Hyrule, but any other location we could potentially have to go."

"...sorry about that. I guess I was still sore about losing to you guys in the Smash tournaments." Falcon muttered. "To tell the truth, guys, I never doubted your cause or how serious you were about it. This was supposed to be fun. I was just trying to get your minds off of everything."

"You know, you could've just said all that instead of being such an a** about it..." Mario pointed out.

"Well, you know me. I'm an a**." Falcon shrugged.

"...an a** that doesn't know how to get to Hyrule." Luigi stared right into Falcon's eyes.

Mario suddenly turned to Luigi, surprised that he would even suggest Falcon was lying all this time. He expected an immediate rebuttal from Falcon as he turned his way, but instead, there was an apologetic expression.

"You really don't know, Falcon?" Mario demanded confirmation.

"Nope." Falcon slowly shook his head.

Luigi gave a smirk despite the situation. "I had my suspicions before, but I went along with it anyway. Heh, I even risked my life for it. Not a good idea in retrospect... but after a while, I just wanted to win and I didn't care how. Huh..." Luigi laughed at his uncharacteristic eagerness to win. Suddenly, Falcon and Fox's distaste for defeat didn't seem so outlandish to him.

"So... You guys aren't gonna kill me, right?" Falcon wondered.

"I'm not if Mario isn't." Luigi replied, looking to his brother.

"I really should..." Mario's eyes narrowed as he looked at Falcon. "...but you sound sorry enough about it. And getting upset won't get us anywhere. You're really lucky, Falcon. I can't think of too many people that'd let something like this go."

"Trust me, Mario, I know." Falcon agreed whole-heartedly. "You guys really do live up to your title. Before this, I never understood why you two were so popular."

"Hehe, that's funny. Before this, I never understood why you were so popular." Luigi admitted. "...in fact, I still can't."

"Shut up." Falcon simply growled as Mario let out a chuckle. "So what are you guys gonna do now?"

"I really don't know." Mario admitted. "The only thing I can think of is meeting up with Link so we can think of something."

"Oh yeah, Link's here, too..." Falcon remembered. "I know you guys are alright, but I think Link is a little..." Falcon completed his sentence by circling his ear with his finger at a distance.

"Believe it or not, he's not as bad as when I first met him." Mario said. "But don't worry too much. If we're not upset about it, then Link should let you live." He assured Falcon.

"You sure about that?" Falcon still wasn't convinced. "For all I know, Link might kill me twice."

"Twice." The brothers repeated.

"Yeah." Falcon gave a convinced nod. "If you think about it, it's not that hard to believe. He'd kill me in the present, go back in time with his time-traveling lute or whatever the hell it is, steal my Grampus, and run me over with it."

After several astonished blinks... "You have a really overactive imagination, Falcon." Luigi said.

"Trust me, Falcon. Link won't get mad, especially if we tell him what you told us." Mario reassured him.

"Worst-case scenario: he'll call you 'an a**' like we did." Luigi said, also instilling reassurance on Falcon. "And I know you've been called worse."

"Oh yeah. People can get really creative with those words." Falcon nodded. "Sticks and stones is all I can say."

"Heh, I figured they'd roll right off your back." Mario smiled. "Well, let's get going. The Rest Stop, right?"

Falcon and Luigi verified with a "yep" and an "uh-huh", respectively.

"OH, that reminds me!" Falcon suddenly burst out. "Fox! Where is he? When I put that together with the explosion I saw in the rear-view, I get a little worried. All F-Zero racers are supposed to have emergency teleportation, but since he's not here with us, I'm guessing he wasn't using anything F-Zero-related."

"Nope. He was in his Arwing. It was disguised to look like the Little Wyvern." Luigi said.

"Clever..." Falcon sighed.

"We took the opposite branch on the last lap, so we haven't seen the aftermath." Luigi muttered.

"So what the hell happened? Your weapons were that powerful?" Falcon asked.

"We had nothing to do with that. You know how everything inconceivable happens with us?" Mario asked. After Falcon's nod, "Well, some drunk old guy found his way onto the track and was just walking around in circles. We managed to avoid him, but I'm guessing Fox didn't and, nonsensically, exploded right when he crashed."

"...normally... I'd laugh in disbelief, but I actually believe you. And I know who the old guy is." Falcon said. "Silver Neelsen. He's senile and should be retired. This isn't the first time he's walked out in the middle of a race. Whenever he's not racing, he's getting drunk as hell at the Rest Stop. And when he gets drunk, he does incredibly stupid things, like walking out in the middle of a track during a race.

"I remember one day... he approached me all frantic and whatnot, looking like the world was about to end. He wanted me to enter a bet race with a prize of two million credits. I wasn't gonna do it, but he threw the 'old man's last request' card at me. That's so cheap... Suddenly, I felt obligated. So I beat the crap out of the competition and took the prize for him. He gave me something for my trouble and spent the rest on 'protection'."

The brothers glanced at each other.

"...he bought a lifetime supply of cond--"

"Stop while you're ahead, Luigi." Falcon interrupted with a halting hand. "He bought a walking cane made of dark-matter-infused titanium alloy. He felt that if ever he was in a life-threatening bind, his cane would keep him safe. So much for that plan..."

"...that... makes... no... sense..." Mario could only utter in fragments. Wrapping his head around such an illogical choice was beyond him.

"You can say that again." Falcon nodded.

"Maybe if we check out the scene of the accident, we can find something out." Luigi suggested.

Mario just shrugged. "Why not?"

The three hopped into the Red Fire and made their way to the last spot Fox's Arwing was seen. Upon their arrival...

"...there's nothing here!" Luigi gasped.

Despite the violent explosion rivaling a nuclear blast, there was nothing. No scrap metal, no scorch marks. It was as if nothing happened at all.

"We all saw that explosion, right? I know I'm not going crazy." Mario convinced himself.

"We all saw it." Falcon verified. "But it's all empty... It's like everything got vaporized..."

"So Fox..." Luigi was afraid to complete his sentence.

"Honestly... I don't know." Falcon admitted. "I don't want to jump to conclusions. Me and Fox have gotten pretty cool ever since he started posing as James, even though I didn't know it was him... I'd hate to think he's gone for good..."

"But that explosion was huge..." Mario muttered.

"If anything's keeping me optimistic, it's that I know a little bit about dark matter." Falcon said.

"Tell us what you know. But this time, without having to beat you in a race." Luigi added.

"Don't worry, this one's on the house." Falcon assured them. "We can use dark matter for time-travel. Don't ask me about the intricacies, but all I know is that when you hit it really hard with huge amounts of energy, you can rip a hole through space-time and travel forward or backward in time." Falcon said.

The Mario brothers kept quiet in awe.

"Yeah, I figured it'd be over your heads. But just know that if Fox is still alive, and he probably is, he's not here. He's somewhere in the future, cursing at Neelsen for being in the way." Falcon concluded.

"I like that thought a lot better than mine." Mario finally spoke, breathing a sigh of relief.

"Yeah..." Luigi breathed out, as well. "So we head to the Rest Stop now? I actually want to see Link's reaction to this one."

"Yeah. We'll definitely need that piccolo, or whatever he plays, if we wanna bring Fox back." Falcon agreed. "Give me the wheel, I'll get us there in no time."

With that said, the three left the hectic Casino Palace track and were on their way to the Rest Stop. As they closed in on their destination, they caught a glimpse of a strange, red vehicle, in a shape resembling some sort of bird.

"That's a pretty flashy car." Luigi noticed.

"That's Phoenix Lestrade's racer, the Rainbow Phoenix. It's actually doubles as a time machine, too." Falcon said.

"Phoenix? The time cop?" Mario remembered.

"Yep." Falcon verified.

"Your twin?" Luigi added with a smirk.

"Yes..." Falcon sarcastically muttered, annoyed.

The Rainbow Phoenix began to rise into the air as the brothers watched in awe. It started to gather energy, gradually shining to the point where Mario, Luigi, and Falcon had to shield their eyes. A sort of portal opened in front of Phoenix's vehicle as it slowly began to move forward. Then, in the blink on an eye, the Rainbow Phoenix blasted off with a sonic boom, leaving behind a trail of electricity. Both the Phoenix and the portal disappeared without a trace.

"He probably went back to his own time." Falcon guessed.

"That was pretty cool!" Luigi exclaimed. "Why can't you do that, Falcon?"

"Hey, he comes from the 29th century! Our technology isn't as advanced as his yet. According to him, we won't have anything remotely close to that for another three hundred years!" Falcon defended. "Well... nothing like that will be publicly known for three hundred years, at least."

"Hey, wait a second... Did you notice all these police cars and ambulances here?" Mario suddenly realized.

Luigi and Falcon surveyed the area too. Sure enough, the area was swarming with cops and EMTs; questioning civilians and tending to the injured, respectively.

"Whoa, how could miss all this? This is terrible! What the hell happened here?" Falcon gasped, appalled at the current scene. In all his years of coming to The Rest Stop, he's never seen anything as severe as this.

"We're not going to find out by sitting around in here. Let's check it out." Luigi suggested, opening the Red Fire cockpit.

While Mario and Luigi broke into an eager jog to find out what happened, Falcon's pace was lagging. The scene at the Rest Stop was hitting him pretty hard. He had so many good times here, and even though a few petty scuffles would break out here and there, he thought he'd never see anything on the magnitude of what he was seeing now. People looked dazed... confused... distraught... angry... But worse than that, people were hurt, some more badly than others. With every ambulance that left the scene, another one seemed to replace it. As Falcon looked on, he could only hope whoever was responsible for this would pay dearly.

At the Rest Stop's entrance, two cops were standing guard. These guys were big, almost looking like bouncers for an exclusive club. They noticed Mario and Luigi closing in on them fast and promptly blocked the entrance.

"You can't enter here, boys. Don't you see what's going on? This place is closed until further notice." One of the cops said.

"You have to let us in! We have a friend in there! We need to see if he's alright." Luigi argued.

"Most of the customers have been taken to the hospital to be treated. The others that weren't so bad off are still here, giving us information on what happened. Either way, I seriously doubt your friend is inside." The other cop explained.

"Just let us see for ourselves. We'll be in and out. I promise." Mario said, not even waiting for their blessing as he pushed past. The two cops simply stopped him in his tracks by grabbing his arms and lifting him off his feet.

"Now listen here, buddy..." The cop began. "This is the scene of a crime, and we can't have civilians leisurely walking in and out as they please. I already told you, your friend is either out here giving us info or at the hospital. Don't make me tell you again..." He threatened, staring at Mario through narrowed eyes.

They put Mario down, with him immediately backing off.

"Easy, boys. No need to be so tough on him." Falcon said, finally catching up with the Mario brothers.

"Hey, Captain Falcon! How's it going, man? We were just telling these guys they couldn't enter. They obviously don't know how we operate at a crime scene." The other cop said, glaring right at Mario.

"Fill me in; what happened here?" Falcon eagerly asked.

"Well, I don't know the exact details, yet. All we're here to do is to make sure no one but police and EMTs enter." The cop admitted. "But the story that's going around: another cop was supposed to make a nice and easy bust on some kid, but he decided he wasn't going down without a fight."

"It also seemed like he was pretty popular." The other cop continued. "A lot of other guys joined in the revolt and jumped the cop. That's when all Hell broke loose. Thank God John Tanaka was there to call for backup. Without him, it would've been a lot worse..."

"Tanaka... I know him!" Mario suddenly remembered. "We met him earlier. Is he alright? Is he still around?"

"He should be... He got a few punches and kicks, but those are slaps on the wrists compared to what happened to some other people..." The cop said, glumly. "You should've seen the Skull after we found him. Or what was left of him... Anyway, Tanaka should be around here, somewhere. He's probably filling out a report for the Federation."

"Thanks a lot, guys." Falcon said and went in search of Tanaka, along with Mario and Luigi.

Not too far away from the entrance was none other than John Tanaka. He was sitting in an ambulance, tending to a nasty bump on his head with an ice pack. Even though he lived in a futuristic wonderland, injuries as minor as a lump on the noggin were still treated by conventional methods.

"Tanaka!" Falcon called.

Tanaka looked up and saw Mario, Luigi, and Falcon walking toward him. He smiled for a brief second, but that smile quickly vanished. He had news for them that would shatter their morale.

"Hey..." Tanaka half-heartedly greeted.

"We heard you were in the middle of a riot. How are you feeling?" Mario asked.

"As good as I can possibly feel now, which is not very good at all..." Tanaka sighed.

"I can relate, man... This place was like my home away from home. It hurts to see the Rest Stop like this..." Falcon said.

"While I love this place as well, that's not the reason why I feel so miserable..." Tanaka muttered.

"Well, before you get into that, we need to find Link. You had to have seen him here. Do you have any idea what happened to him?" Luigi wondered.

Tanaka's heart sunk. Even so, he let out a weak laugh. "Funny you mentioned him. He and I quickly became very good friends."

"So why isn't he here with you?" Mario demanded.

"Link got very drunk at the bar..." Tanaka started.

The three exchanged worried glances. They knew how Link could get while he was sober. They couldn't even begin to imagine him inebriated.

"Is Link even old enough to drink?!" Falcon exclaimed, amazed by this bit of news.

"I don't think so. But it doesn't matter to me. When you saved the world as many times as he did, aren't you responsible enough to drink?" Tanaka rhetorically inquired. "I felt that it was alright, so I told him he could indulge if he wanted. I paid his tab."

"So Link got drunk... That still doesn't explain why he's not here. Is he at the hospital? Is he even alright?" Mario asked, suddenly fearing the worst.

"No, no, he's fine." Tanaka assured. "Well, the last time I saw him, he was fine. You see, while Link was drunk, Phoenix came to arrest him for tampering with time. Link was already upset about something before Phoenix came, and that pushed him over the edge. He pulled out his sword and shield and began destroying random tables, chairs, and stools. Phoenix tried to restrain him, but Link fought back. Then other people came to fight by Link's side. He had become quite popular, beforehand." Tanaka explained. "They all attacked Phoenix at once. He may have been strong, but he couldn't handle all those people alone. As a member of the Galactic Space Federation, I couldn't sit idly by and let this obstruction of justice go on. I went in to help Phoenix, but they began attacking me as well. Link never laid a finger on me, though. I had no choice but to call the Mute City Police Department, who also bought in their Special Force Unit upon hearing about the situation. Before they arrived, nearly everyone in the Rest Stop was fighting each other. The situation just spiraled out of control. Never in my life have I seen such violence."

"...I can't believe this..." Falcon gasped, in awe of the fact that Link was responsible for everything. "So... I'm... guessing after the MCPD calmed everyone down, Phoenix finally arrested Link."

"Unfortunately..." Tanaka confirmed. "After it was over, Link seemed to be very disorientated. The alcohol must've worn off during the fight."

"It really is never easy with us..." Mario sighed. "Now we have to bail Link out of jail."

"It's not so simple, Mario..." Tanaka pointed out. "We've worked with the Time Patrol unit of this century before. Every unit of every century generally operates the same way. When an agent from a particular century apprehends a culprit, they take them back to their century to be judged."

With those words, Mario felt his stomach lurch to the point where he almost felt sick. After swallowing hard, "So you mean to tell me..." He only managed to choke out.

"Yes... Phoenix has taken Link to the 29th century. And according to him, punishment for time offenders is very harsh." Tanaka said with a lump forming in his throat in mid-sentence.

Mario legs suddenly felt very weak as he fell to his knees. Luigi nearly dove to his side. Tanaka might as well've said Link had died. He was taken to the 29th century, and as far as he knew, there was no way for him to get there. They had been through so much together. They had helped each other get this far. They had formed an unbelievably close bond. And now, Time had shattered that bond in a way he would've never even imagined.

"I can't let him go like that... Not after all we've been through." Mario shakily said.

"But we're three hundred years apart. How can we even think about closing that gap?" Luigi said, defeated.

Luigi's words hit Mario hard. "We're three hundred years apart." He even doubted if Link, himself, could travel that far through time.

"Sorry, Mario..." Luigi said with a hand on his shoulder, realizing his words were more powerful than he thought.

"There's a way for us to get Link back." Mario muttered.

"There is?" Luigi was taken aback by this new bit of information Mario suddenly seemed to know.

"I have no doubt in my mind that there's a way to get Link back." He repeated, staring Luigi in the eye. "There was a way for me and Link to beat Cloud and Squall, right? There was a way for us to survive the Brinstar Depths, right? There was a way for us to get back to the Green Hill Zone and save you, right? There has to be a way for us to get to Link."

"But Falcon said it himself: there won't be any type of time-travel available for another three hundred years." Luigi argued.

"I said no means of time-travel would be publicly known for another three hundred years. Tanaka just said there's a Time Patrol crew in this century. We'll find their headquarters, and that will be our ticket to finding Link." Falcon explained.

"You sound like you're coming with us, Falcon." Mario said, surprised by Falcon's gesture.

"Of course I'm coming with you!" Falcon assured. "But trust me, it's not to save Link like you guys are. I'm gonna do it my own way: I'm gonna steal his oboe, travel back to before he starts this riot and slap some sense into him. I still think he's crazy, but I know he's not this crazy. There's more to this story, and we gotta get to the bottom of it."

"D*** right, Falcon!" Mario exclaimed, choosing those words in the spirit of Link. "We might even find Fox out there. This might not be such a bad thing after all..." He said, convinced that everything would turn out fine.

"So where are these time cops?" Luigi asked.

"I have no idea..." Falcon admitted. "But that's why we have Tanaka!" He exclaimed, landing a brisk pat on Tanaka's back.

Tanaka suddenly looked like he was awakened by a foghorn. He looked frantically at Mario, Luigi, and Falcon, and then breathed out heavy breaths.

"You alright, Tanaka?" Falcon asked, concerned by Tanaka's look.

"I was just lost in my thoughts. I feel like I'm at fault for this entire situation. If Link wasn't as affected as he was, he would've seen Phoenix and avoided him somehow." Tanaka stated, regretfully.

"Tanaka..." Luigi sighed. He understood Tanaka's sorrow, but thought he was overreacting.

"Tanaka, it's alright." Mario assured him. "I'm not mad at you, and I'm sure Link isn't either."

"But I helped Phoenix fight, as well. Essentially, I was fighting against Link. If I hadn't helped him, Link could've escaped." Tanaka said.

"But then you would've lost your job, right?" Mario said. Tanaka's eyes shifted away from Mario's face. He knew Mario was right. "No one wants that to happen. Especially Link."

"How do we even go about getting him back? He's three hundred years away from us. That's an inconceivable distance for us to travel." Tanaka said.

"Were you listening at all, Tanaka?" Falcon asked, surprised by his statement. "You just said there's a Time Patrol for this century and they have a time machine. We just gotta tell them what's going on and ask if we could use it. Simple."

"I hope you don't honestly believe that." Tanaka said. "There's no use in going. I already know their answer."

"I'm going to the future." Mario asserted. "One way or another."

"What do you mean by that?" Tanaka wondered, fearing Mario was planning something extreme.

He didn't even need to answer. The look in his eyes said it all.

"This is suicide! Do you know what will happen to you if they apprehend you breaking into their headquarters?" Tanaka warned, hoping he could get Mario to abandon his plan.

"They won't. By the time they see me, I'll already be in the time machine, heading to the 29th century." Mario confidently stated.

"But do you think they're just going to stop and let you go? This is the Time Patrol! You'll be a wanted criminal in every century!" Tanaka exclaimed.

Suddenly, Mario's confidence took a critical hit. He didn't consider the fact that with this technology, traveling through time was just like traveling from one town to another. He could still get caught, even after reaching the 29th century.

Tanaka saw the doubt starting to settle in Mario's mind. "Now do you understand?"

"Yeah, I do..." Mario admitted. "But it's a risk I'm willing to take. Ever since we started this journey, Link's been like a brother to me. I can't sit back and do nothing while he's in trouble. I won't be able to sleep at night knowing that I didn't do everything within my power to try and save him. I'll keep trying until I have nothing left. And even then, I'll keep trying. The only way I won't go is if I'm dead."

Tanaka finally saw that there was no convincing Mario to do otherwise. He was hell-bent on going to the future and bringing Link back to the present time. Even though he thought Mario was out of his mind, he had to admit, it was a very noble and admirable deed.

"I'll... only be able to lead you to the Time Patrol headquarters. After that, you three are on your own." Tanaka explained. "I still work for the Galactic Federation. If they discover that I'm not only giving out very confidential information, but helping you break into a federal facility, the consequences I'll face will be exponential. I may get exiled to Sand Ocean..."

"Exiled?" Falcon started laughing. "Exiles are so 20th century. If anything, you'll just get fired and ridiculed for the rest of your life. You might even be banned from F-Zero for life."

"Thanks a lot, Tanaka." Mario gratefully said. "Don't worry; I understand the risks you're running."

"I'm running such a high risk; I can't even be seen in my own vehicle." Tanaka said.

"Let's use the Red Fire." Luigi suggested assured.

With that, the crew headed towards the Red Fire. Before they could even reach the street, a sudden scream broke the relative silence of the streets in front of the Rest Stop, quickly followed by an explosion. It sounded like another riot, or worse, was brewing.

Mario, Luigi, Falcon, and Tanaka quickly took cover behind an overturned vehicle. Almost immediately, they saw a man flying helplessly through the air as if he had been launched by some relentless power. He crashed, back-first, into the side of one of the ambulances. He had been thrown so hard that he actually caused the vehicle to flip over.

"My God..." Tanaka weakly sighed. "Who could do such a thing?"

His question was answered by evil cackling accompanied by snide laughter. They turned in the direction the laughter was coming from. Tanaka and Falcon were more heavily affected by the two culprits' presence as they could feel their blood begin to boil upon. Standing on top of a police car, sending ambulances crashing into each other with merely his mind was Black Shadow: Captain Falcon's arch-nemesis. Alongside Black Shadow, stirring up mayhem in the crowd of remaining people was Blood Falcon: Captain Falcon's evil clone and Black Shadow's right-hand man.

Policemen tried their best to stop the evil duo, shooting at them with everything they had while taking cover behind their vehicles. It proved to be futile, as Blood Falcon speedily appeared before them and swiftly kicked all their weapons away from them. Black Shadow then dealt the finishing blow, crushing them with their own cars before they could even react.

"Of all the times to show up..." Falcon angrily growled through gritted teeth.

"Who are they?" Mario demanded.

"Black Shadow and Blood Falcon: ruthless F-Zero contestants and nefarious villains." Tanaka answered.

"Look at what they're doing! This isn't right! We should stop them!" Luigi exclaimed.

"Forget it, Luigi. They're way too strong for you. You and Mario are better off going with Tanaka to the Time Patrol headquarters." Falcon said.

"But look what the big guy is doing! He's picking up ambulances with his mind!" Luigi pointed out.

"You're going to need all the help you can get, Falcon." Mario said. He was reluctant, but he felt obligated to help Falcon any way he could.

"Don't worry about Falcon." Tanaka said. "He's dealt with both of them before."

"Trust me, guys. I'll be done with these guys before you know it." Falcon assured the Mario brothers. "Now get outta here before they see all of us. They won't let you go if they catch you."

"Falcon..." Mario was about to try to convince Falcon to let them help, but he could see the determination in Falcon's eyes. It wouldn't be any use. "Falcon, just try to catch up with us. If you're not at the time machine by the time we're ready to leave, we're going without you."

"The same goes for you. I might make it to the machine before you do." Falcon said, flashing Mario a smile.

"The race is on." Mario announced. "See you at the finish line."

With that, Mario led Luigi and Tanaka to the Red Fire.

"You drive, Tanaka. You know this place better than we do." Luigi said.

Tanaka nodded in response as they all jumped into the car and drove off towards the Time Patrol's headquarters. The last thing they saw before the left was Falcon confronting Black Shadow and Blood Falcon.

"Good luck, Captain Falcon..." Mario silently wished with a salute as he, his adversaries, and the Rest Stop gradually fell out of view.
____________________________
____________________________

Next update: in November.

Be there or die. Or be square. Whichever one you prefer.
 

MewtwoMaster2002

ミュウツーマスター2002
Joined
Dec 19, 2002
Messages
6,148
Location
Japan
3DS FC
2922-0496-2962
Great update. So when are you going to tell us what happened to Fox?
 

ZeekeXIV

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Apr 26, 2004
Messages
229
Location
On the Edge
You'll find out soon enough. I actually don't know how I'm gonna bring him back into the story. I plan on bringing him back before I end this tale.

But at least you know that he's not dead! I'm not gonna kill off any SSBM characters. In the span of the trilogy, I plan to have all 25 characters in my story, playing a pivotal role.

How am I going to do that?

I have no freaking clue...

I'll figure out something. And I can guarantee it's gonna be good!
 

ZeekeXIV

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Apr 26, 2004
Messages
229
Location
On the Edge
It's been a while.

And I've come bearing gifts.

In the form of words contributing to my fic.

Just a word in advance: this one's a doozy.

Length-wise, at least.
_____________________________
_____________________________

Act 9: So Close, Yet So Far (Part 6)

"Aight man, drop the beat!" Ganondorf commanded, rhythmically bobbing his head with a mic in his hand.

Silence followed afterward. Heavy, hesitant silence...

"Yo... Where's my beat?" Ganondorf demanded, halting his head-bobbing and holding his arms out in confusion.

The response: more silence. An embarrassed silence...

"Bowser... Where the f*** is my beat?!" Ganondorf angrily asked, glaring at Bowser.

He continued his silence. A troubled silence...

"The hell's your problem?" Ganondorf asked, as Bowser was looking like he was facing internal turmoil.

"I really don't want to do this..." Bowser shyly murmured. This sounded completely uncharacteristic of him.

"Oh word? Aight, lemme tell you somethin'..." Ganondorf replied, with a hint of sympathy in his voice.

He motioned Bowser to come near him. Bowser shuffled over and Ganondorf put a consoling arm around Bowser's immense shoulder.

"Too... f***ing... bad..." Ganondorf said, almost stabbing Bowser's chest with his index finger with each word he spelled out.

Bowser let out a frustrated groan as he threw G-Dorf's arm off of him.

"You think this is a game? Nah, man." Ganondorf answered his own question, shaking his head. "We doin' this whether you like it or not. You're droppin' that beat exactly how I told you to do it."

"You can't make me do a d*** thing!" Bowser shot back in defiance. "Tell me one thing you can do that would make me want to start that ******** beat."

Ganondorf narrowed his eyes and stared Bowser down for a while. Bowser began to feel tense as silence followed. A murky, uncomfortable silence...

"Peach..." Ganondorf simply stated and let a mischievous smirk take over his face.

Bowser's ears perked up at the sound of the name. "What about her?" He demanded.

Ganondorf's smirk evolved into tooth-bearing grin foreshadowing cruel intentions.

All while staying silent. Deviously silent...

"You better not plan on doing anything to Peach. That's my hostage." Bowser said, defensively. "Just because Zelda's not your captive anymore doesn't mean I'm gonna share mine."

"You don't gotta share wit' me, man." Ganondorf assured. "I usually jus' take what I want."

"You're not taking her from me." Bowser snarled.

"Then that means you're doin' the beat, right?" Ganondorf inquired. "Trust me, I can easily take yo' dame and make you watch what I do to her. You don't want that. S***, I don't want that." He admitted, shaking his head. "You're my boy, and I wouldn't wanna put you through some s*** like that. But if that's what I gotta do, then that's what I'm gonna do. So the choice is yours. We can do this the way everyone likes, or the way only I'll like."

Silence followed. A reluctant silence...

Bowser scowled at Ganondorf. He knew his partner in crime's moral limits. Or more accurately, his lack of moral limits. He was the type to do whatever was necessary to get whatever he wanted, no matter how horrible the deed.

After weighing all his options and liking each one less than the one before, Bowser aversely began to play the beat with his own voice.

"BBBBMMMMMMMMMMM... BBMMMM BBMMMM... BBBBMMMMMMMMMMMM..."
"BBBBMMMMMMMMMMM... BBMMMM BBMMMM... BBBBMMMMMMMMMMMM..."

Bowser dropped the beat strong and deep, adding as much bass into his voice as he possibly could.

"Awww yeah! This is a head-banger, y'all!" Ganondorf stated, approvingly. He started rhythmically nodding his head as he prepared... "Yo, turn me up! Turn that b**** up! Ugh! Ugh!"

His preliminary verses were done. He was about to begin the main attraction.

Yo! Yo! Yo! Yo!

'G' is for the gangsta... Big pranksta... f*** around wit' me; I'll have you feelin' like a ****sta!

'D' is for the diabolical... f***in' horrible... Straight evil lies within, right down to the follicle.

'O' is for outstandin' oracle. I make heroes hesitant. Hailin' from Gerudo, I be Hyrule's local resident.

'R' is for the ridiculous, yet simplistic rhymes that I spit. You motha-f***as can't test me! I got y'all throwin' fits!

'F' is for "f*** y'all who don't take me seriously!" Those who think that find themselves dead, seriously!

Now y'all better put the pieces of the puzzle together. The letters stick to yo' brain closer than birds of a feather.

Check the acronym I created all in prime rhyme time. What the hell else can I do? I jus' proved that I'm...

The Man.

I'm the man, son! I'm G-Dorf! Ain't nothin' left to say!

G-Dorf's the man, son! Ugh! Ugh!
G-Dorf's the man, son! Ugh! WHAT?!

G-Dorf's the man, son! Ugh! Ugh!
G-Dorf's the man, son! Ugh! COME ON!!

G-Dorf's the man, son! Ugh! Ugh!
G-Dorf's the man, son! Ugh! YO!

G-Dorf's the man, son! Ugh! Ugh!
G-Dorf's the man, son! Ugh! LET'S GO!!


"Yo, B-Boss, cut that beat! That s*** was BRILLIANT!!" Ganondorf boasted while gangsta-stepping around the room. He was beaming with self-accomplishment. "We gotta get this on tape, man! Everyone in the world has to hear this little piece of Heaven I created!" He stomped his foot every-so-often to stress his point further.

Bowser enthusiasm could be measured by his silence. His remorseful and regretful silence... His beat, along with G-Dorf's rhymes, had created a monster more frightening and more menacing than Ganon: Ganondorf's ego. Ganondorf always had an inflated ego, but now that he was convinced that he was the prime rapper of his world (and perhaps the universe), there would be no convincing him otherwise.

"Yo, we gonna go places, man! Why the hell you still lookin' like that for?" Ganondorf wondered, noticing Bowser's still-troubled expression. "We're about to get paper! I'm talkin' riches beyond what you though what riches! With the cash we'll have, we don't even have to be in this kidnappin' bulls*** no more. In fact, I'm about to just kick them broads out my castle! You know how many new broads we'll have? And we won't even have to force 'em to do nothin'!" Ganondorf was beside himself with glee. He hadn't been this happy since he stole the Triforce of Power and last ruled over Hyrule.

"Were you listening to the same rhymes that I was? Because what I heard was complete crap!" Bowser exclaimed. "We'll be the laughing stocks of Hyrule, Mushroom Kingdom, and anywhere else this might be heard! I still have a reputation to hold. You do, too! We're supposed to be untouchable forces of evil! Not a piss-poor rap group!"

"My man..." Ganondorf started. "I am so confident that our s*** will sell, it's not even funny. You see a smile on my face? You hear anyone laughin'? No? That's because I'm that confident that our s*** will sell. It's not jus' here... The entire world ain't laughin' because of how serious I am."

"What the hell? You mean to tell me there is no laughter at all in the world?" Bowser asked, simply verifying that he heard what he just heard.

"You god*** right! I'm that serious. I got the world in the palm of my hand." Ganondorf claimed, clenching his fist.

Silence followed. A perplexed and bewildered silence...

"Aight, I'ma go find a tape to put this hit on." Ganondorf paused. "This hit... God***, that feels good to say! You go grab Zelda and Peach. We gonna need an audience to approve of our s***, right? I already know they're gonna wanna bone after this." Ganondorf confidently stated and was about to go in search of a tape to record with. "After we're through wit' them, I'ma get down on comin' up with your acronym. It's gonna be jus' as hot as mine." He assured.

"Excellent..." Bowser "so enthusiastically" muttered. He sluggishly left the recording room and went in search of Peach and Zelda.
___________________

"We're here." Tanaka announced as he slowed the Red Fire to a halt.

The building the three came upon was small. Very small. It was simply a one-story office building that might be able to pass for a futuristic corner store. ...in the middle of nowhere.

"This isn't what I was expecting..." Mario said, surprised at the building's appearance and location.

"You're telling me." Luigi whole-heartedly agreed. "For a group that has something as amazing as time-travel technology, their headquarters aren't exactly incredible..."

"And if you had something as amazing as a means of time-travel, wouldn't it make sense to be as inconspicuous as possible?" Tanaka pointed out. "There are thousands, upon thousands, upon thousands of people who would love to change the past or see their future as we speak."

"That's true..." Luigi realized. "So this is the Time Patrol Headquarters..."

"A time machine is somewhere in there... Nothing will stop me from getting to the future." Mario guaranteed with iron determination.

Luigi was somewhat impressed. Tanaka still marveled at Mario's desire to dive into a situation that could have a cataclysmic effect on the rest of his life.

"Wow, Mario. The last time you were this enthusiastic was the first time we had to save Peach. Were you that enthusiastic when you were coming to save me?" Luigi wondered.

"Actually... no. I was about to quit and go home. I think I was going to cry myself to sleep, too." Mario casually replied.

"Yeah, right." Luigi chuckled as if it was a joke. If only he knew... "Well, we better get inside and start the search. I'm pretty there's more to this place than meets the eye..."

"Very true, Luigi." Mario agreed. He then turned to Tanaka. "You have no idea how eternally grateful I am. Thanks a lot, man."

"This is the least I can do. I am responsible for Link being apprehended to begin with." Tanaka said. "If you do succeed... No, no. When you two rescue Link, please find a way to contact me. I will be praying for your success in the meantime."

"Don't worry, Tanaka. We'll be seeing each other again soon." Luigi assured.

Tanaka began heading back toward the Red Fire. "Oh, before I go..." He started. "What are you going to do about the Red Fire? You can't exactly take it with you..."

"We'll be seeing you again, right? Look after it for us." Luigi requested.

"Are you sure? This is your prized vehicle..." Tanaka pointed out.

"Link trusted you, so we do, too. Just don't let Falcon drive it or anything." Mario winked.

"Affirmative." Tanaka cracked a smile. "I guess this is farewell..."

"For now." Mario added.

With that, Tanaka returned to the Red Fire and sped off into the horizon until he was out of sight. Only Mario, Luigi, and the deceiving Time Patrol Headquarters were left behind.

"Heh, 'don't let Falcon drive it'." Luigi giggled. "I thought we were going to meet him here."

"We both know those two guys we left him with aren't the types to go down with just a Falcon punch." Mario said. "He's going to be fighting for a while. And when he's finally done, we'll be long gone..."

"Yeah..." Luigi realized. "For a second, I actually expected Falcon to be here before us. We've been hanging out with him for too long."

Mario let out a chuckle. "So, my brother... how should we go about getting in? We can't exactly walk in through the front door..."

"There's no easy way to sneak in either. A one-story building can't have that many hidden entrances, if any..." Luigi said.

They stood by, ceaselessly thinking of a way to get in undetected.

"I got it!" Luigi exclaimed. "We're plumbers, right? And they have to have bathrooms, right? Let's just go in there and act like we're here to clean out the pipes or something."

"Do you really think that'll work?" Mario doubtfully inquired. "Besides, I sort of don't want them to see my face or hear my voice. Just in case something goes wrong, I don't want to be easily identified."

"Then we'll disguise ourselves." Luigi suggested.

"I don't think there are any costume shops around here..." Mario pointed out.

"Don't need one." Luigi stated.

Then literally from out of nowhere, Luigi pulled out the item that helped him survive his ordeal in his own mansion: the super-vacuum called Poltergeist 3000. Mario just stood there in awe of how random what he just witnessed was.

"I only have two questions: how and why?" Mario asked.

"Professor E. Gadd is a genius! He made it so that I can safely store this wherever I want, and with just a thought I can summon it whenever I need it." Luigi explained. "That was the 'how', now here's the 'why': this is part of the disguise."

"There's still the problem of them seeing us." Mario said.

"Well, I did say this was only part of the disguise..." Luigi reminded him.

Suddenly, without saying a single word, Luigi flipped on the power to the Poltergeist and pointed it at Mario. The vacuum's suction was unexpectedly strong, as Mario was sucked in without even getting the opportunity to resist.

"That was easier than I thought!" Luigi exclaimed. "Now for step two..." He murmured to himself and pushed a button on the Poltergeist's side.

There was a screen on the side facing Luigi. It suddenly flickered on and displayed the contents of the vacuum bag: one human Italian plumber. His signature red "M" was displayed to show that he was, in fact, in the vacuum.

"Alright! Everything's working out smoothly, so far. Just one more step..." Luigi said as he pressed a combination of buttons.

The "M" on the screen began to flash different colors: red, green, purple, and yellow in that order. Slowly, the colors began to alternate faster and faster until it looked like the letter was just flashing silver. As the colors flashed, the actual Poltergeist began to tremble and a whirring sound was emitted. On the screen, the "M" could be seen rotating slowly. When the letter was rotated 90 degrees, the colors began to alternate slower and slower until they were differentiable again. The "M" halted its slow rotation when it was upside-down, looking like a "W". The colors also stopped alternating and stopped on yellow. The Poltergeist's whirring and trembling finally came to a close and a small "ding" rang from the vacuum.

"Done like dinner! Now let's see how he likes his disguise..." Luigi said to himself and pressed a button labeled "eject".

With a loud "pop", Mario was spat out from the vacuum's innards. He lied on his back, completely dazed from the process he went through. There was a lot of spinning involved...

"I feel sick..." Mario queasily complained.

He first noticed that his voice sounded different. It was a deeper and rougher than his normal voice. Mario then proceeded to pick himself off the floor. To his surprise, it was difficult! As he was struggling to rise, he looked left and right to his arms. They were shorter than usual. He also noticed his shirt sleeve was yellow. Last he remembered; he was wearing a red undershirt.

"Luigi, what kind of disguise is this? I don't feel like myself at all. I don't even sound like myself!" Mario said, finally managing to get to his feet.

He also noticed he was heavier, now that he was on two feet, and he was a little bit taller. He surveyed the rest on his body and saw that he was definitely not himself.

"Wow... Excellent disguise! It's flawless!" Luigi exclaimed. "E. Gadd really outdid himself with this upgrade. If I wasn't the one who gave you this disguise, I'd truly believe you were Wario."

"...what?" Mario paused as Luigi's words sunk in. "No you didn't. You probably just disguised me as my old self when I was a little heavier. I wasn't always so slim..."

"Mario, you were always a little pudgy to begin with..." Luigi pointed out. "And trust me, right now as we speak, you are the spitting image of Wario."

Mario's stomach turned upon Luigi's words.

If there was anyone that could contest Bowser's spot as Mario's arch-nemesis, it was Wario. Ever since he first encountered his bizarre knock-off, they've had a bitter rivalry. Wario was hell-bent on proving he was better than Mario in every conceivable way, shape, and form. From golf tournaments, to grand prixes, to tennis face-offs, to even simple party games, Wario always made it his priority to beat Mario.

Or at least try...

Even though Wario had the determination, he lacked the ability. This was the annoying part. No matter how many times Wario attempted and failed to get the best of Mario, he kept trying, knowing fully well that his attempts were in vain.

"Luigi, I should kill you..." Mario quietly, but ruefully, uttered. "You know how much I hate him. How could this possibly seem like a good idea?"

"Think about it this way..." Luigi started. "If you ever do get into some real trouble, and then somehow manage to escape, the cops will still be after you, right? But if they mistake you with Wario, then they'll be after him instead!"

Mario meditated on this thought for a second. It made all the sense in the world. His disguised eyes lit up as he realized this.

"See, I figured if we mess up, we can still afford to get Wario into trouble, somehow." Luigi concluded.

"I should stop jumping to conclusions. Smart thinking, little brother." Mario commended. "Just one problem: what about you?"

"You're disguised as Wario, so who else would I be?" Luigi rhetorically questioned.

"Wario" nodded as he knew exactly what the answer was.

"Let me show you how to work this thing, and then we'll be ready to roll." Luigi said as he proceeded to instruct Mario on how to operate the disguise expansion of the Poltergeist 3000.

He explained it quickly and clearly, as Mario now had the vacuum's tube in his hand, ready to begin the "operation".

"You ready?" Mario asked.

"As I'll ever be." Luigi readily replied.

Mario turned on the vacuum, and in an instant, Luigi was gone; sucked into the gullet of E. Gadd's creation.

"Whoa!" Mario gasped, surprised at the vacuum's power. "Okay, let's see if I remember this correctly..."

Mario pushed a combination of buttons just as Luigi explained to him earlier. Promptly, a green "L" showed up on a screen on the Poltergeist's side. Mario pressed another set of buttons, and the "L" began to flash colors just as his "M" did. As the colors switched between green, purple, yellow, and red, the vacuum began trembling and making a whirring sound and the "L" began rotating. A few short minutes later the "L" was now upside-down, looking like a purple "Γ". The Poltergeist let off a "ding" sound and the newly-disguised Luigi was spit out.

"Welcome back, Luigi. Or should I say, Waluigi." Mario greeted his brother.

Luigi got up much quicker than Mario did when he was transformed. Luigi stood full height and noticed he was a little taller. He was also extremely skinny and light-weight for his height.

"This body is going to take some getting used to..." Luigi muttered with his new voice; a little higher pitched, and more nasal than his original voice. "And I'm definitely not going to get used to this guy's color scheme... Black overalls and a purple undershirt just don't work for me..."

"Please don't complain about how bad you have it..." Mario requested, annoyed at Luigi's bickering. "Live in Wario's body for a little while, then tell me how bad you really have it. He's so out of shape... Just standing here is making me lose my breath!"

"Then hopefully we won't have to do a lot of footwork. Are you ready to go in?" Luigi said, as he strapped the Poltergeist to himself like a backpack and headed toward the front door of the Time Patrol's Headquarters. He nearly toppled over when he strapped the vacuum on, though. Luigi overestimated Waluigi's strength. "Whoa! This thing isn't supposed to be this heavy! Waluigi is weak!"

"Need some help then?" Mario offered. Even though Wario was out of shape, he was still strong. Surprisingly strong. Handling a vacuum would be equivalent to carrying air.

"No, that's alright. I'll manage. Waluigi needs to build up some muscle anyway." Luigi said, walking on with Mario following.

The two entered through the front door. To continue with the façade that nothing pivotal was happening behind the doors of the facility, a simple front desk was propped twelve feet from the front entrance. Behind the desk sat a burly security guard, dressed in a white jumpsuit. He didn't seem to be armed, but one could never be too careful...

"I don't think this'll go well..." Mario whispered as they neared the guard.

"What makes you say that?" Luigi asked.

"Take a good look at that guy's face." Mario pointed out.

The guard looked as if he just saw an extinct species resurrected right before his eye. With every step the brothers took toward him, his eyebrows rose higher and higher in disbelief.

"What is his problem? He looks like he's never seen a plumber before." Luigi said.

"Have you ever considered that?" Mario pointed out. "It's the 26th century. They probably have robots or something to handle menial tasks like plumbing. I'm pretty sure our kind is an extinct species..."

Luigi's pace slowed almost to a stop. He never considered the possibility that there may be no such thing as a plumber anymore. At least, no such thing as a human plumber...

"Holy crap... You're right!" Luigi exclaimed. "Then what do we do now?"

"Just act natural." Mario suggested. "We've already come this far, so there's no looking back now."

Luigi simply nodded and forced a smile on his face as they reached the front desk. Mario and Luigi, and the guard simply stood facing each other. An awkward silence lingered as they stared each other down.

"Ummm... May I... uhhh... help... you?" The guard unsurely stammered.

"We're just responding to an earlier call." Mario said. "One of the bathrooms is supposed to be completely clogged, so we're here to clean it up."

"I'm... pretty sure I would have been notified if someone was coming in for something like that." The guard responded. "And I don't know what century you two come from, but we have robots to handle of stuff like that. There's no need for guys like you anymore."

"Well, apparently there is if you guys called us." Luigi countered. "See, we don't actually unclog toilets the way you think..." Luigi then paused to think of a reason "guys like him" were still around. "We... unclog... robots! From toilets!"

The security guard's eyebrows were about to rise off of his forehead at this point as he stared a hole of disbelief through Luigi's face. Mario slowly turned his head to his little brother. This was news to both of them.

"Don't look at me like that! Seriously, we unclog robots." Luigi stressed. "Even in this day an age, nothing is perfect, right? Sometimes... there's an error in the robot's internal... systems. And they end up flushing themselves down the drain. It's a common malfunction."

"It is?" Mario asked. Luigi responded by kicking him in the shin. "Yeow! I mean... Yeah! It happens all the time."

The guard just leered at them. They both gave back a toothy grin.

"Okay... Let me just check with the inner security. Wait right here." The guard said and began to walk off.

Mario and Luigi shot each other worried glances. They'd definitely have some problems if the guard found out it was all a lie.

"Now what?" Mario asked quietly. He knew this wouldn't end well when the security guard returns.

"Desperate times call for desperate measures..." Luigi stated as he turned on the Poltergeist and gripped the tube with both hands. He then chased after the guard, who just turned a corner.

The security guard stopped in front of a seemingly ordinary wall. He waved his right hand slightly. A block in the wall rotated, revealing a spot that looked like a hand print. Before he placed his hand in the hand print, he heard the sound of a vacuum behind him. It seemed as if the sound was coming closer and closer behind him. The guard turned around just in time to see "Waluigi" charging at him at full speed with the vacuum tube pointing right at him. Before the guard could even react, he got sucked in.

"Luigi!" Mario shouted out, running after his brother.

It definitely was no easy task running around as Wario. Too much weight and not enough energy. He finally caught up to Luigi, just in time to see the Poltergeist sputter. Weird black smoke began to pour from the nozzle.

"Is that supposed to happen?" Mario wondered.

"No..." Luigi muttered as he stared at the tube in confusion.

Suddenly, the body of the Poltergeist, which was firmly strapped to Luigi's back, jerked forward. Luigi fell over and the vacuum fell right on top of him. Immediately afterward, the machine went wild, violently quaking and even flying at one point, all while dragging light-weight "Waluigi" with it. All Mario could do was helplessly watch.

It finally stopped with a "poof" in mid-air, some eight feet above the ground. Both Luigi and the vacuum crashed into the ground. The last thing the Poltergeist did was partially spit out the security guard. Only a limp arm stuck out of the vacuum tube.

"Wow... Are you alright?" Mario asked with concern.

"I'm fine... feeling pretty dizzy..." Luigi replied, disorientated.

"Good. Now is the Poltergeist alright?" Mario wondered.

Luigi collected himself and un-strapped the Poltergeist from his back. He tried pushing a few buttons, but it was no use. All he got was a few deformed squeaks and beeps in response. It was all over for his vacuum.

"This is bad..." Luigi started. "We needed to use to Poltergeist to change back to normal."

"You mean we're stuck like this forever?!" Mario exclaimed.

"Maybe... E. Gadd did say something about another way to get out of the disguise." Luigi remembered.

"But you don't remember..." Mario guessed, hoping that wasn't the case.

Luigi only nodded in agreement. Mario sighed in disappointment.

"Things are going wrong already... Will we even make it to the time machine?" Mario sighed. "Probably not. You vacuumed the security guard. And he was the only one here that could've entered."

"I thought you weren't going to jump to conclusions anymore... Look at this." Luigi said after he noticed the guard's arm sticking out of the vacuum tube.

Mario then caught on, and then saw the hand print embedded in the wall. Putting two and two together, the brothers picked up the arm and placed it in the print. Under the hand, a green light slowly flashed and then faded into obscurity. The wall then let out a sound of air releasing and faded out of reality, revealing a doorway. Mario and Luigi carefully looked around and walked through. The wall immediately reappeared behind them. There was definitely no going back now. They stopped right at a three-way hallway.

"Three ways to go..." Luigi stated. "So which way is the right way? There's no asking for directions here."

"We're going to be doing a lot of sneaking around..." Mario started, but faintly heard voiced coming down the hallway to their left. "Someone's coming..."

The disguised duo quickly looked around for a spot to hide. No such luck; there were nothing but doors leading to other rooms which needed a certain ID to gain entry to. They simply just huddled as close to the wall as close as they could. Luckily for them, the hallways were at such an angle that the brothers would be able to see the people coming from that hall, but they wouldn't be able to see them.

The voiced gradually became more audible as they neared the brothers.

"So where are you going?"

"I have to check the Chrono Locator. It hasn't been working like it should. Yesterday, it sent someone to 20th century BC instead of AD. I know all the variables were correct."

The brothers looked at each other with a new hope restored. All they had to do was follow these guys and they'd find the time machine!

"Can you believe our luck?!" Mario excitedly whispered.

"Let's wait until they walk further down. We'll follow them at a distance." Luigi suggested.

The two walking to the time machine, or Chrono Locator, had just passed where Mario and Luigi were standing. Just as the brothers had hoped, the angle of the hallways relative to each other kept them from being seen. The brothers, however, could easily see them. One was moderately tall, while the other was of average height. Both of them were wearing white lab coats. The tall one had blue hair tied back into a short ponytail. The shorter one had auburn hair that wasn't done in any particular style. It looked like he woke up with that hair and never bothered to fix it.

Once they were far enough ahead, the Mario and Luigi quietly crept behind them, making sure to keep as far a distance from them as possible but at the same time not stay so far back to lose them. As they were being stalked unknowingly, the two continued their conversation.

"So how's the chief?"

"He's been doing well. A lot better ever since you left."

"Come on... What I did wasn't that bad!"

"It was bad enough to get you fired, though... I don't even know why you're here. Do you have any idea what can happen to you if you're seen?"

"They'll be begging for me to come back after I make those alterations to the Chrono Locator. With my time off, I've been able to create some serious upgrades!"

"I don't think you should touch it. The chief will have a fit if he finds out you had unauthorized access to the machine."

Mario and Luigi were close enough to hear the voices of the two they were following. As they listened, they couldn't help but feel those voices sounded somewhat familiar...

"The chief will be the first in line to shake my hand! Our quarrels will fly right out the window!"

"He's not going to forget everything that easily. You did coerce his daughter into eloping..."

"She's a full-grown woman! She can make her own decisions!"

"She's sixteen..."

"Where I'm from, women get married at the age of twelve."

"Roy... When are you going to understand that you're not in Pharae anymore? In this world, that's unacceptable. You're lucky the chief only fired you and didn't press charges."

Mario's heart skipped a beat. He knew exactly who Roy was: one of the many combatants from the Super Smash Brothers Melee tournament. Things were looking better and better with every passing second.

"Luigi, did you hear that? That's Roy! From the Smash Brothers tournament!" Mario quietly exclaimed.

Luigi's disguised, narrow eyes widened in amazement.

"Roy?!" He shouted out in surprise; such surprise that he lost control of the tone of his voice and accidentally shouted at a clearly audible level, immediately covering his mouth afterward as if it would muffle the echo.

Mario dove to the side without hesitation, through a conveniently opened room. Luigi followed suit and dove to the side as well, just as Roy turned his head.

"Marth..." Roy uttered, slowly scanning the area behind him. "Who the hell was that?"

"It's probably someone who knows you shouldn't be here." Marth said, checking the area behind him as well.

"Well, if they want me out, they'll have to drag me out." Roy stated.

Marth only shook his head. "They're not going to drag you out if they see you. They're going to drag you into a jail cell."

With that, Marth and Roy continued to walk on. Mario cautiously peeked his head through the doorway to make sure the coast was clear. When he was certain, he stepped out into the hallway and motioned Luigi to follow him.

"Next time, keep your voice down..." Mario suggested.

"Sorry..." Luigi apologetically muttered.

"They weren't walking that fast, so they couldn't have gotten too far away. They're still walking straight down this hallway." Mario said and led the way down the hall.

They broke into a jogging pace in hopes of catching up to Marth and Roy before they get to the Chrono Locator. To their dismay, they arrived at a four-way intersection.

"No! Which way did they go?" Mario wondered.

They suddenly heard a "buzz" coming from their right side, along with two voices.

"Don't tell me you expected your card to work..." They heard Marth faintly mutter.

"Fine. I won't." Roy nonchalantly responded.

The brothers quickly turned to their right and ran down the hallway. Another corner had to be turned. As they neared the corner, the voiced became louder. They slowed down, and cautiously peered their heads around the corner. Their ears lead them in the right direction: Marth and Roy were standing right in front of a metallic gray door.

Marth had just pulled out a card and inserted it into a slot near the door. The door beeped once. Marth then removed the card, flipped it, reinserted it. The door beeped twice. A new panel also appeared on the door: two handprints and a face print. He placed his hands and his face into the prints simultaneously and a green light slowly faded into view, scanning Marth's features. Suddenly, his victory music from the tournament played as an automated feminine voice spoke.

"Welcome back, Marth. I missed you..." The unexpectedly sexy cyber voice admitted as the door slowly rose opened.

Roy raised his eyebrow in suspicion at the sound of this. Mario and Luigi also wondered about what they just heard. Even though this was the first time they ever witnessed anything that like that, it just didn't seem right.

Marth only looked back at Roy as if nothing was wrong.

"What?" Marth wondered, shrugging his shoulders. "You know the computer always greets you when you enter the Time Lab."

"Yeah, but that's the first time I ever heard it say 'I missed you'. Especially like that..." Roy pointed out.

"What are you saying?" Marth defensively asked.

"Nothing! Don't get all bent out of shape about it. It's just the first time I heard that." Roy said, still weirded out by his friend's and the computer's... "relationship".

"That was weird..." Luigi murmured. "So how are we gonna get in? Once that door closes, we're out of luck."

"If there is someone watching over us..." Mario started. "...the door closes as slowly as it opens. While those two are getting settled, we'll slip in unnoticed while the door is closing."

"I just hope there aren't anymore scans before you actually get into the room." Luigi sighed. "But for some reason, I feel like there's one more confirmation scan. If I was in charge of a time machine, I'd take all the precautions."

"Let's just hope these guys aren't like you." Mario said.

The door was finally fully opened. Marth and Roy stepped through the door. Mario and Luigi edged around the corner and closer to the doorway. They heard one final beep and another door slide open. The brothers exchanged glances. Even though they didn't say a word to each other, they knew exactly what one another were thinking...

There's one more confirmation...

Mario only let out a disappointed sigh.

"Any last minute plans?" Luigi asked as the front door began its slow decent into a closed position.

"There's only one thing left to do..." Mario stated, looking at his clenched fist.

"Charge 'em..." Luigi said, looking down at the floor.

He and Mario prayed they could avoid direct confrontation, but it looked like that wouldn't happen. Even though they knew Marth and Roy, they didn't really know them. During the tournaments, Marth and Roy didn't seem like they wanted to be bothered by any of the other Smash crew. They isolated themselves so much that they went as far as speaking solely in their native tongue, which happened to be very similar to Japanese, pretending they didn't understand English.

The front door was a quarter of the way down. Mario glanced through the doorway to see what Marth and Roy were doing. Both of them were waiting for the confirmation door to open. That door was a quarter of the way up. The doors opened and closed at the same exact rate. By the time the front door would be closed, the back door would be opened.

"Alright, if we're going to do this, it has to be now." Mario said.

"I have a plan..." Luigi said and shared his ideas.

On the other side of the door, Roy was losing his patience.

"If there's one thing I hated about this job, it's all the waiting I have to do before getting into the lab." Roy said. "I mean, this is impractical and ridiculous! We should just duck under the door when it's halfway up."

"Don't you remember what happens when someone tries that? Anyone in that much of a hurry is automatically assumed to be a criminal. The door will automatically shut, crushing the person trying to get through that way." Marth explained. "Not only that, but both of these doors shut and trap whoever-it-is in this area and noxious gas is released to subdue the criminal."

"Oh yeah..." Roy remembered.

On the outside, Mario and Luigi just finished going over their plans, completely unaware of what Marth just said.

"Alright, so basically I run in under the door first and hold it up for you." Mario said, making sure he understood what was going to happen.

"Yeah. And after I'm in, just let go." Luigi added. "I would just say we roll in together, but you're as wide as the doorway."

"See, normally I would laugh, but since I'm Wario, I'm a little offended." Mario admitted. "I'm not that fat..."

"When you see yourself in a mirror, you think again." Luigi teased. "Alright, on my count, we'll go."
_____________________________
_____________________________

Act 9: So Close, Yet So Far (Part 7)

"Alright, tell me again... How long does it usually take for this door to open?" Roy impatiently asked, restlessly tapping his foot.

"This is about right. The combined time of the first door opening and the second door opening is about five minutes." Marth said.

"Five minutes?! More like five eternities!" Roy disagreed.

"Just to put it in perspective, the most basic sex you can have doesn't last more than five minutes." Marth pointed out.

Roy started laughing at that statement. "What kind of sex are you having? Only five minutes? Hehe, that's not long enough. I need way more than five minutes to have fun, if you know what I mean." He said with a sly smile.

"Argh... I was just making a point." Marth groaned, disappointedly. "Forget I even said anything."

Suddenly, the two heard a body tumbling. It sounded like it came right behind them. At the same time, the door they had been staring at for the last minute and a half slammed shut in less than a second. They quickly turned around to see "Wario" struggling to keep the other door from closing. "Waluigi" promptly rolled under the small opening and "Wario" finally relinquished his grasp, letting out relieved sigh as the door slammed shut.

All four of them were now trapped between two iron doors, in a tiny corridor.

"That was unexpected..." Mario sighed out. "The door tried to close faster after I rolled under."

"Of course it did, you idiots! It's part of the security system!" Roy shouted. "Do you have any clue what's going to happen to us now?"

"Relax, Roy." Marth said, pulling back Roy's shoulder. "The system does one final check to see if there are TP personnel trapped."

Just as he said that, a green light began flashing, signifying that it was checking for Time Patrol personnel. The lights continued for a few seconds, the simply ended. Anxious silence followed. Would the computer let them all in?

On both of the side walls, a slot opened up. They remained opened as the four just stood there, waiting for something to happen.

Five seconds went by. Both sides had their eyes fixated on the square slots in the wall...

Ten seconds went by. Both sides too tense to say a word...

Fifteen seconds went by. Both sides starting to grow impatient...

Twenty seconds went by. Both sides wondering why nothing has happened yet...

Twenty-five seconds went by. Both sides wondered which one of them would speak first.

Thirty seconds went by. Roy spoke first.

"So... Who are you guys?" He asked.

"Let's just say you know us from Smash brothers." Luigi replied.

"Doubt it. I've never seen either of you two before." Roy said. "But you know... You do kind of remind me of these two guys... One wore red and one wore green. I forgot their names, though."

"Mario and Luigi?" Marth suggested.

"Yeah! That's who I'm thinking of!" Roy remembered. "You two look like demented versions of them. What is it? Halloween or something?"

"We have our reasons for looking like we do." Mario said.

"Heh heh... 'We do'. Weeeeee doooo." Luigi sang out, giggling afterward.

"That's funny to you?" Mario wondered, surprised at Luigi's sense of humor.

"I don't know why, but it is." Luigi replied, giggling some more.

"Oh crap, it's the gas!" Roy exclaimed.

"No... The computer saw more intruders than personnel... She thinks I'm being held hostage..." Marth speculated.

"She?" Mario cocked an eyebrow.

First the computer had a sultry voice. Now it has a sex... Mario couldn't help but laugh at that.

At the sight of Mario and Luigi laughing, Marth and Roy began laughing too. This wasn't any old laughter. With every glance to one another, the four began laughing harder and harder. This laugh was infectious. The more one was exposed to it, the stronger the effect was. Pretty soon, everyone was doubled over, paralyzed by uncontrollable laughter.

"Oh god, I can't stop laughing!" Mario cackled, rolling on the floor. "What's going on?!"

"I told you already..." Roy choked out, trying to hold back the laughs. "It's the gas! This little area is being filled with it! BWAAAA-HA HA HA HA HAAAA!!!"

"Laughing gas?!" Luigi blurted out in between laughs. "No wonder we're all like this! HA HA HAAA!!"

"At this rate..." Marth managed to mutter, concealing his laugh to a petty snicker. "Their won't be enough oxygen left for all of us. And we can't live without oxygen!" He couldn't hold back anymore and let out a deep-bellied guffaw. "Either that, or we'll die from exhaustion."

"How do we stop it?" Mario snickered.

"If we find a way into the lab, the nitrous will be vacuumed out of the environment. We need to get inside." Marth managed to say without laughing. Much...

"The computer wants you inside her hard drive..." Roy taunted, slyly laughing afterward.

"What--hehe--are you talking about?" Marth wondered.

Mario and Luigi were trying as hard as they could to hold back their giggling as Roy continued to taunt Marth.

"Don't you smell it? The computer's lust for you is in the air!" Roy said with his arms raised.

Roy, Mario, and Luigi were crying at this point. It seemed futile to even think about not laughing.

"That's the smell of the gas! It naturally smells sweet." Marth stated.

"Sweet like your cyber-girl!" Luigi shot back.

Everyone but Marth was in tears now.

"You people are so immature. The computer is just a machine to me! That's all!" Marth defended, thoroughly aggravated by the antics against him.

"Oh really?" Roy questioned, with a huge smile plastered onto his face. "If you really don't love your computer the wrong way, then don't laugh."

Mario and Luigi stopped their laughter-crying and stared at Marth when they heard Roy's challenge. All eyes were locked and targeted onto Marth. Despite the immense pressure, Marth didn't fold.

That is, until he felt it.

It started from deep within his gut. Then it moved its way up his esophagus and rested in his throat, getting ready to leap out of his mouth. Marth knew what it was and covered his mouth, fighting to keep the urge within. There was no avail, though. It slipped through his lips and rang through the air. Wild, unstoppable roaring was the caliber of this laughter. Marth dropped to his knees and started pounding the floor, all while cackling so hard and so loud his lungs hurt.

"I hate you, Roy! I hate you so much!" Marth proclaimed in between roars. "If we get out of this alive, I hope you live long enough so all the bad things in life happen to you, and only you!"

Once again, everyone was uncontrollably laughing, all while feeling physically tired and weak. It was also becoming hard to breathe.

"This is it!" Marth laughed. "It's becoming harder to breathe and I'm sure you're all just as exhausted as I am. If we don't think of something, we're finished!"

The four continued to laugh, even though they knew Death was laughing with them. This was unproductive laughter. No one had a clue as to how they could get out.

"Well..." Mario snickered. "At least we'll die happy, sort of!" He followed with uproarious laughter. "They do say laughter is Nature's best drug."

"Then we're all about to die of an overdose!" Luigi threw in, wildly laughing afterward.

Suddenly, everyone stopped laughing. Everyone except Luigi's face became frightfully serious. Luigi, extremely embarrassed, stopped laughing and timidly coughed. That's when Marth let a snicker slip between his lips. This caused everyone to literally fall on the floor, uncontrollably laughing once again.

Another minute of nonstop laughter went by. It progressively grew weaker as time went on. All four of them were reaching their limits.

"Marth, heh... How do these doors handle heat?" Roy wondered while weakly giggling.

"If a fire broke out here, it wouldn't spread past these doors." Marth said, his laughter growing weak as well. "But these doors wouldn't be able to handle a sudden burst of heat. And an explosion would probably destroy them."

"The gas isn't flammable, right?" Roy questioned.

"Right." Marth replied with another weak laugh.

"Man, I wish you told me this earlier." Roy said, and immediately ripped open his lab coat.

On the right side of his hip, a sheath was seen with a hilt sticking out. Roy grabbed the hilt and slowly unsheathed his sword: the Sword of Seals.

"You still carry your sword?" Marth asked with surprised laughter.

"We've been through a lot together. It's like an extension of my body. Wherever I go, my sword goes." Roy explained.

With that, he began charging up massive amounts of energy. His body began to fade into a red color and the air around his sword became wavy. Soon, Roy began flashing red and white, the colors alternating slowly. He continued to charge, the colors alternating faster and faster until Roy was just emitting a blinding light.

"Mighty Sword of Seals... Unleash the power within! FLARE BLADE!!" Roy bellowed as he released all his energy into his sword and slashed at the door leading to the lab with all his might.

A deafening explosion occurred at the tip of Roy's blade, releasing an unbearable wave of heat in that area. The door was immediately disintegrated and a vacuuming sound was heard. It was becoming easier to breathe.

Exhausted, Roy fell to his knees and then fell face forward onto the floor. He was exhausted from the wild laughter earlier. This last-ditch effort took what little energy he had left.

"Roy?" Marth called, inching nearer to Roy's exhausted body.

Marth rolled Roy onto his back. He saw that Roy had fallen unconscious, but would be alright with a little rest. Marth let out a sigh of relief. He carried Roy into the lab and propped him onto a chair, letting him rest for a while.

"Ugh... I never want to laugh again..." Mario complained, holding his stomach. His abdomen was feeling pretty raw. "How are you holding up, Luigi?" He asked his younger brother.

No answer.

"Luigi?" Mario turned to see his brother unconscious as well, and irregularly breathing. "Luigi!" He shouted at him, trying to shake him awake.

Marth heard an outcry and came over to "Waluigi" to see what was wrong with him.

"He breathed in too much gas..." Marth said.

"How could he have breathed in more than us?! We were all in there for the same amount of time!" Mario shot back.

"He breathed in too much for someone his size. Look at how skinny he is..." Marth pointed out.

"There's gotta be something you can do!" Mario shouted. He didn't want to think of the worst yet.

"I'm no doctor... All I can do is give him some oxygen and hope he can handle it." Marth offered.

"Better that than nothing..." Mario muttered.

They both picked up Luigi's disguised body and bought him into the lab. Marth pulled out a cot for Luigi to lie on and hooked him up to a respirator. Finding nothing better to do, Mario began nervously pacing around the lab.

Silence fell upon the lab. Mario, unable to sit still, paced around the lab, only stopping to check on Luigi's progress. Marth simply began his repairs on the Chrono Locator. Not a word was said until...

"Now would be a good time to clear a few things up." Marth said, breaking the silence. "Just who are you and what are you doing here? You and your partner almost got us all killed! I don't appreciate when people get me into near-death situations..."

Mario was reluctant to tell Marth who he really was. If he told him, someone on the inside of the Time Patrol squad would know who he was. But Marth did help out with Luigi... Mario decided to brush off his hesitations and tell Marth the truth. It seemed like the right thing to do.

"It's us: Mario and Luigi. From the Smash Brothers tournaments..." Mario lowly admitted.

"Don't lie to me." Marth said in disbelief. "I'd like to think the real Mario and Luigi have more sense than you two have. Breaking into a federal facility... What were you thinking?"

"When you've been through as much as us, you start to lose your mind a little. Trust me, it's us." Mario assured Marth.

"I don't believe you. You look more like their evil and bizarre copies." Marth said. "Besides, what reasons would Mario and Luigi have for coming here? They'd be galaxies away from their homeland."

"You don't know the half of it..." Mario sighed. "I'll just tell you the short version: Bowser and Ganondorf kidnapped Peach and Zelda. They aren't hard to find, though; they're in Hyrule. The only problem is getting there. We've been everywhere else but Hyrule. We got here not too long ago."

"Okay. That explains why you're in Mute City. But that doesn't explain why you're here: in the Time Patrol headquarters." Marth said.

"We need your time machine." Mario stated. "We have to travel to the 29th century to save another part of our group."

"Who?" Marth asked.

Mario hesitated. He knew Marth must've known something about what happened earlier. He was part of the Time Patrol, after all. Mario had to break the law in order to save Link. He had no idea how Marth would react if he asked him to help.

"Link." Mario muttered.

Marth's eyes narrowed as he glared at Mario.

"Link..." Marth repeated with blatant disgust. "I heard what he did at the Rest Stop. You must be out of your mind if you want me to help you save him."

"Marth, please..." Mario pleaded. "You have to help us. I can handle Bowser on my own, but I don't think me and Luigi combined can take on Ganondorf. We need Link with us." He stressed.

"No." Marth simply replied.

"I don't know how far they'll go, but Peach and Zelda's lives might be riding on this." Mario said. "These are the lives of two princesses we're talking about! If they die, their kingdoms will be in shambles! You're a prince, so you know all this!"

"Are you trying to send me on a guilt trip?" Marth questioned, seemingly surprised by Mario's lecture. "Are you really trying to make me look like a bad guy? Do I need to remind who the real bad guy is? Link attacked a high-ranking officer, our best one, too, and started a violent riot completely unprovoked. This is the person you're trying to save? This is the person whose help you need? This is the legendary Hero of Time?" He repeatedly asked, with his voice growing more and more upset with each statement.

Mario could only look down at the floor. Marth had a good point. No matter which way you looked at it, Link was wrong. Completely wrong. He couldn't even think of an argument to defend him. It seemed like Link got mind-bogglingly drunk and went crazy. If only they knew what provoked it all...

"Link deserves whatever he gets." Marth continued. "He's a sorry swordsman, anyway. He has no form or discipline. It's like he found a sword as a child and just started swinging it however he wanted. I've never seen anyone more reckless with a weapon than him. And Zelda entrusted the safety of Hyrule to Link? No wonder she's been kidnapped by Ganondorf! You're better off leaving him and hiring a new hand."

Marth and Link had an insanely heated rivalry in the Smash tournaments, first beginning when Link eliminated Roy in the first round. Marth was so surprised that he challenged Link to a duel after hours, off the books. Link accepted, of course, and they battled in Final Destination. It was a very close match; they matched each other blow-for-blow, but in the end, Link edged out thanks to a desperate Spin Attack. Marth had been so surprised by not only the move, but that fact that he had been beaten, that he looked at Link as an inferior swordsman and refused to recognize Link's skill as a swordsman. From then on, they couldn't stand each other.

"Listen Marth..." Mario began, his eyes locked onto Marth's. "You may hate Link and you may think he deserves what he has coming to him. And you know what? Maybe he does. But I don't care." He stated, spelling out those last four words. "We've been through all types of hell together and we survived. We literally dodged a meteor! He can dodge a meteor, but he gets caught by the cops because of stupidity. I can't let him go like that. And I know he'd do the same for me. I'm going to the future. With or without your help."

"It sounds like your ready to fight for this." Marth speculated as he stared back with equal intensity. "Is that really what you want?"

"If that's what we have to do..." Mario muttered back, clenching his fists.

"So this is the famous Mario..." Marth said. "Quick to fight and save the day. Just like a typical hero... Fine, I'll fight you. But I swear by my sword, the Falchion, you will not pass me."

Mario psyched himself up. It seemed there was no other way. He'd have to fight for the right to save Link. Normally, he wouldn't be so nervous about a battle, but Mario literally wasn't himself. He knew he had the upper hand on strength, but he had no idea what type of moves Wario had in his arsenal. Other than the last time he was in the Mushroom Kingdom, Mario and Wario hadn't fought.

That was actually the least of his worries, though. Mario was actually very concerned about speed. In the transformation, Mario lost more than half of his normal speed. And now, he had to fight one of the fastest opponents he had ever faced. In his normal body, he had a tough time merely keeping up with Marth. He was going to have a lot of fun with this one...

"You ready?" Mario uttered, assuming a fighting stance.

It was difficult to get into a ready position. Mario still wasn't used to Wario's body.

Marth simply turned his back to him.

Mario stared at the back or Marth's head in confusion.

...is he giving me the first hit? Is just toying with me? Underestimating me?! He better not be... Even if I am twice my own weight and half my speed, I'm not to be underestimated. Never! He'll regret that!

Immediately cutting his thought process, Mario launched himself at Marth, jumping as high as he could. He was going to introduce the back of Marth's head to both of his fists, balled up tightly together into an ax-handle smash. On the jump, Mario was surprised at the height he got: almost as much as what he would get in his own body. Once he reached the apex of the jump, Mario began to fall towards Marth. Everything felt like it went into slow-motion. Closer and closer he inched until he was at the optimum distance to drop his fists on Marth. Mario reared back his arms and swung down as hard as Wario's strength allowed him to.

That's when Marth finally turned around. For a split second that seemed like an eternity, Mario and Marth stared each other dead in the eye. Mario's fists were still dropping, seemingly breaking the sound barrier as they came closer to Marth's cranium.

Just as Mario's fists dropped past his eyebrows, Marth flashed a devious and confident smirk. Literally a nanosecond after the smirk, Mario felt one swift slash across his gut. It was so fast; it sent him spinning in place like a cyclone. Suddenly, he felt a hit equivalent to a megaton hammer pound his entire body. It sent him flying into one of the walls of the lab, but not before sending him through a variety of lab equipment. He slammed forcibly into the wall, sticking on momentarily before simply dropping onto the floor.

Mario remained motionless on the floor, partially because his body couldn't comprehend any other bodily function except thinking. Thinking about how unbelievable what just happened was.

The last he remembered, he was about to land the first attack. Marth had his back to him and was completely unarmed. Yet somehow, he was attacked first with a sword, and then what felt like a block used to build pyramids with. No matter which way he looked at it, it just didn't make any sense!

"That's it?" Marth disappointedly muttered.

Mario finally regained his senses, slowly and gingerly rising to his feet. He looked over to Marth, and was surprised by two new items that were now in his hand. In his right hand, his divine sword and trusted ally, the Falchion. In his left hand... a gun?

"A gun?" Mario gasped in bewilderment.

If Mario knew anything about Marth's homeland, he knew that there were no such things as guns over there. Somehow, not only did Marth have a gun, but he appeared to be extremely skilled with it. To Mario, this was unheard of: a swordsman like Marth yielding a gun...

Suddenly, Mario realized he had been shot! But he didn't feel any excruciating pain from a wound... He didn't even feel any pain from the slash he received. He double-checked his body just to be sure.

Nothing.

He then looked up to Marth, his face screwed up in confusion. Marth gave back a satisfied smirk.

"The reason why there's no slash mark is because of this softener covering the blade. As long as this is on, my sword won't deal any fatal wounds." Marth explained.

Mario looked at the Falchion and noticed it didn't shine like he remembered it did. There was definitely something over the blade. While he was glad he was still able to fight, he hated the fact that Marth was holding back. Mario wouldn't hold back or underestimate anyone he was fighting, so he expected his opponents to do the same for him.

"As for my gun..." Marth lifted his black and white gun parallel to his head and pointed it upward. "This is a T-15 Popgun; an upgrade of the Time Patrol standard, T-13. The original model can fire nine pulse shots or one fully charged shot. My model can shoot five fully charged shots without charging. This gun also doesn't need ammunition; it simply needs thirty seconds to recharge after all shots have been fired." He explained. "Another special feature is that this gun will not kill you, but does pack a punch, as you've seen."

Mario couldn't believe what he was up against. From close range, Marth had a sword that could deal quick and heavy damage. From long-range, he could be blown away without even getting a chance to get close. But he did have one thing working in his favor: after five shots from that gun, he'd have a thirty second window of opportunity get close and deal some heavy damage of his own to Marth. Even though it didn't seem like much time, with Wario's strength, thirty seconds is all that Mario needed.

But one thing Mario wondered was why Marth told him all this info about his gun. Before Marth said anything, Mario had planned to take cover and force Marth to be the aggressor. With this new information, Mario's new plan seemed to be the better of the two.

"Why are you telling me this?" Mario asked.

"We're not enemies. And to be truthful, you don't pose any threat to me." Marth admitted. "You're in way over your head. Take my suggestion and just leave. I'll pretend this whole thing never took place. Don't forget that you are in a federal facility. The only reason this lab isn't swarming with Time Patrol officers is because I'm letting this continue"

Mario couldn't stand it anymore. He really was being underestimated. Normally, Mario wouldn't be so enraged. He'd just play it cool and prove his doubtful opponent wrong. But this was a rage Mario never felt before. A rage that wasn't even his...

He didn't realize it, but when Mario transformed into Wario, he took more of his character traits than he thought. That included Wario's inflated ego, short temper, and unreasonable persistence.

Clenching his fists, Mario said nothing and charged at Marth. Marth responded by firing the T-15 at "Wario's" feet. The shots from the T-15 were nowhere near as fast as a typical bullet, but they were still fired at a decent projectile velocity. The shots were also easy to see: an orange ball of energy came with every shot. Mario saw the oncoming shot and hopped directly over it, still on a collision course with Marth. He sailed flawlessly over the shot, but did not anticipate one thing...

Blast radius.

The moment the orange orb hit the floor, it erupted into an orange hemisphere that was four feet in radius. It also packed a heavy aftershock.

Mario was immediately blown forward toward Marth, who was waiting for him with his sword reared back behind him, looking like he was ready to swing at any second.

Everything felt like it slowed to slow-motion once again.

When Mario was in just enough range for the tip of Marth's sword to hit, Marth began his attack. It was as if Marth's arm was being held back by an elastic band, and it was just cut. He swung his arm fully outstretched in a vertical arc. Mario watched every single frame of Marth's fluid motion. He could literally count down to the moment of impact.

Five...

Four...

Three...

Two...

One...

In the Smash tournaments, the tip of Marth's blade was the strongest part of it. It was no different here.

Marth slashed Mario's gut. Immediately, Mario was sent flying into the ceiling of the lab. He crashed off one of the tiles and plummeted down to the steel-meshed floor, landing with a hard bounce.

Mario was definitely winded after that blow, to say the least. He very slowly rose to his feet and sluggishly began to charge at Marth again. This time, Marth simply shot him directly in the forehead. Mario peeled out, doing a double-backflip before landing on the back of his head.

Mario laid there in a daze. He was getting the crap beaten out of him, and he hadn't even laid a finger on Marth yet. But on a positive note, Marth only had two shots left with the T-15 before it had to recharge. If he could survive those last two shots, he was sure he could finish Marth.

But there was one question he kept asking himself.

Could I survive two more shots? Marth said the shots don't kill. That's a lie. If I get shot one more time, I don't think I'll get up... I need to get that gun out of his hands. Maybe if I work on his ego...

Mario once again rose to his feet. He felt like the world was spinning under him as he struggled to maintain the balance to merely stand up straight.

"Look at you." Marth muttered. "You can barely stay vertical. Are you that anxious to end up next to your partner?"

"Shut up. You're not as good as you think you are. You're probably so dependent on that gun; you forgot how to fight without it." Mario taunted. "Take it back to Smash Brothers. Lose the gun."

"It won't make a difference if I use this gun or not. You're not skilled enough to fight me." Marth said. "If you truly were Mario, you'd understand that. I doubt the Mario I know would be so thick-headed."

At that moment, Mario realized what he had been doing. The combination of his determination to get to the future and save Link, and Wario's incapability to realize when he's been beaten had turned him into the type of person he hated:

The person that acts before he thinks.

Mario stood face-to-face with Marth. He couldn't exactly start acting like himself now. It wouldn't change Marth's view of him at all. As far as he was concerned, he really was fighting Wario, right now. Mario could only continue to fight and hope to pull off a win, but deep down, he knew it was hopeless with this body. Mario just couldn't get used to it.

"I still want to know..." Mario said, finally responding to Marth's earlier statement. "Will you fight me without the gun?"

Marth stared at "Wario" for a bit. This kind of persistence amazed him. Marth was sure "Wario" knew he was outclassed in every single statistic. Why he continued to fight was beyond his comprehension. But he felt compelled to show him that with or without a gun, he was the better fighter. He wasn't doing this for himself, but for his opponent. This was like granting a dying man his last wish.

Marth tossed his gun to the side, close to Roy's still-unconscious body. He then pointed the tip of his sword toward Mario.

Mario could only smile. He actually had a chance now. He assumed a fighting stance and stared Marth down before beginning his onslaught. He was actually hoping Marth would try for the first strike.

They actually stood there, staring menacingly at each other, for over a minute. It was painstakingly clear that Marth wasn't making the first move. He'd stand there all day if he had to.

Mario finally made the first move, fearlessly charging toward his opponent. Marth remained where he was, still with his sword pointed outward. Mario was within punching range, now. He reared back his fist, preparing for a mighty blow, and swung forward, aiming for Marth's head. Suddenly, Marth snapped into action, parrying the fist with his sword. While Mario stumbled, Marth grabbed his shoulder and used it as leverage as he somersaulted over his opponent and ended up behind him.

He then dealt four skillful blows with his sword.

First hit: a downward slice, causing Mario to flinch and spin around quickly to face him.

Second hit: a weak stab to the stomach, though strong enough to cause Mario to double over in pain.

Third hit: Marth somehow smacked Mario with the face of the Falchion and made him bounce off the ground, and helplessly into the air.

Fourth and final hit: Marth spun around and slashed Mario's entire body with all his might.

Mario flew back from the final blow of Marth's Dancing Blade and landed on the floor with another bounce. Marth kept up his attack, pursuing his helpless opponent. He made a running slash at "Wario" and knocked him into the air again, a little over his head. This was followed by a Dolphin Slash, causing Marth to launch himself into the air at a very quick speed with his blade out.

Before Marth could connect with the Dolphin Slash, Mario had regained control of himself, and somehow managed to literally punch the Falchion out of Marth's hand. As the two floated in through the air, they watched as the sword flipped several times before it hit the ground and lodged itself into the mesh.

Marth's pupils dilated in astonishment as he turned to Mario. Mario still stared at the planted sword in disbelief. Without his sword, Marth was absolutely nothing. The scales just dramatically tipped in Mario's favor. He looked back at Marth and gave him a triumphant smile.

They both finally landed on the ground. Marth immediately made a mad dash for his divine blade. Unfortunately for Marth, he had to get through Wario's immense girth before he could get to his weapon. "Wario" tackled Marth, knocking him further away from his sword, and laid on top of him. As Marth struggled to get away, "Wario" smiled with vicious intent.

Mario quickly hopped up, holding Marth with one arm, and then belly-bumped him into a wall. He suddenly remembered a move Wario tried on him in their last encounter. As Marth leaned against the wall, catching his breath, Mario stuck his shoulder out and charged at the helpless Marth. He connected flawlessly, literally knocking the spit out of his adversary.

Marth sunk to his knees, holding his stomach in pain and anguish.

Mario proceeded to grab Marth and put him in the same move the real Wario almost finished him with. Mario flipped Marth upside-down and leaped into the air with him. At the height of the jump, they began their downward decent, spiraling toward the floor. This would be the final blow of the battle. Mario had this in the bag.

Until he was shot in the side by Marth's T-15 Popgun in mid-spiral...

At that precise moment, "Waluigi" finally woke up from unconsciousness. He was just in time to see "Wario" flying toward him, two seconds away from landing right on top of him. Luigi simply sighed as his brother crashed right onto him and broke through the cot he had been lying on.

"I'm guessing you and Marth are, in a way, fighting for the future?" Luigi said, straining his words as he mustered all his possible strength to get Mario off of him.

Mario simply rolled off of Luigi and onto his back, gasping for air as the blast knocked the wind out of him. He simply stared into a ceiling light as he wondered one question.

How?

Right then, a silhouette appeared in Mario's field of vision. As Mario's eyes focused on the silhouette, he made out a face. A face with wide blue eyes. A face with relatively young features. A face that had the intent of helping his friend in any way possible.

A face that belonged to Roy.

He had also awakened from his unconsciousness. In his right hand, a black and white T-15 Popgun could be seen. Marth's T-15 Popgun...

Another silhouette also appeared in Mario's field of vision. Mario automatically knew who it was.

Marth...

Even though Mario couldn't see it, particularly because he wasn't focused on Marth's face, Marth looked tired and upset; breathing hard as he looked into Mario's disguised eyes.

Suddenly, a bright light reflected into his eye. Mario's eyes darted over to where the light had come from. It led him to Marth's right hand. In his right hand, he held the Falchion, which was gleaming brighter than he had last seen.

This only meant one thing: Marth took off the softener. And there's only one reason Marth would remove the softener: to deal a final fatal blow. Marth pointed his blade right between Mario's eyes.

Mario could only give a weak laugh in response. It looked like it was all over for him.

Luigi had risen to his feet beforehand, once Mario had rolled off of him. At this moment, he was simultaneously speechless and helpless. He only watched in silence as Marth raised his blade, preparing to deliver the finishing blow. Mario closed his eyes, awaiting the worst.

"SSSYYYYYYYYYYYYAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!" Marth screamed as he swung his blade down into Mario's face.

And stopped millimeters from his nose.

Mario opened his eyes and looked at the Falchion. He could literally smell the power of the blade. He then looked into Marth's eyes. It was inexplicable, but he could tell Marth never had the intention of killing him.

Instead, Marth poked Mario's nose. Nothing comparable to decapitation, but it still stung a little.

"Ouch..." Mario groaned, while rubbing his nose.

Marth then sheathed his sword and made his way to the Chrono Locator. He keyed in a few commands, and with several loud cracks of electricity, a portal opened where the Fabric of Time once was. Marth then just stood by, like he was waiting for something to happen.

"Well? This is what you wanted, isn't it?" Marth impatiently asked.

Mario cautiously rose to his feet, not sure of what to think. Was this really the gate to opportunity? All he had to do was get knocked senseless to get where he needed to go? Something just didn't seem right to him.

"Why are you doing this? I thought you weren't going to let me use the machine." Mario remembered how Marth swore by his blade to not let Mario pass.

"I already told you, we're not enemies. Also, after I started fighting you without my gun, something about you felt different. Familiar, even..." Marth explained. "I'm still not sure whether to believe you're Mario or not, though. And my feelings toward Link haven't changed. The only reason I can think of for why I'm helping you is because a part of me still wants to fight Link once and for all. If the Time Patrol has its way, I won't be able to. I guess I'm counting on you to save him so I can personally put him away."

"That's a weird reason to cooperate..." Roy muttered.

Mario looked over to Luigi, as if he could verify whether Marth was speaking truthfully. Luigi nodded and began walking over to Marth and the Chrono Locator with Mario following. They stopped right in front of the portal, a strong wind blowing from inside nearly knocked their hats off their heads.

"Hold on..." Mario hesitated. "I heard you say this thing was having problems: like it sent someone into the stone-age or something."

"I just made some repairs. You two will be the test subjects." Marth said. "If everything goes well, you'll be able to arrive in this same Time Patrol Headquarters, only in the 29th century. This is where Link is being held."

"What if this doesn't work?" Mario wondered.

"Either you'll end up in 29th century BC, or you'll be lost in a dimensional flux in time, forever." Marth said, gravely.

"I don't think that'll happen. I have a feeling we'll be seeing each other again, soon enough." Roy said.

"I have the same feeling." Luigi agreed.

With that said, Mario and Luigi took a deep breath and stepped into the time portal, hoping for the best.

Hoping they were going exactly where they wanted.

Hoping something would finally go their way...
_____________________________
_____________________________

The End.

For now at least.

You'll see me again when I have another update.

Or if the reader response demands my presense, which never happens...

Either way, I'll be back...
 

ZeekeXIV

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Apr 26, 2004
Messages
229
Location
On the Edge
It's been a while. Here's what you're here to read (if anyone's here...)
_______________
_______________

Act 9: So Close, Yet So Far (Part 8)

"Before the jury presents their final verdict, does the defendant have anything to say for himself?" The judge said.

The judge wasn't exactly what you would expect. It was actually part of a program called Justice 4.0: If Justice is blind, it's because you didn't upgrade.

"I'm guilty. I don't need a jury to tell me that." The defendant defiantly replied.

A quiet murmur stirred up in the audience. It gradually built up into quite a clamor.

During the commotion, the defendant looked over to the jury, glaring at them. These were the people that would decide their fate. He could already tell his outlook wasn't so good, to say the least. As he stared at the jury, some of the jurors glared back at him, looking quite contemptuous. Some of the more outspoken ones mouthed various hints about what the future held for him, as well various threats:

"You're not going to like where you're going..."

"You're gonna burn!"

"I'm so glad I'm not you right now."

The defendant only offered an inconspicuous one-fingered gesture in response.

"Order! Order!" The automated judge demanded.

A compartment opened up, revealing a gavel being held by a cybernetic arm. It pounded the gavel until the viewers quieted down.

"If that is all the defendant has to say, then we will now have the jury's verdict." The judge said.

An overweight, middle-aged man with a comb-over rose from his seat. He wore slightly oversized bifocals and had a double-chin. His skin was also pale and pasty. It was as if the appearance of this man would forecast how the sentence would look.

Ugly...

"We, the jury, find the self-proclaimed Hero of Time, Link, beyond a reasonable doubt..." The man said in a husky and strained voice. "...guilty of all charges."

Link had audibly said the same exact thing simultaneously with the overweight man. The audience roared into a clamor once again, surprised at Link's demeanor.

"Can you believe the audacity of this kid?"

"Who does he think he is?!"

"He deserves whatever he gets."

Link heard all these comments about him. In the grand scheme of things, he really didn't care. But it wasn't that uneventful phone call that robbed him of his general concern for things. It was because everything he ever in his entire life did not matter here in any way, shape or form. This was the 29th century. He was three hundred years into the F-Zero universe's future. Three hundred years away from his friends. And who knows how many years he was from his own timeline in Hyrule. The only things he did that mattered were the bad things. The things they viewed as deplorable.

He was alone here.

Nobody knew him here.

Nobody cared about him here.

Link didn't want to live in a world like this: where he was seen as the scourge of the earth. He hoped for the most severe punishment the 29th century had to offer.

"Order! Order in the court!" The judge shouted, pounding his gavel repeatedly until he got silence. "Link, you have been found guilty of all crimes against you; some of them the most serious crimes you can commit. I have no choice but to sentence you to an eternity of solitude in the Darkness of Time. You will be bought to the portal in two hours. In the meantime, you will be held in the Time Patrol Headquarters where you may have your final visitors, if you have any. Court dismissed." The judge stated slamming his gavel down once.

Excited murmurs rang throughout the court. Some were very satisfied with Link's sentence. Others thought it wasn't enough.

Link was minimally satisfied with the sentence. He would've preferred death. But either way, at least he'd be away from 29th century society. Ever since he arrived, he had been treated like an inferior. It didn't help that he stood out from the crowd, either. His pointy ears weren't exactly a common sight.

As he was escorted out of the court house and into a transport pod to be taken to the Time Patrol Headquarters, began thinking to himself...

So this is how my story ends: I live out the rest of my life in the Darkness of Time and possibly die from boredom or starvation... The elders of the Light Temple used to tell me about that place when I was younger. I never took them seriously, though. I thought they just did that to scare me.

I miss Samus...

D***it, I just got started with her. Now I'm about to be sent to oblivion... Why do I have such piss-poor luck with the girls? Either I try to get with them and they just deny me access, or I actually do get with them but some madness keeps me from the relationship.

I shouldn't even be surprised about my luck. As a kid, no girls really liked me...

Expect Malon...

But I wasn't feelin' her... I think she had too much fun with those farm animals...

And Saria...

I actually thought she was cute when I was young. But I started growin' up, and she... didn't... It was over before it even started. I wish she could get that fact through her freakin' head...

And Ruto...

She's a Zora. I'm a human. End of discussion.

And Nabooru...

After I saved her from Twinrova, she started getting kinda close to me. Real close in fact, but I was oblivious to it. She made it so obvious, too. Always feelin' my abs... Touchin' the triceps... Brushin' against me... I wouldn't be surprised if she thought I was gay or something. Everyone but me knew she wanted me. And now that I think of it, she seriously had it goin' on... She probably still does... Nice full lips, sexy eyes, killer body, beautiful face... Nice butt... Heh heh... Man, just thinkin' of her makes me feel like I'm cheatin' on Samus... I'ma just put her outta my mind. She's old news...

And Zelda...

Zelda...

We used to be inseparable. I remember those days. She used to sneak out of the castle at night. I'd meet up with her and we'd chill in the Lost Woods. The Lost Woods looked amazin' at night... On clear nights, we'd sit on the deck of my house and just stare at the stars. I think I started wantin' her as more than a friend on one of those nights. The way the moonlight shined on her... Then she looked at me...

D***...

It took seven months to get Zelda to warm up to me on a more intimate level, and she murked everything we had in seven seconds. All I want to do is see her one last time. Just to look into her eyes... I'm not even gonna say nothin' to her. I wanna send her on the guilt-trip of a lifetime. The kind you lose sleep over. Just by gazin' deep into her eyes and not sayin' a d*** word. If there's one thing I know about Zelda, it's that she's emotionally fragile. She's gonna feel it hard. If I could do that, I'd be able to die happy. I won't even consider reincarnation. I will have achieved somethin' that's worth a thousand lifetimes of satisfaction.

Yeah, my luck with the ladies sucked... Seems like it still does... But at least I'll know that I was attractive to someone.

Man...

I wonder how Tanaka is doin'... He's gotta be one of the greatest people I've ever met. I hope he knows I'm not mad at him for callin' the cops. Things just got outta control... I didn't expect all those people backin' me... I'm glad he called when he did. Things coulda been much worse...

I wonder who won that race... I'm sure my people could get it done. Falcon may talk greezy, but if he got beat by that kid, he can't be that great.

But, man, I really effed up... I'm basically bein' sentenced to death... What's Tanaka gonna tell Mario? He looked pretty shaken up about what happened, the last time I saw him. Could he even bring himself to say it? And what would Mario think of me? We kinda became like brothers while we were on that journey. If he knew where I was, would he try to save me? I think he'd try, but there's no way he could reach me.

Three hundred years apart...

That's no joke.

Even my ocarina can't do three hundred years. And I dunno if 26th century technology is that advanced...

I'ma just try to have faith. We've done the impossible. And we did it mad times, too. We can do it again.


His thoughts stopped with his arrival at the Time Patrol Headquarters. During all his time thinking, he had been stuffed into a transport pod and was shipped there. The pod opened automatically. Waiting for him was none other than the very person that had arrested him.

Phoenix Lestrade.

"I get to spend my last hours with you?" Link muttered with a scowl. "It just doesn't get any better, huh?"

Phoenix let out a sarcastic laugh and yanked Link out of the pod, leading him to a holding cell, where he would remain for two hours until he was sent into the far reaches of time and space.

The Darkness of Time.

A place where time stood still. A place where seconds stretched into eternity. A place where there was no return.

A place where there was no return...
_______________________

Mario and Luigi, still disguised, stared in awe as they surveyed their surroundings once they stepped out of the time portal.

The "skies" were warped and blended with quite-possibly every color in the spectrum. Periodically, the sky would just fade to black, leaving a huge, empty void. There was no sun, no clouds, no stars, no moon. Needless to say, it looked quite eerie.

At the current moment, they stood in what seemed to be a vast parking lot. There were no cars except for one: a two-seated, red convertible. They made their way over to it. The keys were already in the ignition and the gas was full. It was just begging to be driven.

"That's a pretty nice car." Luigi whistled with raised eyebrows.

"Guh... More driving?" Mario muttered. He was still recovering from his first F-Zero race.

"Take it easy. I'll drive if you want me to." Luigi offered.

"Please do." Mario said, not even bothering to argue.

The two hopped into the car and Luigi started the engine. It revved up with a hum. A pretty sounding hum, at that! They could only expect a smooth ride.

Upon starting the car, a screen popped up on the windshield. A map appeared, mostly leading them on a straight path with a few twists and curves here and there. Below the map, words were displayed:

Distance from current location to desired destination: 300 years. Recommended speed: 60 months per minute.

"...what?" Mario wondered, confused upon reading those words.

"It's not that hard to decipher. We're traveling through time, right? It's only natural that distance is measured by units of time." Luigi said, beginning to accelerate the car and driving out of the parking lot. "You know that twelve months is a year, and we're going sixty months a minute. That's five years, right?"

"Yeah..." Mario replied, after thinking about it a little bit.

"So we're essentially traveling forward five years every minute. And we're going three hundred years into the future. Divide three hundred years by five years per second, and you'll get sixty minutes." Luigi explained.

"Oooohhh! So it'll take is an hour to get to the 29th century..." Mario said, finally understanding. "I knew that."

"Sure you did." Luigi sarcastically agreed, rolling his eyes. "I dunno if you noticed, but the map also looks like a timeline. That probably means the road to the 29th century is gonna be like a highway."

"Huh, pretty clever." Mario said.

As he said that, they drove up a ramp leading to a long stretch of road. They passed a sign on their way up the ramp:

21st century – Exit next right
27th century – 100 years
29th century – 300 years


"Yeah, this is exactly like a highway." Mario verified after seeing the sign.

"Highways are made for convenience... It looks like time travel becomes mainstream sometime in the future." Luigi speculated.

"True..." Mario realized. "I don't know if that's a good or bad thing. This is probably the reason why the Time Patrol exists." He then realized another thing. "But if time-travel becomes mainstream in the future, and this highway is connected to the future, then why are we the only ones on the road?"

Those words hit Luigi hard and fast. He glanced around the rest of the highway. Except for himself, his brother, and the red convertible, absolutely no one else was on the road.

"Good question..." Luigi muttered, growing a little tense. "Suddenly, I feel like something horrible is going to happen to us soon. No highway is supposed to be this empty..."

"Hey, don't worry about it. You know how highways get pretty quiet at night sometimes. Maybe we're on this highway at 'night', get it?" Mario assured Luigi with a pat on the shoulder. "Just relax and drive. If you don't think anything bad will happen to us, then it won't."

"Alright." Luigi replied, heeding his brother's words.

He continued on the relatively straight path, cruising no faster than the recommended speed. He still couldn't shake his budding suspicions. Something just didn't feel right. He should've seen at least one other vehicle. No highway should be this empty. None.

Thirty minutes later...

The brothers hadn't said a word to each other since their last conversation. Luigi, of course, still kept his eyes on the road, on the lookout for their exit. He still wondered why the road was so clear, but the more he drove; the more at ease his mind became. He thought to himself...

Maybe Mario's right. Usually, he's the one that thinks of the worst-case scenario. But if he's not worried, then why should I be? Just once, we can get somewhere without going through some life-threatening experience, right?

In the passenger seat, Mario reclined his seat back and simply stared into the sky, watching the bizarre and unnatural spectacle. There were no objects in the sky at all. It was just a huge empty space filled with all types of colors. Every portion of the sky had a different color; each of them blending into each other. After about five seconds, the entire sky would fade to black. Five seconds after that, color would return to the sky; every portion now a different color.

It was truly a sight to behold. The last time Mario saw something so beautiful in the sky was when he was in the coliseum with Link, when Sephiroth parted the clouds and revealed a clear and untainted view of space. Even with the enormous meteor promising them death if they remained, it was still tear-inducingly beautiful.

As he watched the silent sky, Mario began to doze off, though he tried to fight it. He wanted to be awake when they reached the 29th century, but this was a losing battle. Fortunately, this was a battle Mario didn't mind losing. He realized he hadn't slept at all since he and Link left Zebes. After all he had been through, he deserved a short nap.

"I can barely keep my eyes open..." Mario wearily murmured out loud. "I think I'll take a power nap. Wake me up when we get there."

"No problem." Luigi said.

Mario gazed into the sky one last time before he closed his eyes. The last thing he saw before his eyelids drooped shut was the black sky regaining its mesmerizing colors.

And a faint outline of some type of creature...

Mario's eyes sprung opened as he jumped up, sitting straight and looking into the sky again. He scanned the area he saw the outline in. Nothing but brilliant colors...

"What's wrong with you? Having nightmares already?" Luigi asked, wondering why his brother rose up with such a start.

"Nothing's wrong... Something felt like it poked my back. Made me jump..." Mario lied.

He didn't want to worry Luigi. He also wanted to convince himself that this was nothing to worry about.

I'm seeing things... I must be really tired.

Mario sat back in the reclining position once again and tried to fall asleep. This time, however, he couldn't keep his eyes closed for more than a second. Mario stayed focused on the alternating sky.

There's nothing to worry about. I'm staring at the sky just to make sure it was my imagination. Once I'm sure, I'll take a nap.

The sky faded to black. Mario scanned the sky. Five seconds passed. Nothing...

The sky regained its colors. Mario scanned the sky. Five seconds passed. Nothing...

The sky faded to black once again. Mario scanned the sky once again. Another five seconds passed. Still nothing...

The sky regained its colors once again. Mario scanned the sky once again. Another five seconds passed. Still nothing...

The sky faded black yet again. Mario scanned the sky yet again. Yet another five seconds passed. Nothing...

The sky remained black.

No...

Mario's heart sunk as the sky ceased its pattern. Something was definitely wrong...

Just then, the outline Mario saw earlier reappeared in the black void. Fear dug its nails into his heart. The outline was huge.

From the outline, he could see that the creature's body was actually slender for something its size. Behind its long body, an equally long tail stretched on. There were two wings on the creature's left and right sides. This was what accounted for the creature's size. Its wingspan was outrageous; both wings were at least four times the width of the creature's body.

The creature was somehow traveling above the sky. It stuck its tail down through the black sky and continued to fly. Mario noticed gigantic cracks were forming in the sky as the humongous creature continued to drag its tail through.

Suddenly, the monster whipped its tail forward. The cracks began to spread all throughout the black sky. It began to look like glass before it shattered... Then the outline of the creature simply vanished, leaving behind a distorted and broken sky.

"Mario, are you alright? You're breathing kind of hard." Luigi noticed, totally oblivious to what was happening above him.

Mario shot a surprised glance at Luigi. He had been so entranced by what was going on above him; he forgot he was with his brother.

"I'm fine." Mario replied, forcing himself to take normal breaths.

As his breathing slowed, he noticed a faint sound. At first it was just the convertible's whirring engine, but he realized the sound was gradually getting louder. It was also coming from above him...

Mario directed his attention to the cracked sky once again. He looked up just in time to see the creature's face preparing to dive through the sky.

An earsplitting screech echoed throughout the environment when the monstrosity Mario was starring at crashed through. The sky immediately shattered like glass and rained down on the road.

The sudden burst of noise caught Luigi by surprise as he lost control of the car. Mario braced himself as he was about to be impaled by the razor-sharp shards of glass falling toward him. Just when the shards were a finger's length from them, they further shattered into fine particles of light and faded into obscurity.

"What's going on?!" Luigi shouted, confused beyond comprehension, but regaining control of the car.

Mario said nothing as he stared at the beast still flying above them. It began to descend at a rapid rate, looking like it was going to crash into Mario and Luigi. It swooped down, flying at most twenty feet above their heads, and then it quickly ascended, creating a powerful gust of wind that knocked their hats off their heads.

The pale-black creature made a u-turn and landed directly in the brothers' path. Its size was clearly observable now. Terrifyingly sharp teeth stuck out of its mouth, even when it was closed, and they pointed out in different directions. Its mouth was so big; it could probably finish the convertible in two bites.

"What... is... that?" Luigi fearfully asked.

"My reason to never be optimistic ever again..." Mario calmly replied.

The brothers stared at the gargantuan creature in silence. The creature did the same to them. The brothers had no idea what to say. They feared that if they made the slightest peep, their lives would be ended unquestionably.

"Why are you here..." It rasped in a deep, menacing voice.

The creature spoke without opening or even slightly moving its mouth. And yet, its voice was clearly audible and rumbled throughout the environment.

Mario and Luigi glanced at each other. They hesitated to answer.

"We're here to travel to the future to save a friend of ours." Mario finally answered.

"A pair who think they can rewrite history..." The creature growled.

"That's not true." Luigi disagreed. "He was taken to the future against his will. We're bringing him back to his rightful time."

"Humans will never understand the consequences of time-travel..." The creature vengefully responded. "By traveling through time, history must rewrite itself to compensate for the individuals that do not belong in that certain era. History has a set limit of events that can happen at any given time for an era. If too many new events happen in the same era, a bend in time occurs. Events that continue to take place over the limit bend time further and further until time for that era breaks into two different parallels. Time cannot consist of two parallel realities. But neither reality is able to exist without the other. Therefore, both realities must be destroyed. By Time Devourers..." It spoke in a slow and low growl.

This new information Mario and Luigi gained mystified them, especially Luigi. He thought Pit had told him everything there was to know. And yet, there was still so much to learn.

"Are you a Time Devourer?" Luigi wondered.

"Indeed..." The Time Devourer verified.

"Does the destroyed era ever get restored?" Mario asked.

"Yes." Time Devourer replied. "But because that era was restored, history had to be rewritten not only for that era, but for eras before it as well. This massive scale changing of history results in multiple time bends in different eras, all with the potential of breaking into two parallel realities. If too many eras break into parallel realities, Time itself will shatter. All of history will have to be rewritten."

"Incredible" was all Mario and Luigi could utter after learning how delicate the fabrics of time were.

"The era you are traveling to, the 29th century, is one of the eras that is experiencing a bend in time." Time Devourer mentioned. "It doesn't have much longer until it breaks into two parallels. Not only is it on the verge of splitting, but another era has already split and caused multiple time bends. Your traveling into the 29th century may very well split reality and result in the collapse of Time. Do you wish to be the ones responsible for the destruction of history?"

Even though Mario and Luigi's responded with silence, their answer was implied.

The gate to the 29th century wasn't more than ten minutes away from them. But with this knowledge of what might happen if they cross the gate, how could they still go on? They had no intention of being responsible for the complete annihilation of time. But they were right there... They were so close...

So close, yet so far...

"What do we do now?" Luigi wondered.

"I... I don't... know." Mario muttered, his voice never sounding more hopeless and pitiful than it did at that moment.

He couldn't believe it. Just like that, he had to give up on saving Link. He had to give up. Mario never had to give up on anything in his life. If he ever gave up on anything, it's because he made a conscious choice to give up. But this time, he was forced to give up. Forced to admit defeat...

"We should go back to the 26th century." Luigi suggested.

"For what?" Mario snapped.

"It's better than staying here..." Luigi said. "We might have a better chance at figuring something else out over there. Marth and Roy helped us out once. Maybe they'll help us again."

Mario gave a melancholy nod. Luigi then proceeded to turn the car, leaving Time Devourer behind, but just when the convertible was pointing in the right direction, it suddenly appeared in front of them once again. When they first spoke with it, even though they were intimidated, they didn't sense any hostility. This time, however...

"You cannot return to the 26th century." Time Devourer stated, its voice growing more urgent. "If you do, Time will shatter."

"What?" The brothers gasped simultaneously in disbelief; their stomachs turning at that fact.

"If Time so fragile, how were we able to leave the 26th century without having it shatter? We got out with no consequences, so why can't we go back in?" Mario wondered.

"You leaving the 26th century was an event planned by Fate. You were to leave, but you weren't meant to return." Time Devourer said.

"So which century are we supposed to return to?" Luigi asked.

"There is no century for you to return to." Time Devourer said, an angry snarl growing between his words. "Humans have traveled through time too often and too recklessly. Time has collapsed before because of this. And once again, your kind is ripping through the very fabric of Time."

The brothers began to feel unsafe. They felt an aura emanating from the Devourer's body. This aura was more powerful than anything they had ever felt before. There was no hope of winning, fighting against something like this.

"What are we supposed to do then?" Mario asked Time Devourer. "If we can't return to our own time or reality, then what's left for us?"

"Death..." Time Devourer rasped.

As it said that, Time Devourer began to levitate off the ground while inching nearer and nearer to the convertible. As the Devourer came closer, Luigi began slowly backing up the car, but gradually backing up faster. He did not want to find out how Time Devourer would take care of him and his brother.

Time Devourer suddenly began glowing green. Luigi picked up the pace, feeling an attack coming on. As they backed up, they felt the ground rumbling beneath them. Luigi kept his eyes fixed on the glowing creature while Mario looked at the ground. He noticed a large area of the ground around them had a darker shade than the rest of the road.

Suddenly, something under the ground burst upward. The brothers felt the ground rise and looked down. All it seemed to be was a slightly raised platform of a pink color. A fleshy pink color...

They continued to back up, even though Time Devourer didn't seem to be pursuing them anymore. It still floated there, glowing a strong shade of green. Luigi found this to be the perfect time to spin the car around in the opposite direction and speed away. He turned the car around, driving right over the middle of the pink platform they were on.

That's when Mario noticed the edges of the platform: there were long, sharp spikes along the rim, and they were dull and slightly yellow in color. The platform also seemed to start folding in such a way that if they stayed in the middle long enough, they'd be crushed in between the two walls.

Suddenly, he started thinking this wasn't just a platform... Fleshy pink ground, dull yellow spikes along the rim of the platform, the platform folding in towards them... This kind of reminded him of the inside of a mouth...

It hit him harder then a ton of bricks after he thought that thought: this was the inside of a mouth!

"LUIGI, HIT THE GAS!!" Mario boomed.

No sooner than he shouted it did Luigi stomp the accelerator and speed off the platform onto normal ground. They got off just in time before the mouth snapped shut. Mario looked behind him and saw the "platform" shut tight in a vertical position. It resembled a Venus Flytrap with its mouth closed.

As they drove off, Mario and Luigi heard Time Devourer emit a deep, rumbling bellow. They knew it wasn't going to just let them escape.

The chase was on.

But as they drove, they knew there was nowhere for them to escape to. If they took any exit leading back to the normal flow of time, they risked destroying all of history! They had taken a lot of risks getting where they were right now, but this was one risk they couldn't take. Way too much was at stake.

The brothers had no idea how this was going to end. They only thing they were certain about was that their ride had to run out of power sometime soon. And when that time came, they wouldn't go submissively.
_____________________

One hour left...

One hour until Link was excommunicated from the rest of reality.

One hour until Link had to say goodbye to everything and everyone he ever knew without even getting a chance to say "goodbye".

Just one hour left...

And Link was stuck in a holding cell with Phoenix standing on guard outside. Because Link was seen as such a threat to time and society, he was put a maximum security cell, and since Phoenix was the best Time Patrol agent, it was only natural that he'd be put on guard.

The cell was so heavy on security; it didn't even have a door. In fact, there was no conceivable entrance to speak of. At least Link didn't know about it. Before they threw him in the cell (literally), he was knocked out. When he woke up, he was seemingly standing in the same area Phoenix was standing. He walked toward him, but walked right into some invisible barrier. He had no idea how he got in, but there he was. Link also learned that this cell was soundproof. He shouted a wide array of insults to Phoenix, mainly to blow off some steam, not because he was upset with him. Phoenix didn't even bat an eye toward him. His word just rebounded off the invisible wall and echoed back into his ear.

Sitting against one of the corners of his prison, all Link could do to keep himself occupied was think.

One hour left...

It's funny. I'm not even scared. I feel like this really isn't happenin'. Like this is all scripted...

I guess I'm in denial. I can't wait until reality hits. I wanna see how I'll react. This is probably the worst thing that ever happened to me.

They took all my s***.

I don't know anyone.

There's absolutely nothin' that can help me out.

I'm completely alone.

I just broke it all down to myself, and I'm still not scared. Either I'm the man, or I'm just real slow to react.

Only what little time I have left will tell...


Instead of dwelling on his imminent doom any longer, he simply closed his eyes, trying to fall asleep.

No avail. He'd only keep his eyes closed for approximately two minutes before he opened them again.

The only thing left to do was wait. Wait until his time was up...

This two-hour s*** is so pointless... Especially in my case! These a**holes know I don't know anyone! They dragged my a** here while I was half-drunk. Now they have me sittin' around, waiting to be literally sent into the middle of nowhere.

They're tryin' to break me. They want me to beg to be thrown into the Darkness of Time.

Yeah, I wanna go.

But not because they got to me. Because I hate this place.

The 29th century sucks beyond all comprehension. Maybe I'm jaded because these guys are essentially sentencin' me to an eternity of loneliness and insanity for dumba** reasons, but I don't give ten d***s. I don't even think they consider me human. I'll admit: I did some stupid-a** things with the Ocarina of Time, but nothin' that calls for me getting thrown into the Darkness of Time! Just because I royally f***ed up goin' through time in the Green Hill Zone, every great thing I've done usin' Time was immediately forgotten.

D*** these people and d*** this century! I'm glad I'm being sent away.


Just then, Link noticed someone speaking with Phoenix. This person was covered from head to toe in an old and tattered, gray hooded cloak. Through the hood, an old man's wrinkly face was seen, smiling with a nonexistent set of teeth. He stood hunched over, standing at nearly half the height of Phoenix, who stood 6'4".

The old man patted Phoenix on the back, as Phoenix nodded and turned to face Link's cell. Directly on the cell, it looked as if Phoenix was pressing a few buttons; each button pressed would light up.

Gradually, Link felt his eyesight leaving him. It felt like he was closing his eyes, but he knew his eyelids were still opened. Instead of panicking, Link continued to sit there and wait. He didn't know why, but he knew his loss of sight wasn't permanent.

After a few seconds, Link's sight faded back. The first thing he noticed was that he was no longer alone in the cell. The old man he had earlier seen with Phoenix was standing with him. Upon closer inspection, Link noticed there was a beard hidden under the cloak. It seemed long, and looked silver in color.

Now I get a visitor? After an hour starin' at these "walls", someone finally decides to see me?

That's funny as hell.


Link remained silent and seated in the corner as the old man just stared at him with an awkward smirk, occasionally breaking into a gum-bearing grin. Even though he made like he wasn't paying attention, Link was getting creeped out. Old people without teeth just shouldn't smile...

"Well boy, don't you want to say something?" The old man wheezed in a generic old-man voice.

"What should I say?" Link nonchalantly responded.

"C'mon now, you have less than an hour left in this world! I may very well be the last person you can casually speak with!" The old man exclaimed. "I imagine there's something you want to say."

While this was true, Link was not about to share his feelings with some random old guy...

"If it makes you feel more comfortable, this cell is completely soundproof. No one can hear what is being said, so everything is just between us." The old man attempted to comfort Link. "And not only that, but you can't see through these walls on the outside. We can see everything going on outside this cell, but no one can see what's going on in here."

"If this is true, then you better not try anythin' funny. I'm already taking a one-way trip to hell. I won't hesitate to kill a man, if I have to." Link threatened.

"Trust me, if I was going to do something, I would've done it by now." The old man replied, while smiling.

Another short, awkward silence overtook the cell. The old man continued smiling while Link tried to figure out what the hell he could be smiling about.

"What the hell are you smilin' about?" Link demanded.

"Awwww... that's all?" The old man sighed. "Of all the questions you can ask, you ask why an old fogy, like me, is smiling."

"Oh, sorry. Next question, I'll ask you what the meanin' of life is." Link sarcastically shot back, not even bothering to look up to his visitor.

The old man chuckled at Link's retort. "So there's some wit in this young'uns arsenal. You're not just about swords and shields after all."

"If you say so..." Link said.

He was a little surprised that this old guy knew that he did, in fact, use swords and shields. Link figured he was part of the audience at his trial.

"Who are you, anyway?" Link wondered.

"That's not really too important, but if you want to call me anything, call me Grampa. I never had any grandchildren, so I always wondered how it would feel to be called that." He explained.

"Okay, Grampa... You still didn't answer my first question." Link said.

"Why am I smiling, huh?" Grampa repeated. "Well, I've seen a lot in my day. Time-travel violation is the latest craze here in the 29th century, if you didn't know. Most people who get thrown into the Darkness of Time cry and plead, trying their hardest not to go there. You're probably the only person in history to be taking this so calmly. It's like you don't care."

"And that's why you're smilin'..." Link concluded. "You know what? You're right. I couldn't give half a d***. Let's see why I don't care..." Link started while finally rising up onto his feet. "I'm alone here, anyway. Everyone here hates me. I hate everyone here. I'm three hundred years away from everyone I know and love. Time doesn't go backward, and I'm sure these guys aren't exactly gonna let me use their time machine to run back and kiss everyone goodbye. So what's the point of caring?"

"Just because a situation looks hopeless doesn't mean it is, boy." Grampa said. "Pessimism doesn't suit you young'uns. You have limitless potential! Whatever you want done, you can do. Tell your friends that being pessimistic is the first step in getting old."

"Sure. I'll let 'em know as soon as I see 'em." Link said with a sarcastic eye-roll.

"Good, good." Grampa nodded satisfactorily. "Especially that Mario-fellow. I can see him being a bad influence."

Link raised an eyebrow to that comment. This was really getting creepy. Before jumping to conclusions, he thought back to the trail. People might've known about him from information that was revealed to the court. But he suddenly realized that the trial was all about his offenses. Nobody from this century should know anything about Link's social life.

"You know, I wonder... what would Mario do if he found out you were here?" The seemingly clairvoyant old man asked.

"He'd try to find a way into the future..." Link guessed. "But he's three hundred years back in time. He needs a time machine to get here. I dunno where he'd be able to find one..."

"Well, my boy, what if I told you that Mario managed to overcome the odds and was on his way?" Grampa smiled.

"How the hell do you know all this? Please tell me who you are." Link pleaded. "It's like you said: you could be the last person I can talk to. You have to tell me who you are, knowing that."

Grampa simply gave Link a warm smile. "Let's just say we have history. It'd be about... three hundred years old."

The way he was speaking, Gramps was actually somebody Link knew from the 26th century! But who? Link got a good glimpse of his face, and he didn't look like anyone Link could remember. But suddenly, the old man's beard caught his eye. He remembered seeing a long, flowing silver beard back in the Rest Stop. Could it be...?

Just then, Link's eyesight began to fade, just like it did before the old man was in the cell with him. This could only mean that Grampa was leaving...

"Silver Neelsen?" Link blurted out while he still had his vision.

After turning around with that signature toothless smile...

"Close... but no." Grampa said.

"Then why did you come to visit me?"

"That's a good question." Grampa stated.

He began to stand up fully straight. He was a lot taller than he seemed, but he was still shorter than Link. At full height, still with his back facing Link, he pulled his hood down. Link barely made out two ears. They were pointy, but not like his ears. They were on top of the head. Grampa then turned his head. Even though Link was on the brink of pitch-blackness, he could see Grampa did not have a normal human profile. In fact, he didn't have a human profile at all! Instead, a muzzle was seen. He had a profile similar to a fox...

And Link only knew one fox...

"Fox..." Link gasped.

"I'm here to give you hope, man. I figured you could use some. Don't say it's over before it's over. Do everything within your power to make sure you meet up with them."

With those words, Link's sight vanished completely for a few seconds, as well as Fox. When he finally got his sight back, he was the only one left in his cell once again. Outside of the cell, only Phoenix was standing there.

Link sat back in his corner and contemplated what just happened.

Hope.

Yeah, I can definitely use some of that...

I think I'm goin' crazy. Was that really Fox I was talkin' to the whole time? How is that even possible?

Whatever, but he told me they were comin'...

Mario and Luigi...

These guys are amazin'. I don't even know what to think.

Actually I do... I think I'm getting' scared.

These guys are comin', but what if they don't make it in time? This is my last chance to get back to where I belong...

There's only less than an hour left. Things just suddenly got real serious...

__________________

Mario and Luigi could do nothing else but evade all attacks from the Time Devourer.

It had a wide variety of attacks: fire pillars, thunderbolts, comets, gravity bursts, aqua beams, and aero saucers, just to name a few. The brothers managed to avoid the onslaught, but only by the width of a hair. At first, they thought they we just skilled at evasion, but when this continuously kept happening, they figured something was up.

"All this time, with the power that that monster has, he still hasn't killed us yet?" Mario wondered. "I hate to say it, but I know our luck isn't that good."

"He's toying with us..." Luigi said.

Time Devourer just then began flying directly above the convertible. A flash of bright, yellow light was emitted from the creature's underbelly. Suddenly, it began raining thunderbolts.

Luigi took a hard right, trying to get out from under Time Devourer. Thunderbolts rained onto wherever Time Devourer's shadow covered the floor. Unfortunately for the brothers, this was a wide area. Luigi tried speeding up to get in front of the creature's shadow, while dodging the bolts of lightning. It seemed to be working; Time Devourer seemed like it couldn't keep up with their speed.

Just when they thought they were in the clear, Time Devourer flapped its wings powerfully, kicking up a strong gust of wind, and ascending higher into the air. Not only that, but one final bolt of lightning was dropped: a huge bolt of lightning that hit the ground with an earth-rattling crack. The brothers weren't hit by the lightning, but there was a powerful aftershock that launched them into the air.

As they were floating helplessly into the air, Time Devourer flew directly them, with its mouth wide opened. Second before it looked like they would be engulfed, Time Devourer made an amazingly fast dive for something its size, flipping itself over. In doing this, it caught the convertible with a vicious tail whip and knocked it back down to the ground. The car landed hard on its side, bounced off the road, then it landed on its four wheels again. Amazingly, Mario and Luigi survived that attack without a scratch.

"Did you see how fast it dove? Did you see that last bolt of lightning it sent at us? It's definitely just playing with us. At any given moment, it can crush us..." Luigi painfully realized.

"So how are we going to get out of this? In fact, where are we going?" Mario said. "We passed the exit to the 29th century a long time ago and the last exit I saw was to the 41st. What are we doing?"

"I don't know. I really don't know." Luigi admitted. "I don't even know why we're running. We can't escape this thing and I see no possible way of beating it..."

"So basically, it's over for us? We're just prolonging our imminent demises?" Mario asked, already knowing the answer.

"Yep..." Luigi answered.

"It never fails..." Mario muttered.

Suddenly, Time Devourer bulleted right over their heads, flying at incomprehensible speeds. It then made a midair switch, flying straight up into the black sky. It flew out of Mario and Luigi's sight, then switched direction once again, plummeting toward the road. Seconds later, it blasted through the ground and then erupted upward a few kilometers away.

Although it crashed through the road, it looked as if the road was unaffected. Luigi drove the car past where Time Devourer first hit the ground.

That's when the road began to crumble.

The ground below Mario and Luigi didn't break immediately; they saw the road ahead of them disintegrate into nothingness. Luigi whipped their ride into a u-turn, in an attempt to make it back to safe ground. Just when the car was pointing in the right direction, the ground below them finally began to give way, putting them on an upward incline. Luigi slammed the gas, in hopes of making it back safely. Just then, the inclined part of the road snapped off.

"JUMP!!" Mario ordered, noticing the gap between them and safety was a long jump away.

Both of them leaped off of the car, as far as their disguised bodies would allow them. Luckily, it was enough for them to reach the edge of the road. Or more specifically, it was enough for Mario to just barely grab the edge with one arm. In a familiar position, Luigi was dangling below Mario, hanging onto his legs.

"Déjà vu..." Luigi muttered.

Both of them looked down. There was no absolutely no ground. Infinite blackness awaited them if either one of them decided to let go.

As they hung out above oblivion, they noticed Time Devourer circling the sky above them, lingering like a vulture observing a dying animal. It dove toward the brothers, stopping at eye-level. Time Devourer's colorless eyes glared mercilessly at the helpless brothers. The brothers stared back, fearing the incomprehensible worse. Fearing their fates would involve a deep, dark, limitless oblivion that just so happened to be below them...

Unfortunately, their fears had come true. Time Devourer dove further beneath the dangling duo, and then began his viciously fast ascent to the sky, right through what little road the brothers had to hang on to. The edge Mario hung on to, as well as the chunk of road it was attached to, broke off, leaving Mario and Luigi to fall to their doom. Darkness consumed their eyesight as they fell into the endless void. The last thing they saw was Time Devourer flying high into the sky, back from where it came from.

Several eternities later... (Or actually, just five minutes...)

Luigi woke up. Although hard to imagine, it took him a while before he realized he was conscious. Where he lied, he couldn't tell if he was awake or dreaming because of how dark is was. The darkness was just consuming. When he finally realized he was fully awake, he began rising to his feet. Every which direction he looked: nothing but black.

Above him.

Below him.

To his left.

To his right.

Diagonally.

Fifty-seven degrees upward.

Everywhere, just darkness... But somehow, he could clearly see the rest of his body when he looked down.

"Mario?" Luigi called out while looking about.

No answer. He didn't see anything different either.

We probably got separated during the fall... Craptastic...

But don't worry too much, Luigi. Worrying won't help you at all. If there's a way into a situation, there's a way out. There's always a way out. Why don't we just go for a little walk?


Following his thoughts, Luigi began taking his first steps in oblivion. Walking was certainly a lot more interesting here than it was in a normal place. Even though he felt the soles of his shoes hit the floor and the friction between his shoe and the floor push him forward, it felt like he was getting absolutely nowhere. Since there were no reference bodies to help Luigi determine whether he was moving or not, it seemed as if he was simply walking in place.

Hmm... looks like this is going to be a long walk. I really hope Mario is alright, wherever he is.

Even though it seemed futile, Luigi continued walking.

And walking...

And walking...

He had been walking aimlessly for ten minutes. All this time, he still couldn't tell if he traveled even one centimeter from his starting point. But where the typical person would lose all hope and just give up, Luigi pressed on.

As he walked on, a tinge of color in the midst of infinite darkness caught his eye. He walked toward the color, noticing it was actually a brown color as he got closer. Soon enough, he was close enough to actually tell what he was walking toward.

A door.

In Luigi's mind, this wasn't any door. This door may very well control his fate. Surviving his ordeal with Time Devourer and the fall to nothingness was one thing, but finding a door in an indeterminate void...

Luigi bought his hand to the knob, and grabbed on. He hesitated for a second. Once he turned the knob, there was no going back. This could either have profound positive effects, or simply end it all.

Taking a deep breath, Luigi turned the knob and opened the door...
_________________
_________________

Act 9: So Close, Yet So Far (Part 9)

The first thing Luigi noticed was a light: a light that dispersed the darkness. Where one finds light, one finds hope.

And hope was what Luigi found, in the form of two people. The first person was none other than his brother, Mario. Holding back his utter happiness, Luigi just let a smile take over his face.

The second person, Luigi did not recognize. He was dressed in a brown overcoat buttoned all the way up, brown slacks, and a brown top hat to finish off his look. He was leaning on a brown wooden cane, fast asleep. His defining characteristic was the huge bubble inflating and deflating with every breath he took.

"How'd you get here?" Luigi asked his brother.

"Same way you probably did. I woke up, walked around, found this door, and entered." Mario explained. "When I came in, I found this old guy here. He's been sleeping ever since."

"You ever tried waking him up?" Luigi asked.

"The thought crossed my mind for a second, but then I thought about how our luck's been. For all I know, this guy might just kill me for no particular reason; just because he has that kind of power." Mario said. "I decided to wait for you. If we do have to fight, we'd be better off fighting as a duo."

"I don't think there'll be any fighting. I mean, look at the bubble coming from his nose." Luigi said, pointing at it. "Anyone who sleeps with bubbles that big in their nose can't be that threatening."

"Oh yeah? I dare you to pop it." Mario dared.

"That's alright... I don't really want old-man-sleep-bubble-snot on my finger." Luigi declined.

"But you're wearing gloves! Plus, it's not even your finger. You're still Waluigi, remember?" Mario pointed out.

"That's true... I think I'm starting to get too used to this body. I miss myself..." Luigi sighed.

"I miss my old self, too." Mario agreed.

The brother's stood around, thinking about their old bodies. The way things were going, it seemed they'd never turn back to normal. They thought about the real Wario and Waluigi...

What would Wario and Waluigi say if they saw us?

They literally imagined it. All four of them were standing in front of Mario's house, back in Mushroom Kingdom. Mario and Luigi, still disguised, stood side-by-side. The real Wario and Waluigi stood across from them, scratching their heads in disbelief, their faces screwed up in confusion.

"What the hell?" Wario and Waluigi uttered simultaneously, shrugging their shoulders.

The mental scene ended.

Yeah, that seems about right...

"Alright, since you won't do it..." Mario said, breaking the silence.

He walked over to the sleeping old man. Sticking his pointer finger out, he directed his hand to the nose bubble and popped it. It emitted a surprisingly loud pop, promptly waking the old man up.

"What?!" The man in brown shouted, completely disorientated.

Mario jumped back and assumed a fighting stance. Luigi also put his arms up, but not quite in a stance ready for battle.

The old man calmed down a little and looked around. He was very surprised to find two others standing with him.

"More people who have lost their way and found themselves in the End of Time." He said to himself.

"The End of Time?" The brother's gasped in disbelief.

"Yes. This is where all time dimensions meet. All of Time ends the same way." The old man stated. He had a slight English accent.

"Who are you, and how'd you get here?" Luigi asked.

"I am Gaspar, The Guru of Time." Gaspar introduced himself. "To go through all the details of how I arrived here would be mind-boggling. All that needs to be said is that I was bought here by accident. At first, I toiled to find a way out, and eventually I succeeded. But instead of escaping, I decided to stay. I wanted to assist those unfortunate enough to somehow end up here. Not many people come around here, so I spend a lot of time sleeping. It does get boring down here, you know."

"So wait a second... You can help us return to the normal time flow? Maybe... get us to the 29th century?" Mario asked.

"Quite possibly... It all depends on your intentions." Gaspar replied.

"Trust me, we're all for righteousness." Mario said and began telling Gaspar what happened to Link and how they ended up in the End of Time.

"Well, that's quite a story..." Gaspar said, impressed by the brothers' ordeal.

"That's not even half of it..." Mario sighed.

"So you're going to help us?" Luigi asked, one-hundred percent sure of the answer.

"Unfortunately, I can't..." Gaspar regretfully muttered.

"Wait, what?" Luigi gasped. This was the complete opposite of what he expected.

"I thought you were here to help anyone that got lost!" Mario exclaimed, upset that this old man acted against his word.

"Usually, I can help anyone that comes this way. But your case is a strange one." Gaspar stated. "You've crossed so many barriers to get here; it would be too complicated to return you to the normal time. I wouldn't even no where to begin! In all my years of being the Guru of Time, I've never faced dilemma more troublesome than yours. And believe me; I thought I've seen it all. I'm terribly sorry..."

And once again, Mario and Luigi's optimism had it's legs broken and was dragged facedown into a field where it was exposed to gamma radiation, left to bask in the lethal rays and die of some horrible, mutated cancer. They simply looked at each other and forced a weak, petty laugh.

"Well, I guess we'll be on our way." Luigi said, heading toward the exit leading back into the infinite blackness he came from with Mario following.

"Once again, I'm sorry I couldn't help." Gaspar called out as Mario and Luigi went through the door.

As the door shut closed, the slightest of smiles crept onto Gaspar's face.

"This isn't what I expected..." Mario said, surprised by the new room they had ended up in.

They exited the same door the entered through. They thought they'd be standing in oblivion once again, but instead, they were in a fenced-in area with a cobblestone floor. In the center of the room, there was a spotlight, where someone stood under it.

Or more accurately: something...

This wasn't a scary something, though. It looked like something you would keep as a pet. With its off-white, fuzzy fur, neck-less oval body, pointy ears, and beady eyes, why wouldn't you? It was the epitome of cute.

"Greetings, Mario and Luigi!" The creature in the spotlight welcomed.

"How do you know our names?" Mario demanded. "In fact, where are we, why are we here instead of the middle of nowhere, and..."

"Whoa, slow down!" The creature interrupted. "It's been a while since so many questions were thrown at me. In fact, it's been a while since I've seen anyone other than Gaspar."

"Who are you?" Luigi asked.

"Since I know your names, I guess it's only fair that you know mine. Call me Spekkio." Spekkio introduced himself. "You two should know why you're here: Gaspar is helping you two by sending you to me. In fact, this room doesn't exist unless he approves."

"What? He just told us he couldn't help us!" Luigi exclaimed. "He was saying something about--"

"Before you go on..." Spekkio interrupted, holding up one cute little finger. "...quiet down and listen closely."

Silence promptly befell the room. Almost immediately, faint laughter was heard. It was coming from the room they were previously in; the room where Gaspar was.

"He's laughing..." Mario realized.

"...at us." Luigi added.

"Yep, he tricked you good." Spekkio said.

"I'm two seconds from going back in there and knocking his teeth out..." Mario threatened. "I was feeling pretty hopeless."

"Calm down, Mario. Think about how long it's been since he's been able to do that. Just let it go." Luigi said, providing a voice of reason. Mario groaned in response. "So anyway, Gaspar sent us to you for help. What exactly can you do?"

"Allow me to answer that question with a question of my own: do I look weak or strong to you?" Spekkio asked.

"What does that have to do with anything?" Mario wondered.

"Just answer truthfully. What do you think?" Spekkio said.

Mario and Luigi replied "weak" and "strong", respectively. Spekkio got a good laugh from this.

"Strong?! Explain to me how this guy looks strong to you." Mario demanded, finding Luigi's statement outrageous.

"You ever heard of the phrase 'looks can be deceiving'?" Luigi said. "Why else would someone with Spekkio's appearance ask a question like that? Underneath the veil of cuteness lies an impossibly strong monster!"

"Well, I'm not denying that he might have some strength..." Mario said. "...but he can't be stronger than me! Basic strength is proportional to body mass. I'm a lot heavier than him, so I'm stronger than him. And in comparison to me, he's weak. Therefore, Spekkio looks weak to me." He deduced.

"Very nice logic, Mario." Spekkio complimented. "Would you care to verify your theory in an arm-wrestling contest against me?"

"Are you serious?" Mario asked in disbelief.

"Very." Spekkio simply replied.

"We don't even have a table to use." Mario pointed out.

Spekkio suddenly began to spin around rapidly. He slowly began inching out of the spotlight as he spun like a top. In his place, a rectangular table appeared, fully-equipped with three chairs: two chairs were directly across from each other, and one chair was kind of at the head of the table.

"Shall we be seated?" Spekkio offered as he climbed into his seat.

Mario and Luigi followed suit, and all three were seated: Mario and Spekkio sat opposite of each other, and Luigi sat to the right. Mario began stretching out his arms and cracking his fingers. He mainly did this for show. He expected a very quick and easy win. Spekkio sat staring at Mario's "preparation" and began to chuckle.

"What's so funny?" Mario wondered.

"Nothing. I'm just admiring your preparation routine." Spekkio said with a smile.

"Okay..." Mario muttered, unsure how to respond.

Finally ending his stretching and cracking, Mario took in a deep breath and breathed out, simultaneously dropping his elbow onto the table. Mario let it drop so heavily, he actually cracked the table a little.

"Whoa, Mario..." Luigi gasped.

"Whoops... Sorry about that." Mario apologized, even though he meant to do that, trying to intimidate Spekkio.

"Don't worry about it. Just lift your arm for a second." Spekkio requested.

Mario listened, and with a magic murmur, Spekkio fixed the crack.

"This time, gently put your elbow on the table." Spekkio said.

With a smile, Mario rested his elbow down with his hand up, waiting for Spekkio to do the same.

"You know what? It's been so long since I've arm wrestled anyone. Let me warm up on your brother, first." Spekkio said.

"What? No!" Luigi refused. "I can't arm wrestle anyone in this body! Look at my arms! They're like twigs!"

"Take it easy, Luigi..." Mario said. "You won't lose to him. It'll be like arm wrestling a puppy."

"The most powerful puppy ever! I'm telling you, Mario, you're underestimating Spekkio. He's a lot stronger than you think." Luigi warned.

"C'mon, Luigi! What do you have to lose? You'd just prove your point that I'm strong." Spekkio encouraged.

"Fine..." Luigi sighed, giving in to peer pressure.

He faced Spekkio and put his elbow on the table. Spekkio was too short for his elbow to reach the table, so he stood on his chair and leaned over to rest his furry elbow on the table and grabbed Luigi's hand.

"I'm ready whenever you are." Spekkio said.

"On the count of three, we'll both go." Luigi suggested.

Spekkio nodded and they both counted together.

"One... Two... THREE!"

Both contestants directed all possible strength into their arms, trying to pin either one's hand to the table surface. They were at a deadlock, struggling to move even an inch.

Just when Luigi felt as if he was going to lose his composure, Spekkio's seat slid back, causing him to lose a lot of leverage. Luigi bought his hand nearly to the table surface. Very gradually, Luigi was able to wear Spekkio's arm down until it finally touched the table.

Both battlers left out a long sigh.

"You want to count that? We'd still be at that deadlock if your chair didn't slip." Luigi offered.

"No, no, that's alright. You win, Luigi." Spekkio announced.

"Good job, little brother. I told you he wasn't that tough." Mario said. "If you still want to face me, Spekkio, I'll let you take a breather before we go."

"Of course I still want to face you! I challenged you first! Just because I lost doesn't mean I quit." Spekkio said. "I don't need to rest. I just needed to get my adrenaline running. I'm ready."

"Alright." Mario said, putting his elbow to the table once again.

Spekkio first moved his chair closer to the table, then rested his elbow on the table and grabbed Mario's hand.

"Count of three?" Mario asked.

"Count of three." Spekkio agreed.

"One... Two... THREE!"

Once again, both contestants started out in a deadlock. Immediately, Mario was surprised because this is the way Luigi's match started out. He knew he was stronger than Luigi, so he couldn't understand why he couldn't even budge Spekkio's arm.

But even more foreboding was the fact that while he was struggling to move Spekkio's arm down, he met no opposing force. He felt like he was arm-wrestling a wall. Mario trembled as he pushed to move his opponents arm. Spekkio, on the other hand, stood perfectly still. It was like he wasn't even fighting back.

Suddenly, Spekkio exploded with strength, throwing Mario's arm to the table. Before he even knew it, Mario saw his huge, beefy arm pinned down on the table. He sat there, completely shocked.

"Hmm, it seems like I win." Spekkio announced.

"I told you, Mario..." Luigi said.

"NO!!" Mario snapped, jumping up from his seat and throwing the table to the side. Wario's egotistical mind-frame had taken over once again without Mario's realization. "Arm wrestling doesn't prove anything anyway; it's hand-to-hand combat! Now come here!"

Mario wildly charged at Spekkio. Suddenly, Spekkio stuck his tiny paw out and pointed it at Mario. An energy ball jumped from his hand, into Mario's face. Mario got knocked onto his back in a hurry, lying in a daze.

Spekkio then closed his eyes and clasped his paws together. A bright yellow aura surrounded his body. It began to pulsate, growing larger in radius. Finally, Spekkio threw his arms into the air and let out a shout. The aura rushed into him, and exited his body as a beam of light. The light flew up into the sky and plummeted back down to earth as lightning. Its landing spot was right where Mario was lying...

C-C-C-C-C-C-C-CRAAAAAACK!!

Mario shook violently as the high voltage of the lightning swam through his body, giving him a grand mal seizure. Soon after the attack, he stopped shaking, lying facedown and motionless on the floor.

Just when Luigi was about to ask if his brother would be alright after something like that...

"Yes, he will be fine. I only gave him enough electricity to put him in a coma." Spekkio said.

"A coma?!" Luigi repeated, stunned. "Doesn't it take months to come back from that?! We have people to save! I can't do this by myself!"

"Will you let me finish?" Spekkio responded. "He'll be up on his feet again once I turn him back to his original self."

"What?" Luigi gasped in disbelief.

"He'll be up on his feet again once I turn him back to his normal self." Spekkio repeated himself. "I can restore you back to normal too, unless you like your new body."

"Ha! Double ha!" Luigi "laughed".

"I'll take that as a 'no'. Okay then, just close your eyes and picture your old body." Spekkio instructed.

Meanwhile in Mario's unconsciousness...

I want to go home.

I need rest. Too much has gone on.

This guy was supposed to help us out, and instead, I'm unconscious. And to top it all off, I can't even fathom how we're getting out of this one.

Everything is turning out great... and it's all thanks to Bowser.

Bowser... Bowser... Bowser...

Next time I see him, he's going to feel the full brunt of my frustration. I think I'm going to kill him.


Suddenly, and incredible flash of light jerked Mario out of his unconsciousness. He surveyed his surroundings, expecting to be somewhere else. In the midst of all the blackness, he saw a skinny brown peg in the corner of his eye. The same peg that belonged to the chair Spekkio was standing on.

For some reason, I expected to be back at home. I'm so homesick...

Mario managed to stand up on his own two legs. Literally! He looked down and was surprised to see his own short and stubby, yet remarkably strong legs as well as his blue overall pants and signature brown shoes. He also looked at his hands: white gloves that fit perfectly over his normal hands.

"Welcome back, Mario." Luigi greeted his brother.

Mario smiled back at his familiar younger sibling. Seeing his green hat and shirt, along with his blue overalls was indeed a comforting sight.

"Your welcome." Spekkio said.

Mario turned in the direction Spekkio's voice came from. He was shocked to see a different creature in Spekkio's place. Instead of a cute, furry little take-home-and-show-it-to-your-mom pet, there was a tall, brutish, hide-it-in-your-closet-and-lock-the-door monster.

Locking the door on this monster wouldn't save you from it, though.

The first thing noticeable on this creature was its humongous chest. Its pecs were enormous. Mario and Luigi, combined, couldn't measure up to its massiveness. Its legs were incredibly miniscule in comparison to its incredible upper body, though. The beast's legs were so small; it's a mystery how it managed to stand.

"Spekkio?" Mario gasped.

"The one and only. What's wrong? Surprised by my appearance?" Spekkio questioned, studying Mario's expression.

"No, not really. I see furry little animals change into huge muscle-bound monsters all the time." Mario casually replied.

"Thanks for giving us our bodies back, Spek. But we still need help getting to the 29th century." Luigi said.

"I can help... But on one condition..." Spekkio began.

"If it involves fighting you, then I quit." Mario mentioned.

"Unforunately, it does..." Spekkio said. "I'm the Master of War. I have a thirst for combat that can never be quenched. But luckily for you, your missions take priority over my desires. You just have to promise me that after you save your princess, you'll come back and fight me."

"Alright, no problem." Mario quickly agreed.

"Don't make empty promises. You must keep this after the vow is made." Spekkio said.

"Trust me, if we find a way to get back here, we'll be back." Luigi reassured him.

"You don't have to worry about that. Just take this egg." Spekkio commanded, holding his powerful hand out. A faint sparkle flickered in his palm, then a purple, black, and blue egg materialized in his hand. "This is a Time Egg. You can use this to bring you anywhere in Time without the threat of creating a bend. But it's only usable once."

Mario carefully took the egg from Spekkio and stared at it. He felt a strange power emanating from the egg.

"This feels uncomfortably important... like the essence of life or something." Mario said with an uneasy laugh.

"Well, it sort of is." Luigi said. "Time controls all of life, and life starts with an egg."

"Clever." Mario murmured while staring at the egg. "So how do I use this?"

"It's incredibly simple. Just hold it up and state your destination in time." Spekkio instructed. "And make sure Luigi is holding on to you somehow."

"Well... That is easy." Luigi admitted.

"Alright then, let's go." Mario said, motioning Luigi to grab his shoulder.

"To 29th century Mute City!" The Mario brothers exclaimed simultaneously.

The egg hatched in the middle of Mario's hand. A wispy cloud flowed out: black and purple swirled, forming the shape of a bird. It swooped down to Mario and Luigi and wrapped its wings around them, then began decreasing in size until it disappeared in a puff of smoke.
_____________________

"It's time..." Phoenix said after the barrier separating him from Link disappeared.

D***it... They're still not here yet...

I don't even think I can stall. I have nothin' to use...


"Hey! Get out of la-la land and get moving!" Phoenix ordered as he grabbed Link's arm and threw him in front him.

They began walking to the portal that would throw Link into the Darkness of Time. The strange part, though, was that they didn't put any handcuffs or any type of restraint on Link at all. If he wanted to, Link would easily be able to hit Phoenix with a two-hit combo and run. But he knew there was a reason why there were no restraints.

"Why didn't you guys cuff me?" Link wondered, stopping the walk to the portal. "You guys are that confident that I won't try some courageous s*** to try to escape? I mean, all I need to do is hit you with the left-right." Link threatened, jabbing the air with his left and right fists.

"Trust me, you can't. Even if you manage to make it out of this facility, you won't last long." Phoenix said, pushing Link forward.

"How? I'd be gone! You'd never find me." Link countered, slowing down once again.

"All prisoners have a chip as small as a blood-cell within them." Phoenix explained. "That chip is the handcuff. If you try to escape, it will release a fluid that will paralyze you."

"You people are some sneaky mofos, you know that?" Link claimed. "What'd you do? Secretly inject that into me with a needle or somethin'?"

"It's the future, my friend. Needles are too much of a hassle. You can resist the needle, but you can't resist breathing." Phoenix said. "When you were in that transport pod, that chip was released into the air you were breathing. And you know that oxygen gets diffused into your bloodstream through the lungs, right? So does that chip. That's also how a tiny chip like that is able to paralyze your entire body. The paralyzing fluid flows through your circulatory system."

"You know, I'm not stupid." Link said. "I coulda guessed the rest easily."

"Well, I don't know about you perpetrators..." Phoenix said. "You were stupid enough to recklessly run through time and change God-knows-what. I figured you weren't educated enough in how the body works."

"Well, thanks for the Biology lesson, Professor." Link sarcastically stated.

"You're welcome. Now it's off to your indefinite detention." Phoenix said, shoving Link into motion once again.

They finally left the room Link was being held in. The moment they left, a cloud of smoke gradually began filling the room. Afterward, the brume floated into itself and created a swirling vortex. From the vortex, out stepped Mario and Luigi. The vortex swirled smaller and smaller until it solidified, turning back into the Time Egg.

"The Time Egg..." Luigi said, looking at the egg.

"It's actually an egg again." Mario said.

"Didn't Spekkio say it was only useable once?" Luigi remembered.

"Yeah, but look at it. It looks exactly the way it did when he gave it to me." Mario realized. "I think we can still use it."

"I guess we'll be holding on to it." Luigi guessed.

"Of course!" Mario enthusiastically agreed, picking up the Time Egg and pocketing it. "Okay, so now we're in the 29th century. Where's Link?"

Perfectly timed as an answer, they heard a far-away scream. A familiar sounding scream. They figured the door led to a hallway. And down that hallway, they would find Link.

"That's him." Mario said. "Let's go."

Mario led the way to the door, only to stop right in front of it with a perplexed look. He reached for a doorknob, but there wasn't any to be found.

"Where's the doorknob?" Mario asked.

"It's the ultra-future. They probably scrapped that idea." Luigi guessed.

"So then how do we get out?" Mario wondered.

"Umm..." Luigi scanned the wall around the door. "Try that button right there."

Mario pressed a button to the right of the door. The door slid upward, leading to a white-tiled hallway.

"Progress!" Mario exclaimed. "Now which way did he go..."

Perfectly timed as an answer once again, Link screamed on top of his lungs.

"That way." Mario and Luigi said simultaneously, looking to their right. They began running down the hall, in hopes of catching up.

"What are they doing to him? It sounds so painful..."

Further down the hall...

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!" Link bellowed on top of his lungs.

"Why are you screaming like that?" Phoenix asked, quite annoyed and covering his ears.

"I dunno, really. I just feel like screamin'." Link admitted.

"You have to have a better reason than that..." Phoenix said.

"Alright then..." Link said, thinking of a better reason. "I'm goin' to the Darkness of Time. What reasons don't I have to scream like that?"

Phoenix was silenced. He did have a point. Phoenix was pretty sure he'd scream a couple of times, too.

Link shouted once again.

"Shut up!" Phoenix ordered, his eardrums ringing.

"Why? You're gonna arrest me for defiance?" Link said.

"Just stop, please! My ears are really sensitive, and you screaming like that isn't helping me." Phoenix said.

"Just deal with it. I'm only gonna be around for another... what... ten minutes? After that, you'll get all the silence you want." Link promised.

He shouted again. Phoenix clocked him over the head with his fist.

Back up the hallway...

"I don't know how I feel about the screaming..." Luigi muttered uneasily as they ran in Link's direction. "I'm glad he's so loud; it makes it easy to follow him. But that could mean he's being tortured or something. We should move faster."

"The screams are getting louder. We're getting closer. Don't worry." Mario assured his brother.

The brothers turned a few more corners, following the screams progressively getting louder in volume. Eventually, they caught up to someone. His back was to them as he was walking ahead of them. Mario and Luigi slowed down their pace. The man was wearing a white cape as well as a white helmet.

He turned a corner and came to a stop. Mario and Luigi slid back around the corner and waited to see what was going on.

"We're here." The caped man said.

"So soon? I was enjoyin' the tour of the facility." Someone in front of the caped man said.

Mario's ears perked up at the sound of the new voice he heard.

"We caught up." Mario quietly announced, recognizing the voice.

"Then the guy in the cape must be Phoenix." Luigi deduced.

Just then, it sounded like a door opened. The brothers peeked around the corner once again to see what was going on.

Link gazed into the room. He noticed it was much different from the rest of the facility. For the most part, the rooms and hallways were very light in color. Most of the rooms were white. This room, however, was a dull and mundane gray, with singe marks on the floor and walls.

"This is it. The gateway to the Darkness of Time." Phoenix said.

Mario and Luigi's eyes widened.

A sound that could only be described as a rip in dimensions was heard. Mario and Luigi felt a strong gust of wind coming from the direction of the gateway.

"If we're going to do something, now's the time." Luigi suggested.

Mario peeked around the corner again. Phoenix and Link were sharing a few words.

"Even though you don't deserve this, do you have any last words?" Phoenix asked.

"Yeah, I got a few..." Link began. In all actuality, he had nothing to say. The only reason he attempted to make up something to say was because he hoped Mario and Luigi were somewhere nearby, getting ready to save him.

"I don't think they're moving anytime soon." Mario observed.

"That gives us enough time to plan. Can you think of anything that'll get us out of here safely?" Luigi wondered.

"No..." Mario admitted. "You?"

"I've been thinking about that ever since we got here. ...and I see no way possible." Luigi stated. "This is the 29th century. Security is probably more advanced than we can ever imagine. I even doubt we made it here unnoticed. There's probably something coming for us right now."

"Then what do we do?" Mario asked.

"I really don't know..." Luigi solemnly sighed.

"I have an idea..." Mario suggested. He reached into his pocket and pulled out the Time Egg. "All we have to do is hold this up and tell it where in Time we want to go, right? Well, I don't know what century in Hyrule Link lives in, but I'm sure he does."

"So we nab Link and use the Time Egg right here?" Luigi guessed.

"No, Phoenix will try to stop us from escaping. I'm guessing we can use the Time Egg anywhere, so we'll just go to the Darkness of Time and use it there." Mario concluded.

"What if it doesn't work there?" Luigi said.

"I don't know... I guess we have to hope it does..." Mario said.

"I hate how much uncertainty there is with this plan... but it's our best bet. Let's get ready to grab Link." Luigi said.

They turned the corner and got ready to set their plan in motion. Link was just putting the finishing touches on his "last words".

"...and that's what I think would happen if cuccos and peahats were cross-bred. Massive hysteria would ensue for centuries to come. Even your technology wouldn't be able to stop them!" Link concluded.

"That made no sense, whatsoever. I don't even know what a cucco or a peahat is." Phoenix said.

"You will when they take over your city." Link said.

"Alright, into the portal." Phoenix ordered.

Link slowly turned to the gateway. A pillar of dark blue smoke swirled from the ceiling of the room to the floor. He took a step forward. The wind produced from the pillar nearly blew his hood off. He held his hat to his head as he looked back to Phoenix, then behind him, expecting the brothers to come at any minute. He saw nothing...

"What are you looking at? No one's coming to save you." Phoenix said, shaking his head at Link's wishful thinking.

Link sighed.

Well, this is it. I stalled as much as I could. I guess I'll see everyone again when--

Link's thoughts were interrupted when he felt a sharp tackle to his back, sending him flying out of control into the portal.

"What the he--" This was the last thing Link heard from Phoenix before he fell through.
_______________
_______________

And that's that.

Next chapter is deeply interesting, so make sure you're around for that one. That one should be coming very soon, like within a week soon.

See ya then.
 

DarkLink567

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Mar 27, 2002
Messages
489
Location
Sydney
Hi ZeekeXIV.
I've been reading ur story and i got to say this is great. I guess i'm a part of ur audience now. Anyway.....hope u update soon.
 

ZeekeXIV

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Apr 26, 2004
Messages
229
Location
On the Edge
Hey DarkLink. And welcome to the story. You picked a great time to join the crowd. I'm now inspired to post Act 9: Part 7. I've had this for a long time, but I was just lazy with posting it.

Anyway, here you go.
____________
____________

Act 9: So Close, Yet So Far (Part 10)

Falling through the gateway was indescribable. Colors flashed, yet vision was blurred. Sounds boomed, yet hearing was warped. Nothing made sense as he fell to his new home.

Soon, all sounds were gradually silenced. All colors disappeared, leaving stark blackness behind. Link finally hit the floor. He got up on his feet and looked around.

"D***, it's gonna be a long, painful death when the time finally comes..." Link said in response to his observance of his surroundings. There was absolutely nothing here. Nothing. Nothing but him and the darkness.

"Don't tell me you plan on dying here." A voice called out.

Well... there was nothing but him, the darkness, and another person.

"We're busting you outta this joint, see?" Another voice called.

Okay... nothing but Link, the infinite blackness, and two very familiar voices.

"Mario and Luigi..." Link murmured with unfathomable happiness.

Silence followed. Link and the Mario brothers simply stood staring at each other, in awe that this literal chase across time and space had finally ended. Link stepped forward and reached his hands out, prompting for a welcoming handshake. Mario and Luigi returned the favor by grabbing onto Link's hands. Link then pulled them in and gave them both a bear hug, managing to pick them both up off their feet.

"Easy, Link! We missed you, too." Luigi gasped, his voice strained because of Link's hug.

"Please put me down... My lungs hurt..." Mario weakly let out.

Link finally put the brothers down. Mario fell to one knee and began breathing in and out, getting air back into his lungs.

"What took you guys so long?!" Link exclaimed. "I thought it was all over for me!"

"You know how our luck goes. We went through all types of crazy crap trying to get to you." Luigi said. "We'd tell you about it now, but I'm sure you want to leave here, first."

"D*** right I do!" Link agreed. "But this is the Darkness of Time. The elders told me once you're here, that's it. You're stuck here forever. Even when you die, you don't go to Heaven or Hell; your soul is stuck here and left to aimlessly wander for all of eternity."

"I'm sure that's what happens. But only to people who come here without a Time Egg!" Luigi exclaimed.

Mario just then whipped out the egg.

"Our ticket outta here lies in there?" Link questioned. "We better not have to sit on it..."

"No, none of that." Mario said. "All we need to do is raise it in the air and say where we want to go. It's that simple."

"Wow..." Link was rendered speechless by the simplicity of the egg. "You know exactly where I want to go: Hyrule!"

"Which century?" Luigi asked.

"The eighth." Link answered.

"Alright, hold my shoulder." Mario instructed. Luigi and Link followed directions and clasped Mario's shoulders. "To 8th century Hyrule!" He rang out.

...

...

Nothing happened.

"...are we there yet?" Link asked.

"I'm not even going to answer that." Mario said. He then began studying the egg. "It looks exactly the same way it did when Spekkio gave it to us. Why isn't it working?"

"Let me see." Luigi said. Mario handed him the Time Egg. "Hmm... It kind of feels different... Even though I never held it before, I could still feel its power. But now... I don't feel anything."

Mario reached out his hand, signaling Luigi to give it to him. Luigi passed it back. Mario cradled the egg, trying to feel its power.

"...you're right..." Mario disappointedly sighed out.

"Now I wish you didn't tackle Link in here..." Luigi groaned.

"You tackled me in here?!" Link gasped.

"I thought we could've used the Time Egg to get us out!" Mario exclaimed.

Link let out an annoyed sigh. "So now what do we do? We're all together, but for what? To die here? Screw that idea! If there's a way out, we're gonna find it."

"And find it, we shall." Luigi agreed. "You recognize this place, Mario?"

"Kind of... This place reminds me of where I ended up after we fell off the Timeline." Mario said.

"The Timeline?" Link repeated.

"Yeah. We used a time machine to try to get to the 29th century." Mario explained. "All the centuries were conveniently connected by a highway. I remember seeing a sign that said the name of the highway; it was called the Timeline."

"Cute." Link said.

"Yep. Too bad that Time Devourer had to destroy it..." Luigi muttered.

"Time Devourer?!" Link gasped in shocked bewilderment. "What kind of scary-soundin' s*** is that? You actually fought somethin' called Time Devourer?"

"More like we ran away from something called Time Devourer. It was too powerful to fight." Luigi said. "But anyway, I think the place we ended up and the place we're in now are one in the same."

"Then we should be able to reach the End of Time." Mario said.

"That's what I'm hoping." Luigi agreed, thinking along the same lines.

"The Darkness of Time leads to the End of Time. Sounds crazy, but I'll believe it. How exactly are we gonna get there, though?" Link wondered. "There aren't any signs telling us which way to go. Everything is black and there are no landmarks. If we walk, we probably wouldn't even be able to tell if we were gettin' anywhere."

"Yeah, it'll be hard, but I think we can do it." Luigi stated, trying to instill team confidence. "Besides, what else can we do?"

With that, the reunited trio began their search for the door leading to the End of Time. Although they wished it was under different circumstances, they were happy to be back together. The last time they all saw each other was before the race.

"Hey, you know the last time we were all together was before your race with Falcon?" Link realized. "That feels like it was over a hundred years ago!"

"Technically, it was over a hundred years ago." Luigi said.

"Heh, true." Link laughed. "So who won?"

"We did." Mario said with a smile. "The race got so out of control that we ended up finishing it on foot. Falcon was about to win but he slipped on a Banana Peel."

"Of all the possible finishes, you guys get saved by a random Banana Peel... After this is over, I gotta hear more." Link said.

"So what's been going on with you? We heard you got drunk and started a riot." Luigi said.

Link's heart sunk. He was hoping he didn't have to talk about that.

"Are you even old enough to drink?" Mario wondered.

"I'm not a kid! I just lost control." Link defended.

"You don't just 'lose control'. I know you, Link. There was a catalyst somewhere. Something drove you over the edge..." Mario said.

Link sullenly looked down to the floor.

D***it... He must be talking about the phone call... Why'd you tell 'em, Tanaka?

"Don't look down to the floor. You're supposed to be telling me what it was!" Mario said.

Link immediately picked up his head. He looked at Mario, trying to suppress a smile.

"You're still not telling me what happened..." Mario sighed, growing annoyed.

"Some guys challenged me to a drinkin' contest..." Link lied. "I just wanted to shut them up, but I guess I ODed. I don't even remember if I won. I do remember that Phoenix came to arrest me for violatin' Time a little while afterward. I was drunk and I got pissed, so I tried to fight back. You know how the rest goes."

"...I'm telling you're mom." Luigi threatened.

"Shut up, Luigi." Mario and Link shot back.

They walked on in silence. As they traveled through the darkness, they noticed holes appearing in the ground at random. No sounds occurred when the holes appeared. They just came without warning. They would also disappear in a similar fashion.

"Where do you think those holes lead to?" Mario asked, breaking the silence.

"What? Those plot-holes?" Luigi asked.

"That's what they're called?" Mario wondered.

"No idea, but that's what I'm calling them. They make no sense. ...kinda like a plot-hole." Luigi said.

"You're so clever. So anyway, where do you think they go?" Mario asked again.

"Oblivion." Link simply replied.

"As if we're not there already." Mario said.

"Maybe they lead back to reality." Luigi guessed.

"Because we just might be that lucky..." Mario said.

"I'm gonna have to disagree with you, too, Luigi." Link agreed with Mario's sarcastic comment.

"Well, we might..." Luigi muttered. "Why don't you jump in, Mario? If it leads back to Hyrule, let us know."

Mario only shot back a menacing smile and a sardonic "hmph".

Silence befell the crew again. Nobody knew what to say to each other. There may have been much to talk about, but it just wasn't the time. The three were more focused on finding an exit than sharing words. Besides, traveling aimlessly through a dark void definitely had a knack for stifling conversation.

As they walked on, the environment began to gain a blue hue. Interesting, they collectively thought, but continued without sharing a word about it. Even more interesting, however, were their shadows suddenly appearing before them on the ground. Their walking slowed to a stop as they watched their shadows mimic their every move.

"...doesn't there need to be light before there's shadows?" Luigi wondered.

No one answered his question as they all froze in silent fear. Link's shadow suddenly unsheathed a hidden sword and viciously hacked Mario's shadow in half.

The trio could only step back and gasp. They wanted to run, but the fear they felt weighed heavily on them. They couldn't move beyond that.

Luigi's shadow watched in horror as Link's shadow continued to rip through Mario's shadow's corpse. It began backing off slowly, but tripped over itself and fell clumsily to the ground. Link's shadow finally turned towards the fallen shady image. It shook its head "no", pleading for its life as it knew what would happen next. Link's shadow would hear none of it, throwing its black blade through Luigi's silhouette. His shadow fell limp, weighing Link's shadow's sword down. With a strong, upwards slash, Link's shade-ridden image cut through Luigi's, leaving it to crumple messily on the ground.

"What the hell?!" Mario finally managed to blurt out.

As if it was answering Mario's question, two bright red spheres unfettered rage glowed where Link's shadow's eyes would be. It slowly began to rise up off the ground, standing at a height as tall as its caster with an obsidian-colored blade in hand.

"Dark Link...?" Link muttered.

"This isn't the first time you seen it?" Mario asked.

"This is the third time I've seen him: I fought the Water Temple, he followed me to the last Smash Brothers tournament, and now." Link explained. "He always comes for me at the worst possible times. And this is the worst of them all: I have nothin' to fight him with and he looks more powerful than ever."

"Should we even bother fighting?" Luigi wondered.

"There's no runnin', man. We have to beat him." Link said.

"Can you fight without a sword?" Mario wondered.

"I know the basics of the basics of punchin' and I can do a cool scissor kick. But after that, I'm screwed." Link said.

"Okay... we just might stand a chance." Mario sarcastically muttered. "Luigi, me and you will fight with everything we have. Link... ...kick him in the shins when you get a chance."

"..." Link couldn't even reply to that.

Mario and Luigi turned their attention to Dark Link. Despite his evil demeanor, he waited patiently for his opponents to start their attack, glaring menacingly at them with those flaming orbs of fury he used as eyes. Mario and Luigi stood to Dark Link's left and right and assumed a fighting stance.

They attacked.

Dark Link unleashed a devastating Spin Attack without hesitation. His Spin Attack was different from Link's: it created a powerful whirlwind which the brothers could not escape from. Trapped in a vortex of pain, the brothers could feel several additional hits smack them around mercilessly. Only seconds into the fight, the brothers felt as if they couldn't go on. Dark Link's opening move was already too much for them.

The whirlwind finally subsided while the brothers were a few feet in the air. They fell, seemingly lifeless, to the ground. And just to spit in their face, a huge plot-hole appeared right where the brothers were falling. Unable to do a thing, the two helplessly fell through.

The environment went from that blue hue to a murky red as they tumbled through the hole. Finally, they reached the ground, landing hard on their backs. As they struggled to their feet, they glanced around the area in an attempt to figure out where they were.

Immediately, they saw Link fighting his dark doppelganger, just in time to watch him perform his fabled "cool scissor kick". Catching a foot to his face, Dark Link stumbled backwards. Refusing to let Dark Link even breathe, Link threw himself at his opponent and bought him to the floor. He followed up with a flurry of hard and wild punches, aiming for any opened spot available.

"Link is pretty vicious." Luigi noticed.

"We can't worry about fighting etiquettes now. We're trying to live!" Mario said. "GO, LINK!!"

As the brothers began to cheer for their Hylian comrade, Link had managed to literally knock off a chunk of Dark Link's face, sending it sailing to the side of them and landing with a "splat".

"Yeah, Link!" Mario applauded.

"Break his face!" Luigi ordered.

While they concentrated on the massive-scale beating Link was dealing, they didn't notice the liquidy mess sliding across the floor, sneakily creeping behind them. As it crept, it began gaining extra appendages, such as legs, arms, and a pair of glowing, red eyes... Once behind the unsuspecting brothers, it had become whole and rose to its feet. A sword faded into its hand...

The brothers watched Link clasp his hand around his dark copy's neck as he raised his fist. This would be the definitive blow. The brothers could think of nothing else but giving each other a hearty hug. After their failure to even touch Dark Link, they thought it was over, but Link proved to be more battle-savvy than he led on. Once again, they'd defy Fate and accomplish the impossible.

But Fate quickly reminded them that he was not to be defied.

As soon as Mario and Luigi embraced each other, a sudden cold sensation felt as if it penetrated them. Mario looked behind Luigi. A pointed end seemed to be sticking out of his back... Luigi looked behind Mario. Dark Link stood there, a devious smirk spread across his face has he slowly slid his sword out of his brother's back.

Once the sword was out, the brothers collapsed. They could only look up to Dark Link, his eyes glowing with satisfaction as he heard a terrified scream.

"NOOO!!!"

Immediately, Link was with them, tears flowing freely from his eyes. The brothers wanted to speak, but their energy was sapped. They heard a voice shouting for them, but it sounded muffled and warped. Their senses were leaving them. It was a struggle for them just to keep their eyes opened.

This was it... The end of the Mario brothers. The only thing they could do was watch Link and his dark copy finish their battle.

Link rose to his feet and glared at Dark Link. He seemed to be smiling. Link wouldn't let that slide. He charged at him, throwing a hard fist right at his jaw to wipe that sneer of his face. Dark Link was floored, losing his sword as it flew out of his hand. Link could only think of one thing to do as he claimed Dark Link's weapon and pointed it at his dark visage. But even in the face of guaranteed death, Dark Link still seemed to be smiling. Link wasn't going to leave that sneer there for long. He bought his hand back, ready to throw it through his enemy's face in an instant.

But the suddenly blade thrown through his back let him know he took too long to act. Link fell to one knee in excruciating pain and astounded disbelief. A dark hand pulled Dark Link to his feet. To Link's astonishment, another Dark Link was standing in front of him. It then degenerated into a liquidy blob and found a place on the original Dark Link's face. A taunting laugh echoed in Link's ears as he finally fell over, exhausted and on the verge of death alongside the Mario brothers.

As he suffered in his last moments, Link felt the blade lift out of his back. He managed to turn over once the sword was completely out of him. It floated above him, the hilt pointing down toward him. If he had the strength, he could reach up and grab the handle...

Gathering every little bit he had left, Link lifted his arm up as high as it could go. The hilt touched his palm. He grabbed on tightly. Just as he clasped the sword in his hand, it rose up higher, lifting Link off the ground. As he floated, Link noticed he was traveling closer to Dark Link. He didn't seem to notice Link dangling from the sword's handle, though. Though his hand was outstretched, as if he was summoning the sword, his eyes were closed.

Link couldn't have wished for a better opportunity.

Using his last burst of adrenaline, Link pulled the blade down with his weight, charged at the unsuspecting Dark Link, and impaled him through the brain. Both of them fell in a crumpled mess on the floor. Neither of them moved...

Before the brothers could take their last breath, another plot-hole appeared below them. They appeared through the other side, back in a blue-hued environment. Surprising to both of them was the fact that neither of them were mortally wounded. They both stood on their own two feet.

"What... happened?" Luigi uttered.

Mario couldn't even answer. He automatically feared the worst: what he and his brother just experienced might've been a forecast of the very near future...

Before he could voice his thoughts to his younger sibling...

"You're back!" Link shouted out. The brothers looked towards a battered Link running towards them. "I thought it was over when you two fell through that hole!"

"Where's Dark Link?" Mario asked.

"I dunno. After you guys fell in that hole, we've been fightin' ever since. The last thing he did was smack me with his shield, then he disappeared." Link said. "I know he's still around, though."

"Okay." Mario nodded. "Link, I think we should run next time we see him."

"What?" Link's face screwed up in confusion. "I told you we can't run from him. The only way we can escape him is if we fight and beat him."

"Listen, we have to run." Mario stressed. "We won't survive if we try to fight. I think I saw our deaths when we fell down that plot-hole."

Those words hit Link hard. He looked to Luigi for verification. He could only nod slowly.

"You guys can't be givin' up on me." Link refused to hear what they were saying. "We didn't come all this way to die in the middle of nowhere."

"Link, this isn't about heroism. We're helpless here. If we fight, we're going to die." Mario argued.

"I know that, but if we run, we're going to die faster." Link countered. "I know what I'm talkin' about, Mario. Dark Link won't quit until we're just memories. I'm not tryin' to be a hero now. If I'm gonna go out, it won't be with my back turned, runnin' away. He's gonna have to work for this kill."

"The floor..." Luigi interrupted with a shaky voice, glancing around his feet.

Mario and Link looked down. Endless legions of hands seemed to be shooting out of the ground, trying to grab at their ankles. They kicked in resistance, but their feet sailed right though them. Finally, they felt a tight grip around their legs dragging them down into the darkness. They struggled to escape, but of course, their efforts were met with failure.

Just before they fell completely under, they stopped sinking, with their necks just barely sticking out of the ground. All the hands around them began regrouping until there was only one left. It climbed out of the ground, followed by the rest of its body. Dark Link made his presence felt as he summoned his dark blade to his side. Mario, Link, and Luigi could only wonder what would happen to them now that they had no possible way of protecting themselves.

Dark Link stopped at Luigi first. He poked him in the forehead a couple of times with his sword. Luigi's eyes were shut tight, flinching each time he felt the steel touch his forehead. Suddenly, he felt a sharp blow to his cheek. Dark Link just kicked him in the face. Dark Link continued to mercilessly kick Luigi until his head tilted to the side motionless.

"STOP!!" Mario pleaded, not able to take watching the merciless assault on his brother.

Dark Link suddenly in his direction. He braced himself, expecting a similar fate. Immediately, Dark Link stomped on the ground. Mario flew up out of his hole in the ground, and floated in the air. Dark Link seemingly teleported to the floating Mario and gave him a monstrous backhanded slap with his shield. He spiraled as he fell to the floor, and skidded to a stop after he landed, lying unconscious as well.

Dark Link finally walked toward Link. As his evil copy walked toward him, Link glared at him, showing no fear. Link noticed that the closer Dark Link got, the more of his body came out of the ground. Eventually, they stood face-to-face. Link's bright blue eyes burned a hole through Dark Link's glowing reds.

Then Dark Link began laughing. His voice sounded exactly like his. A taunting laughter... The cackling grew louder and louder until Link couldn't take it anymore.

He reared his fist back and swung forward with all his might, aiming for Dark Link's face. His fist connected perfectly, crushing Dark Link's nose. Dark Link stumbled back, then caught his footing. He looked up at Link and started laughing again; the same taunting laughter. The type of laughter that said:

"It's impossible for you to beat me. No matter how hard you try, no matter how powerful you get, I will always be one level above you. And I will always be there to make your life hell. There's no escape. None."

Infuriated, Link swung at his foe again. Dark Link reacted with a dodging spin. Link continued to come closer and closer, rearing his fist back to deal another heavy punch. Dark Link suddenly stumbled as Link closed in on him. This was all Link needed, as he landed another precise blow to his doppelganger's face.

But something was wrong...

As his dark copy sprawled out from the hit, Link dropped as well. Pain of a magnitude he could never hope to describe shot through his abdomen and radiated throughout his body. He clutched his stomach only to find a misplaced hilt. It suddenly hit him...

He had been stabbed in the stomach.

Dark Link took the attack on purpose. Upon realization, he found Dark Link standing over him, once again with that cruel smirk...

Just then, Mario finally opened his eyes. The world appeared to him as an undecipherable blur. Despite this, he managed to rise to his feet, but unsteadily stumbling around as he tried to get his vision back into focus. He tried rubbing his eyes a little. It actually seemed to help, as he could make out his hands in front of his face. He continued to rub his eyes, blinking rapidly after each rub. Gradually, he was able to make out the reddish environment. He was also able to see two figures together: one green and one black. He concentrated on these figures as the world came back into focus. Once Mario was able to make them out, though, he immediately wished he was unconscious again. He watched as Dark Link viciously pulled his sword from Link's stomach. A stream of blood ran down his green tunic as Link sunk to the ground.

"NOOOOOOOO!!" Mario screamed as he ran toward Link.

Dark Link intervened with another thunderous blow from his shield. Mario flew back and landed hard on his back. Still not over the last hit he got from Dark Link, Mario remained on the ground, unable to even see or think straight.

Dark Link turned his attention back to the suffering Link, who was growing weaker with each passing second. He marveled at the unfathomable pain that could be seen in his eyes. It pleasured him to the point where it should've been illegal. With the face of his sword under Link's chin, he guided him to his feet. He smiled at his weak compliance.

Link had no idea what to do. He may've said if he was going to die, it wouldn't be with his back turned, but he didn't anticipate dying at all. He watched his dark clone twist his body, preparing to slice him into nothingness with his Spin Attack. But then, with the randomness they're known for, a plot-hole suddenly appeared behind Dark Link. His adrenaline pumped for possibly the last time as he thought of one last-ditch effort to save the brothers from his dark doppelganger.

Mario came to his senses once again. Ignoring the unbearable pain of a possible concussion, he hopped to his feet, remembering the last thing he saw before he got knocked out. He was just in time to see Dark Link unleash a Spin Attack directed toward Link's head. With a sudden burst of energy, he ducked under the swing of the blade, which hacked off the top of his hood as well as some renegade hairs. Dark Link's back was to Link when he tackled him. Mario watched both of them tumble right into a plot-hole, which promptly disappeared afterward.

Mario was left stunned. To describe what he was feeling was impossible. It was deeper than the deepest kind of hopelessness and sorrow imaginable. His migraine wasn't helping either. Not knowing what else to do, he headed over Luigi, who was still buried neck-deep in the ground. As Mario came closer, Luigi started coming to.

"Luigi?" Mario called out, not knowing whether his brother was conscious or not.

"Don't talk so loud..." Luigi muttered. "The slightest vibration in my eardrums gives me a headache."

"Sorry..." Mario apologized, his voice quieter than before.

"How long was I out? I feel like I've been here forever." Luigi said.

"We've been through so much; we might as well have been here forever." Mario sighed.

Luigi glanced around, on the lookout for Link and Dark Link. As far as he could tell, they weren't there...

"Where's Link?" Luigi wondered.

Mario hesitated, his heart growing heavier for each word he had to convey to Luigi telling him about Link's fate.

Luigi could see it in Mario's face. Something was horribly wrong.

"Mario...?" Luigi murmured.

"Link... was stabbed in the stomach..." Mario forced out. Luigi closed his eye and bowed his head solemnly. "A plot-hole appeared behind them a second later..." Mario continued. "...and somehow, Link mustered enough strength to tackle Dark Link. They both fell in the hole."

"They'll be back." Luigi stated, sounding optimistic.

"Are you sure? Just because we came back from the plot-hole we fell in doesn't mean they will. I don't think all plot-holes are the same." Mario disagreed.

"I have to be optimistic about it. It's like Link kept saying: we didn't come all this way to die." Luigi said.

"But what about the wound in his stomach? It went right in." Mario remembered. "And what about what we saw in that plot-hole? That had to have foreshadowed our end..."

"Maybe..." Luigi countered. "We all died in that scene. But so many things have happened between then and now where we all should've died, and yet, here we are. Even Link managed to tackle Dark Link into a plot-hole after getting stabbed."

"You're right... but that means Dark Link will live, too." Mario pointed out.

"Yep..." Luigi muttered. "I guess we'll be crossing that hurdle when we get there. But right now, you need to pluck me out of the ground."

Mario nodded. He grabbed Luigi's head and was about to pull, but halted for a second.

"Okay... How am I supposed to do this? I can't pull you out by your head; that might kill you." Mario said.

"You're right..." Luigi agreed. "If I could get myself out, I would, but I can't even wiggle my toes. It doesn't even feel like dirt I'm buried in. It's almost like some type of concrete."

"Concrete..." Mario groaned. "...and I forgot my jackhammer at home..."

Luigi laughed a little. "You don't usually make jokes when bad things happen."

"I'm just following your example. It's better than thinking we're all going to die here." Mario admitted.

Luigi smiled in response. "We still gotta figure out how we're gonna get me outta here."

Mario stood by and thought for a second. As he thought, he felt the ground beneath him get softer. It kept getting softer to the point where it felt like there was nothing there at all. Then he felt like he was falling. He looked down and actually saw the rest of Luigi's body falling below him.

A plot-hole must've appeared below us. Thank you, Darkness of Time.

The brothers landed hard on top of each other. Still feeling the hurt from their ordeal, they writhed in pain.

"I love the Darkness of Time..." Luigi groaned.

Mario was the first to his feet, though holding his back. He looked around. The first thing he noticed was that the environment was a deep black again. He also noticed a tinge of brown in the distance.

"Is that...? I think we're here!" Mario exclaimed.

"Huh?" Luigi wondered at the sound of Mario's excitement.

"The End of Time! The door is right there!" Mario exclaimed, pointing toward it.

Luigi immediately jumped to his feet, then immediately held his tailbone in pain. He was in no condition to celebrate with excessive body movements.

"I'm so glad we're here. I hope Gaspar or Spekkio know how to get the Time Egg working again." Luigi hoped.

"They might know how to find Link, too." Mario speculated. "Let's get going."

Mario and Luigi made their way to the door leading to the End of Time, half running, half limping. They finally reached it, stopping right in front and staring at it in awe. Luigi grabbed the knob and turned.

They opened the door leading to more of the Darkness of Time. The End of Time was nowhere in sight.

"There's nothing here..." Mario muttered.

"Maybe there's more than one door." Luigi guessed.

"There better be. Let's go back and check it out." Mario suggested.

The brothers about-faced to exit through the door they came through. To their surprise, there was no door to exit through!

"...there was a door here a second ago." Mario calmly pointed out despite his disbelief.

"Well obviously it's gone now." A brash, yet somehow familiar voice spat.

"Huh?" The brothers simultaneously turned around. They couldn't believe who it was.

A Lakitu. And not just any Lakitu; this was the same Lakitu that delivered the Red Fire to Casino Palace.

"No..." Mario gasped, shaking his head.

"How is it possible that you're here?" Luigi wondered. "This place is like a rift in dimensions. We used a machine specifically designed for the sole purpose of sending people here to get here."

"Have you ever wondered how you get your deliveries sent directly to you by only whistling?" The Lakitu asked. "The answer is technology more advanced than anything you can possibly fathom. So now that that question's been answered, you might be asking another one. I dunno, I'm guessing: 'why is this Lakitu here?' Well, if I remember correctly, you guys didn't pay me for my services. What, you think I'm running some sort of charity? You think I do this for the sole satisfaction of delivering some junk that some idiots can't deliver themselves? I'll let you answer this question. What do you think?"

"Yes, you do." Mario answered.

"And what the hell would give me the incentive to be so mindlessly kind?" The Lakitu asked.

"Because I will kill you if you continue this BS." Mario threateningly answered. "We're not paying you a penny! You don't deserve anything after what you put the entire kingdom through when your entire species worked for Bowser."

"Here's a news flash, buddy: times have changed!" The Lakitu stated. "We all work under our own free will, now. And my free will demands my just payment. I don't enjoy this job. I don't enjoy the people I see doing this job. I don't like the people I work with doing this job. I don't like the places I end up doing this job. With all my heart, I hate this job. The only reason I'm stuck doing this crap is because everyone is under the same impression you are. Everyone thinks we're still loyal servants of King Koopa. If I wrote a book about how I felt about Bowser, I'd have the number one best-seller. We all get stuck with the jobs no one wants. I take it personally when my kind gets jerked on a payment because someone thinks we don't deserve it. I personally make sure that that person pays dearly. And yes, that was a double entendre."

"I'm glad you're so clever. And no, despite your pitiful sob story, I'm still not paying." Mario stated, heatedly. "I know you loved every second of terror and mayhem you bought. Before Bowser, Lakitus were considered jokes. I don't blame anyone that thought that, just look at you! The nerdy glasses, the puffy cloud with a happy face, the three hairs on your otherwise bald head... What's there to take seriously about you? But when Bowser armed you with those Spinies and combined it with your ability to fly, that's when you became dangerous. No longer were Lakitus laughed at. You were feared, and you loved it."

"You know what? I'm obviously not getting anywhere. I try asking nicely, and I get a s***ty attitude in response." Lakitu muttered, shaking his head. "As much as I hated Bowser's guts, he and I agreed on one thing: the only way to get what you want is by force."

"You're nothing without your cohort Spinies! What are you gonna do? Rain on me?" Mario said.

Right there, Lakitu began to transform right in front of their eyes. The three hairs on his head grew to incredibly shaggy proportions, extending lower than the cloud he floated on. His "nerdy" eye glasses seemed to meld into his eye sockets, resulting in Lakitu gaining big, vein-ridden eyes. Even the cloud transformed: its usually serene and cute smile mutated into a demented sneer. Along with these changed, Lakitu also grew to three times its normal size. Once it seemed to have finished changing, it floated there, staring at Mario and Luigi with menacing intent.

"Mario..." Luigi whispered, his voice trembling a little.

"What?" Mario responded, sounding upset with himself.

"You know what I wondered to myself when you told him off? 'I hope we didn't just add an unnecessary obstacle to our journey.'" Luigi said.

"Please shut up. How was I supposed to know the one Lakitu I tell off also happened to be some deranged mutant Lakitu?" Mario defended.

"Don't refer to me as a Lakitu when I'm in this form." The Lakitu growled with a deep, seemingly two-voiced voice. "I'm a Lukati now."

"You're still a mutated Lakitu." Mario replied, fearlessly.

"You're just trying to die, aren't you? The angrier I get, the more powerful I become. And the more powerful I become, the more painful your death will be." Lukati snarled. "Now that you're seeing me like this, maybe it scared some sense into you. I'm going to try one last time: give me my money and I will let you go."

"Intimidation doesn't work on me or my brother. You're not getting anything from us." Mario bravely stated.

"I'm pretty intimidated, right now." Luigi murmured. Mario promptly elbowed him in the stomach.

Lukati sighed in disappointment. Silence followed; a very uneasy silence. This was the first time either brother saw a Lukati, so they expected anything and everything.

"Then kiss your a**es goodbye!" Lukati roared in a monstrous rage.

He threw his arms out and screamed into the air. His cloud's smile also grew wider and wider. Suddenly, lightning surged from his entire body and shot out in ever conceivable direction. Of course, Mario and Luigi were hit with a heavy dosage of electricity. They flew back from the shocking impact. Neither of them could even think about fighting back. Staring up in a daze, they only thought of how they could possibly survive Lukati's onslaught. As they stared up, faces began appearing in their view. The face was accompanied by rows of sharp, yellow, ravenous teeth and huge, deep black eyes.

The brothers jumped to their feet, only to find themselves surrounded by a five dangerous creatures. Each one of them had beige bodies protected by a grand spiky shell.

"Mutated Spinies..." Mario muttered.

"Say hello to my five pets: Spike, Spikester, Spikeson, Spikesworth, and Spii." Lukati introduced. "Call them Spikies. They'll be mauling you to death in a few moments."

"Them?" Mario said, glancing at all of them. "You know you're just proving my point? Even in your scary new powerful form, you still depend on your little minions to finish us."

"I don't think we're strong enough to fight him." Luigi whispered. "I don't even think we're strong enough to fight just one of these guys."

Immediately, five popping sounds occurred. Spikes began flying everywhere. They flew right into Mario and Luigi's skin, sending a surge of pain with each spike lodged in their body. They fell to the floor, writhing in blinding agony.

"And you wonder why I don't want to take you myself?" Lukati asked. "I'm all for senseless violence and unfair advantages, but me against both of you is the same as both of you in a sealed room full of carbon monoxide. There's no chance at survival. Now you against my five Spikies... that's like you in a room full of carbon monoxide with no door, but a window slightly opened. There's a chance you might get out alive. Now... you have twenty seconds before Spikesworth and his brothers rip you two apart. Say your last words, then prepare for eternity."

"Okay, twenty seconds to plan. What do we do?" Luigi asked.

Mario paused as if he was thinking of something. Instead, he replied...

"I'm going to hope something comes out of nowhere to save us from an unbearably painful death." Mario said. "There's nothing we can do."

"Ten seconds..." Lukati announced.

Luigi bowed his head and closed his eyes. "What I wouldn't give for a plot-hole right now..." He sighed.

In the distance, ten feet behind Lukati, a small plot-hole appeared.

"I believe your plot-hole is somewhere over there." Lukati pointed out.

"D***it..." The brothers sighed simultaneously.

"Well, your time is up." Lukati said. "What do you know, another double meaning. Maybe I should write that book..."

As he said that, the mutated Spikies jumped at the helpless, spike-pummeled Mario brothers. They closed their eyes and braced themselves as they prepared for a pain they would never forget, even in the afterlife.

They heard and felt the whoosh of a blowing wind. Immediately, that struck them as weird. During the entire time they were in the Darkness of Time, they never felt any type of wind. It was also a long time since they closed their eyes. They opened their eyes to see that they were alone, except for a stunned-looking Lukati. He seemed to be staring at something in dumbfounded awe.

The brothers stood up, noticing a fine dust floating off of them as they rose. They then looked over to where Lukati was staring. A black figure stood there with his back facing his audience, with sword and shield mounted there. The shield was in the shape of a five-sided diamond, with a thick black outline. On its shining silver face, a design similar to a black clock was seen, and in the middle of it, there was a strange slit.

"That can only be Link." Mario said out loud with a smile beyond relief.

"d*** right." Link replied, turning around.

Mario and Luigi were surprised when they saw Link's front side. The biggest difference was his body size. Link looked much stronger than he did before: his arms were thicker and ripped, and his chest was bigger. He was also wearing a black tunic as well as a black hood to match, still with the same-old off-white pants he usually wore.

"Where did you come from?!" Lukati demanded.

"You don't need to worry about it." Link replied.

"What type of ******** answer is that?!" Lukati shouted, growing in anger and power.

"What did I just say?" Link casually responded.

"RRRRRRRAAAAAAAAAAAUUUUUUUUUUUGGGGGHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!" Lukati boomed as electricity pulsed out of his body and bulleted wildly in every direction.

He then held his hand out. All the lightning he emitted stopped their unpredictable paths and rushed into his hand. One huge thunderball emerged as he stared threateningly at Link. Lukati clasped his hand into a fist. The ball of lightning turned into a huge bolt. With that, he threw the bolt directly at Link at the speed of light.

From the brothers' perspective, Link just stood there. Suddenly, the lightning bolt bounced off of him and pounded Lukati off of his cloud and onto the ground before he even realized it. They turned to each other in bewilderment.

Instant slow-motion replay.

Lukati chucked the tremendous bolt of lightning forward. It bolted toward Link, shocking even the tiny molecules of oxygen in the air. Link smiled, then whipped out his shield and put it in front of him. The clock on the shield glowed gold and the slit in the middle opened up, revealing a large clear eye. The lightning rushed straight into the eye, leaving Link unscathed. The eye then blinked once. The lightning poured out of the eye as if it was crying electricity, then it rocketed right back to the mutated Lakitu, knocking him senseless off his cloud.

Lying on his back in confusion, Lukati could only wonder what just happened. His question would never be answered, though. Link stomped on the ground, sending a shockwave that traveled through the floor, directly to the grounded Lukati, and knocking him into the air. Link then unsheathed his sword. The blade was just as black as the rest of the Darkness of Time, seemingly made from the infinite blackness itself. Link bolted toward the air-born Lukati, who was still on an upward ascent. He moved so fast, it was impossible to track him with the naked eye. Once Link was right within prime striking range, Link swung upward, slashing right through Lukati's shell. Momentarily, it seemed as if Link did nothing. He stopped behind Lukati and sheathed his sword again. Lukati finally began to fall to the floor. At that precise moment, Lukati separated into two symmetric halves. He then disintegrated into obscurity, unnoticeable dust from his body dispersed in all directions.

Completely awestruck by Link's new arsenal, the brothers could do nothing but clap for his outstanding performance.

"Thank you, thank you. I'll be here all night." Link said appreciatively, taking a bow.

"I really hope not." Mario said.

"I've never wanted to leave somewhere so badly..." Luigi groaned.

"Well, today is your lucky day!" Link announced. "That's actually gonna be my next trick. But to do it right, I'm gonna need one Time Egg."

Mario took the egg out of his pocket and handed it to Link.

"Alright, watch the skills." Link stated.

He then threw the egg into the air. As the Time Egg floated upward, Link did a backflip away from the egg. The egg began its descent. As it fell, Link unsheathed his sword. The egg was at the same level as Link's eyes when he looked at it. He then stabbed forward, piercing the Time Egg and shattering the shell. A black shadow in the shape of a bird was impaled by the sword. The shadow then diffused into the blade. The blade began radiating a black aura. Link smiled at the brothers as they looked back at him as if he was crazy. He did just destroy their only way of escaping this dark hell.

Link then turned his back to the brothers and looked out into the darkness. Suddenly, he slashed at the darkness in four distinct directions: to the right, to the left, up, and then down. Link finished it off with a kneeling palm-strike forward into the empty air.

With a surprising explosion, a huge hole appeared before them. It looked like a plot-hole, only it was in the air, and the other side of the hole was not displaying dark nothingness. On the other side, there was a green field with a dirt path cutting through the middle under a starlit night sky. Being exposed to bland emptiness for so long, all three of them stood and marveled at the simple beauty of the night.

"Guys..." Link began. "Once we step through this portal, we'll be back in Hyrule, exactly where we're supposed to be."

"Lies." Mario simply replied, trying to suppress a hopeful smile.

"I'm not lyin', man." Link shook his head with a big smile. "This is it. What you're looking at is Hyrule Field at nighttime."

The brothers looked at each other. They were beside themselves in indescribable glee. They took a few steps closer to the portal, stopping where Link was standing. They all looked at each other, then stepped through the portal.

There was an immediate change in atmosphere. The environment in the Darkness of Time felt desolate, hopeless, painful, and empty. The environment on Hyrule Field was completely different. They could actually feel happiness. They felt optimism. They felt opportunity. Even the pain the brothers felt was gone. They looked at themselves. Everywhere they had been bruised, wounded, and cut had been healed.

"The air is so fresh and cool... I can't believe we're here. I don't believe we're here. This is too good to be true." Mario said.

"Need proof? Look over there." Luigi said, looking behind the three-man crew.

All three of them turned around to see Ganondorf's castle. Over the castle, sky was overcast, with lightning flashing violently as thunder boomed. The looming fortress served as a reminder of why they've been through what they've been through.

"We're here, Mario." Link said.

"Yeah..." Mario agreed. "Okay, here's the plan of action. Right now: sleep. Right under the stars. Sleep as well as you can because tomorrow, we have a pivotal day ahead of us. The final battle begins."

"With my new powers, we'll be done quickly." Link stated, confidently.

"That's another thing. You need to let us know what you can do. You have to tell us about what happened when you tackled Dark Link into that plot-hole tomorrow, too." Luigi said.

"No problem. I'll be tellin' this story to my kids when I have 'em!" Link said.

"Alright, lights out, people." Mario said, making a comfortable spot for himself in the soft grass of the gentle plains.

Luigi and Link followed suit, plopping themselves right onto the ground.

"Good night, peeps." Link murmured.

"Night, Link." The brothers responded as all three of them closed their eyes and fell asleep.
_____________
_____________

Next act: FINAL ACT.

What to expect? Insanity. Complete and utter nonsensibility.

When to expect it? Who knows... You know how I do: one second, I'm here promising a new chapter, and the next thing you know, it's been almost a month and I'm still a no-show.

But I'll do my best to get it to you in a reasonable amount of time.

Until then...
 

MewtwoMaster2002

ミュウツーマスター2002
Joined
Dec 19, 2002
Messages
6,148
Location
Japan
3DS FC
2922-0496-2962
That update was great. Finally after this act we will see Dr. Mario try to take over the world.
 

DarkLink567

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Mar 27, 2002
Messages
489
Location
Sydney
Great update Zeeke. Dark Link? What a coincedence, i had a feeling he was gonna be there somehow, with Link and Co. being in the Darkness of Time and all.
The story seens a bit confusing at times but its all good. And just so I'm sure, will their be a sequel like u said, and also will it involve Mewtwo and Dr. Mario.
Well cya soon.
 

ZeekeXIV

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Apr 26, 2004
Messages
229
Location
On the Edge
Confusing, huh? This is the only place people say it gets confusing. Where exactly does it get confusing? I can't carry this little nuance over to the sequel.

Maybe it's just because of the censors...

This is also the only place where the censors are outta control. They made the dialouge seem worse than it really was. Maybe they're making the story more confusing than it should be.

And maybe I'm just looking for excuses...

Whatever. Just tell me where it got perplexing. Since I'm constantly revising this tale, I'll fix up the weird parts to make 'em more understandable.
 

MewtwoMaster2002

ミュウツーマスター2002
Joined
Dec 19, 2002
Messages
6,148
Location
Japan
3DS FC
2922-0496-2962
Um the censoring the boards does is good for me but to me the confusing parts are all the time traveling stuff. Time traveling confuses me too much.
 

DarkLink567

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Mar 27, 2002
Messages
489
Location
Sydney
Nah its not the censors i'm fine with dat, but its like metwomaster said with the time travel, it's mind boggling, but this is ur intention right? And just to reassure you i'll tell that it's not a bad thing. Cya.
 

ZeekeXIV

Smash Journeyman
Joined
Apr 26, 2004
Messages
229
Location
On the Edge
Sup guys. I know it's been a while, but I'm here now! So you know what that means...
___________
___________

Act 10: Only the Beginning (Part 1)

The alarm clock sounded off a little after sunrise. Ganondorf groggily rose from his king-sized bed and untangled himself from a few blankets. Stretching and yawning, he reached for his robe and grabbed a remote control. This remote was for his plasma screen surveillance monitor. The monitor could see what was going on in various parts of Hyrule through the multiple cameras he set up. Flipping through channel after channel, he saw that nothing was really happening. Hyrule was still asleep for the most part. On one particular channel, a small group of people were discussing Ganondorf's rule. He stayed on that channel and listened to what had to be said.

"You must be out of your mind! How could you favor Ganondorf's iron-fisted tyranny?" One guy questioned.

"Tyranny? What exactly has Ganondorf done ever since he took over? The skies are a little darker and Hyrule castle looks more menacing than majestic. Okay." Another guy said, answering his own question. "Other than that, has he changed your lives in any way, shape, or form?"

Silence befell the group.

"What was that? No? Not at all? That's what I thought." He concluded.

"So he hasn't made any moves yet. There's always the threat of him suddenly deciding to terrorize Hyrule." A woman said. "Because of him, we all live in fear! Why would you want that?"

"Please, speak for yourself. I agree with Poshul. Ganondorf isn't changing anyone's life." Another guy said. "If you're living in fear, you have serious problems. If anything, you should be living more comfortably than before! With Ganondorf in power, who would dare oppose us? He has so many minions at his disposal; no citizens would have to be sacrificed in a war. In fact, I'm sure Ganondorf himself can take out entire armies! Why are you living in fear when someone like that is our ruler?"

Ganondorf was admittedly surprised to find out that there were actually people who weren't only unintimidated by him, but always wanted him as a ruler. He was greatly satisfied with being feared by many, but now that he knew he was respected... and not out of fear...

"D***... I'm respected because of my power, not feared. Maybe I can lead Hyrule to a new era... A golden age..." Ganondorf said to himself, stroking his chin in deep thought. "A golden age of Darkness! HA!! Terror and intimidation 'til the day I die, baby! These people don't fear me? I'll show 'em why they should."

Ganondorf changed to one last channel before turning off the monitor. A group of three people were passed out in the middle of Hyrule field, somewhere between the entrance to Kokiri Forest and Lake Hylia. Ganondorf took one glance at the crew and shut off the monitor.

He headed to his bathroom to prepare for the day. Just as he applied toothpaste to his toothbrush and started brushing, something hit him.

Nobody in Hyrule sleeps in the middle of Hyrule Field!

He jetted back to his surveillance monitor and turned it on, with the toothbrush in his mouth and toothpaste beginning to drool down his chin. He saw the group of three just as he left them: passed out in the grass, and slightly spooning each other... This netted a raised, unsure eyebrow from Ganondorf. He couldn't tell who they were right off the bat, though. The camera was pretty far away and the person he could see best was wearing what seemed to be a black tunic.

Then it seemed like the one in the middle was stirring. He reached an arm up to scratch his head, only to find out that one of his companions was resting on top of it. As he grew more awake, he saw the position they were all in and immediately felt awkward and sick. He pushed off the guy in front of him and elbowed the one behind him. Ganondorf could faintly hear them arguing amongst themselves.

"What the hell was all that about?!" Black tunic shouted, sitting up.

"I need breathing space and elbow room. Both of you spooning me provides neither." The one in the middle said. Ganondorf saw that he was wearing red.

"Mario?" Ganondorf wondered with a perplexed look.

"How did we end up in that position? I could've sworn I was sleeping by that rock." Another guy in green said, stretching while pointing to where he was.

"Luigi?!" Ganondorf gasped.

"Promise you won't kill me for this..." Black tunic started, getting up on his feet and defensively holding up his arms. "I was gettin' cold, so I moved us all closer together."

"OH S***!! LINK!!" Ganondorf shouted and nearly fell to the floor, spitting out his toothbrush. "Why is he lookin' so chiseled? He was never that built before!"

"Wouldn't it make more sense for you to be in the middle since you were the one freezing to death?" Mario wondered, still upset about where he found himself.

"I thought about it... Then I said 'nah'. Too much togetherness for me." Link replied.

"What makes you think I'd enjoy it any more than you would?!" Mario shouted.

"I don't really know." Link admitted. "It was real late and I was real tired, not to mention real cold. I was still kinda asleep when I was doin' it, so I wasn't thinkin' clearly."

"Don't use that as an excuse. Even when you're awake, you don't think clearly." Mario sighed.

Ganondorf shut off the monitor and jetted to Bowser's room, just a few rooms down the hall.

"Bowser!" Ganondorf screamed, kicking down the door. "Bowser! Guess who... the... ...hell...?"

Ganondorf's speech slowed to a stop when he saw Bowser. Just as he entered the room, Bowser immediately covered his lower body with his blankets and also hid his hands.

"What?" Bowser innocently asked.

"I'm not even gonna ask..." Ganondorf sighed. "Yo, Mario, Luigi, and Link finally made it here. I jus' saw 'em sleepin' in the middle of Hyrule Field."

"After a million years! That took forever..." Bowser said.

"We gotta get ready, man. We been anticipatin' this day for a long-a** time now..." Ganondorf warned.

"You're still gonna call DK, right?" Bowser asked.

"It's been a hot minute since I last called him up. I'ma be surprised if he still remembers." Ganondorf admitted.

"Those three are probably on their way, so you better reach him now." Bowser suggested.

"Aight, I'm callin'." Ganondorf said and left the room, neglecting to close the door.

"Ganondorf! Close the door!" Bowser shouted out.

"Jus' chill a minute!" Ganondorf replied. "The d*** door closes by itself."

"Son of a *****..." Bowser muttered. The door definitely was closing, but at a very slow, very creakity rate. From under the cover, he pulled out a picture of Peach, posing in her tennis miniskirt and blowing a kiss to the camera. He stared longingly at it. "D***it, I can't wait that long!"

He carefully wrapped the blanket around himself and made his way to the wide-open door in order to close it. He reached for the doorknob and turned the lock just as he was about to shut the door. Right then, Peach walked passed the room. She didn't look in, but Bowser's heart skipped a beat nonetheless. Suddenly, he had a bright idea.

"Hey, Peach!" Bowser called out, walking into the hallway.

Peach turned around. Bowser threw off the blanket covering him and posed, looking very confident.

First, a shriek of disbelief.

Then, the motion of the head looking away accompanied by an embarrassed blushing.

Then, the motion of the turning head looking toward Bowser.

Then, the motion of the head looking downward.

A pause...

Then, silent snickering.

Then, full-blown laughter.

Bowser's confident smile slowly melted away, leaving behind a residue in the form of a confidence-broken scowl.

Peach held up her hand and closed the distance between her finger and her thumb smaller and smaller until they were nearly touching each other.

"And I'm being generous." Peach stated and started walking away.

"It's more that whatever Mario has!" Bowser shouted, trying to retain any shred of dignity he had left.

Just then, the door to his room closed shut.

"S***!!" Bowser gasped, grabbing the doorknob and forcing the door opened.

The lock was doing its job very well.

"Grrr... I'm gonna have to get Ganondorf..." Bowser muttered, wrapping his blanket around him and making his way to Ganondorf's room.

He didn't get very far before he felt a sharp tug on his sheet. He looked behind him to see what it was and realized his sheet was stuck. The door closed and locked right over it.

"OH, GOD***IT!!" Bowser roared.

"Shut the hell up!" Bowser heard Ganondorf shout very faintly. Bowser could also faintly hear drops of water hitting a tub.

"He's in the god*** shower..." Bowser realized. "Well... It can't get any worse than this."

Just then, Bowser saw Zelda approaching him. He simply sighed and shook his hanging head. Zelda walked passed him, trying as hard as she could to not make eye contact. She was pretty successful, as Bowser kept his head down. Once Zelda was completely past him, she quickened her pace. Bowser then lifted his head and shrugged.

"You know what? I don't care anymore." He announced. "Hey, Zelda!"
_________________

"Back on the road agaaaaiiiiiiinnnn..." Link sang as he and his two companions headed toward Ganondorf's stronghold.

"You call that singing?" Mario asked with a slight smile.

"Eh, I know I can't sing for my life, but d***it I'm just so glad to be back home!" Link gleefully said. "Just think back to all the bulls*** we went through to get here! I'll admit it; there were a few times where I didn't think we'd ever make it. Especially when dumb-a** Dark Link tried to kill us in the Darkness of Time. But look at us now! You two are at 100% and I'm at 1000! The rest of this trip is gonna be cake. Chocolate cake."

"Now is definitely not the time to get overconfident." Mario warned. "I know Bowser and Ganondorf have been preparing for us since day one. I know both of us have beaten them one-on-one a thousand times before, but with them working together, we may be in for the fight of our lives."

"I doubt that." Link countered. "Let's not forget about my serious upgrade in power!"

"How exactly did you get so powerful?" Luigi asked. "Last I remember, Mario told me you got stabbed in the stomach and you tackled Dark Link into a plot-hole."

"That had to be the weirdest and scariest moment in my entire life. The whole thing happened so fast, too." Link started. "Let me be the first to tell you: gettin' stabbed in the stomach ain't painful at all."

"Are you kidding me?" Mario said in disbelief.

"Seriously?" Luigi asked with a raised eyebrow.

"I'm dead real. Gettin' stabbed in the stomach ain't painful. Calling the sensation you feel 'pain' is the greatest understatement anyone can ever think of. Not only that; it's just straight-up insultin' to the person experiencin' the feelin'. Pain is tolerable. You can live with pain." Link explained. "The word I need to describe exactly how it felt doesn't exist, and it probably never will. But enough about that. Let's fast-forward to after I tackled Dark Link into the plot-hole..." Link recalled.

A flashback ensued...

They fell endlessly through an empty, white void. The first thing Link noticed was a black blade falling beside him. He picked it up immediately and faced Dark Link. They glared at each other intensely.

Thinking his opponent was completely unarmed, Link was somehow able to charge at Dark Link, swinging the sword wildly in a blind rage. Unfortunately for Link, Dark Link still had a means of defense: his virtually impenetrable shield. Certainly disappointed, but far from disheartened, Link continued his relentless attack on his shadow "twin". Dark Link didn't falter in his defense: he easily blocked every swing Link dealt.

After a while, Link's mortal wound began to remind Link that it was still around. As Link continued his vicious assault, his vision slowly became warped and slightly darkened. He also found himself struggling to stay on the offensive. Despite his failing condition, he forced himself to keep fighting. Link knew his time was coming, but refused to go quietly.

Dark Link actually managed to force Link off of him at one point in the battle. Even though Dark Link was a very powerful entity, he was actually starting to show signs of fatigue. Fending off Link's relentless swings and slashes were definitely taking its toll on Dark Link's energy.

Feeling his life literally bleeding out of his stomach, Link knew he couldn't keep this up forever. In one last desperation move, Link put every little bit of strength he had into one last charge. He flew at Dark Link with murderous intent. Within prime swinging range, Link swung with everything he had. Dark Link promptly blocked the blow with his shield. The contact between the sword and the shield resulted in a thunderous crack and even created a slight shockwave.

Link continued to press the sword against the defending shield as if he was trying to cut through it. Dark Link was able to easily push Link back, though, earning him some elbow room. Link stared at his dark doppelganger, breathing hard with his hand over his stomach wound. As soon as he did this, he knew it was over for him. It was only a matter of time before Dark Link pried the sword out of his hand and inflicted one final mortal blow.

Dark Link let an evil smirk spread across his face as he raised his shield in front of him. Just as Dark Link was about to slam into his exhausted rival, several cracks began to form on the face of the shield. Suddenly, the shield shattered and disappeared in a wispy black cloud. Both Link and Dark Link were stunned by what they just witnessed.

Link was able to snap out of his awe quicker than his opponent. In one swift motion, he was able to thrust himself straight at his defenseless opponent's midsection with his sword extended. He connected successfully, burying Dark Link's sword right into his own stomach. Dark Link doubled over in excruciating pain has Link mercilessly ripped the sword out of his abdomen.

Dark Link looked Link in the eye, as if to say "how could you do this to me?"


"Then I stabbed him in the face because I'm a grimey mofo!" Link boasted as if it was a good thing.

As soon as the blade touched the tip of his nose, Dark Link shattered exactly how his shield did, but instead of disappearing in a wispy black cloud, all that was left of Dark Link was a formless glob of blackness. Link eyed it for a while, but it only floated harmlessly and aimlessly.

As he stared at the formless substance, he felt himself losing consciousness. This was the last stretch for him. He felt sad to go this way. The future held so much promise when he met with the Mario bros. once again. The only thing he could think of to cheer himself up in his final moments was that he was able to help them out one last time by keeping Dark Link away from them. As he took his final glances, he noticed the blob of darkness was closing in on him. Its movements were subtle, but every time Link wearily blinked, it was a little closer to him. Link slowly blinked once more. When he opened his eyes, or when he thought he opened his eyes, all he saw was a stark contrast to the endless white he was in: darkness. Deep, consuming, inescapable darkness.


"So you're saying you died?" Luigi guessed.

"I really think I did." Link recalled. "All I remember is bein' completely in the dark. I don't think I was breathin' either. If I really did die, then I guess the elders were right: your soul really is left to wander in the infinite blackness for all eternity."

"But you're here with us now, alive and kicking." Mario wondered.

"I was gettin' there..." Link started.

It seemed like an eternity since Link last closed his eyes. All he had been doing was trekking through the darkness, trying to find a way out. And for an eternity, he had met with failure. More and more, Link realized there really was no escape. He was doomed to stay in this black, suffocating prison for longer than he could comprehend.

...until a sudden flash of light bailed him out...

He had been so startled by this sudden outburst of light that his heart felt like it was pounding out of his chest. It took him a minute to realize it though, but when he finally calmed down, he recognized the familiar sensation in his chest. He held his hand over his chest.

"My heart's poundin'... My heart can't pound if I'm dead... I'm alive again!" Link exclaimed. He realized one more thing. "I'm still fallin' through this d*** plot-hole?!"

Unbelievable but true, Link was still plummeting to no end in the innards of a dimensionless plot-hole. He began trying to think of ways to escape, only to discover that before he even put an ounce of brainpower into a thought-process, he already knew exactly how to get out. Needless to say, Link was surprised by this bit of knowledge he didn't know he had. He was even more shocked by the numerous other things he suddenly knew; namely everything involving the Darkness of Time. It was like he knew this place like he knew home.

Link also noticed things about himself, physically. First and foremost, his mortal wound was completely healed. So well, in fact, that there wasn't even a scar left over. Every other bodily harm inflicted upon him throughout his life had also completely disappeared too. It was like he had been reborn into a new body. And a stronger body, at that. Link could feel his newfound strength coursing through his muscles. He felt like he could take on Ganondorf in an arm-wrestling contest! He checked himself out as best as he could. While he wasn't that much bigger than he was before, muscle-wise, he could still see a sharp difference in his build. He was much more defined, as if his body was sculpted by a perfectionist artist.

Not only did he know things he didn't know before and do things he couldn't do before, he could also sense things he couldn't sense before. Almost automatically, he could sense a rising confrontation between three people. Suddenly, three people turned to eight. With dexterous hand motions, Link formed a hole in the void. The hole showed him exactly what he was sensing. He saw Mario and Luigi facing impending doom in the form of five mutated Spinies and one mutated Lakitu. Even though they were in danger, Link couldn't help but smile. What better way to show the brothers he's still alive then by saving them?

With some more flowing hand movements, Link enlarged the hole. It was now body length. He could step through it if he wanted.

And step through, he did. The first thing he heard:

"I believe your plot-hole is somewhere over there." Lukati pointed out.

"D***it..." The brothers sighed simultaneously.


"You could form plot-holes?" Luigi gasped.

"Yep. In the Darkness of Time, plot-holes are like wormholes that bring you from place to place. There are also special ones that mess with reality." Link said. "I'ma just end it there. You know what happens next."

"So... After you died and came back to life, you suddenly had all these new abilities. And before you died, you said that darkness stuff was closing in on you, right?" Mario summarized.

"Yep." Link replied.

"I think the darkness entered your body through your wound and gave you all of Dark Link's powers." Mario guessed.

"That's what I was guessin'. And it's been good to me." Link said. "I lost a lot of those powers when I left the Darkness, but I'm still a lot better off than I was before. I'm faster, stronger, and iller than ever before. And here's my favorite feature..."

Link held his arms out and slowly spun around 360 degrees to show absolutely nothing was on him, not even his sword and shield. He kept his arms out and closed his eyes. Suddenly, in his left hand, a sword appeared. This sword definitely wasn't his faithful Master Sword. The first major difference was the blade. While the Master Sword sported a gleaming silver blade, this sword featured a powerful, obsidian-colored blade. The blade itself was derived from the Darkness of Time, meaning it was made from the infinite blackness itself. In his right hand, there was a shield. This shield was shaped like a sharp pentagon, with a moderately thick, black outline. The front of the shield featured a gleaming, silver face. On the face, there was a design that looked like a clock with no hour or minute hand drawn in black. In the center of it all, there was a strange slit.

"I can make my sword and shield disappear and reappear whenever I want!" Link exclaimed. "I never have to carry this heavy crap on my back ever again! What makes it even greater is that my new sword and shield are much stronger than my old ones! Even the Biggoron's sword can't stand up to the Sword of Darkness."

"Sword of Darkness?" Mario repeated.

"Well, it came from the Darkness of Time... It feels like it was made from the Darkness itself... I dunno." Link shrugged. "What name would you give it?"

"Maybe something less foreboding..." Mario said.

"What's that weird slit on your shield?" Luigi wondered.

"It's an eye that sees danger. It only opens when I'm in severe danger, though." Link explained. "And when it opens, I get even more powers! I'm just an unstoppable force, man."

"We'll see the extent of your powers when we face off against Ganondorf and Bowser." Mario said.

With that, they continued their trek to the battleground: Ganondorf's Castle. While Link was telling his story, they continued walking toward their destination. After it was done, they found themselves right at the entrance to the former Hyrule Castle Town, now dubbed ReDead Town. This was the last town before Ganondorf's Castle.

"Look at this place..." Luigi sighed as he glanced around into the area.

The place was left in ruins. There was nothing but decimated buildings, a hopelessly gray sky, and a howling wind. Just then, it began to rain. Along with the sound of the wind, it seemed as if nature was crying for this once prosperous town.

"This is only the beginnin'..." Link muttered. "Last time Ganondorf was in power, this place was the first to feel his wrath. Later on, Kakariko Village was next. It was set on fire! The whole village nearly burnt down. If it wasn't for the heavy rain a little after the fire started..." Link trailed off, shaking his head and sighing. "Everyone thinks it was all the work of the fiend from the Shadow Temple, but I know Ganondorf had a hand in there... A big-a** hand..."

"We have to kick him off his throne before he does a repeat performance." Luigi stated.

"Just a word of caution..." Link started. "Even though the town got murked hard, it's still inhabited. By ReDeads..."

"Those things that came from the crates sometimes in the Smash tournaments?" Luigi wondered.

"Exactly." Link verified. "And you thought they were annoyin' then... Here in Hyrule, if they look at you, you will freeze with fear and there's nothin' you can do about it. Just try as hard as you can to snap out of it before they close in on you. I'm d***-sure you won't like what happens if they do."

They took their first steps into the town. Expecting a blockade of ReDeads as soon as they walked in, they ran in on the offensive: the Mario brothers with their hands ablaze, and Link with his sword and shield out. They saw plenty of ReDeads, but to their surprise, all of them stayed curled up in a ball, sitting with their heads on their knees.

"What do you make of this?" Mario said to Link.

"They're playin' dead." Link said.

Mario and Luigi slowly turned to Link with a look of disappointment. Link turned back to them and smiled.

"Sorry... But seriously, they might be plannin' to ambush us when we least expect it." Link speculated. "I'ma take the initiative."

Link carefully closed in on one of the ReDeads. As he got closer, the moans of the undead could be heard. But what it sounded like was hard to make out. If one were to make a guess, one could say it was the sound of undead fear...

Link was a few steps away from it now. He took one step forward. A terrifying scream shattered the relative silence, seemingly coming from all directions. The brothers spun around, checking for anything threatening. Link's sword began to glow as he readied a Spin Attack of any offenders. A few seconds went by...

"You guys alright?" Link called out.

"We're cool." Mario answered. "What was that?"

"That's the scream you hear before you're frozen with fear. But none of us got frozen, right?" Link wondered.

"We're all fine." Luigi said.

Link turned back to the ReDead he'd been walking up to. He took another slow step toward it. Another scream ripped through the air. The brothers jumped back into defensive position. Link stood there unthreatened with his sword and shield down.

He took one more step toward it. One more scream impaled the eardrums. The brothers turned their attention towards Link. Link was standing within his sword's length to the ReDead now. He poked its shoulder once. The ReDead uttered a short shriek.

Link stepped one last step toward the ReDead. A long, horrifying, pain-driven scream rang aloud. The type of scream that had the potential to bend reality, but didn't because it didn't want to abuse its power. The brothers turned to each other, then looked toward Link once again. Link looked back at them with a look of satisfaction. It seemed like the ReDead was afraid of him!

"If this ain't irony, then I dunno what is." Link said as his sword and shield faded away.

"I guess we don't have to worry about ReDeads anymore." Luigi announced.

"Nothing's standing in our way now." Mario said, facing toward the looming stronghold before them.

He led the way as the trio took their first steps onto the castle grounds.

"D***... You know the last time I was here was not too long before Mario found me at Lake Hylia?" Link realized as the three stood and stared at the castle. They couldn't help but stand back and admire Ganondorf's fortress.

"Alright, here's our first trial: how the hell do we get in?" Mario wondered.

Link was about to say something, but noticed the castle was floating on its own plot of land, high above a boiling pool of lava. There was no bridge connecting the castle to the mainland, and the gap between them was pretty big. Not even the Mario brothers could jump that distance.

"Oh, now he decides to get smart..." Link muttered, aggravated. "Last time I was here, the castle was still connected to the rest of the land. I just ran in!"

"It's not so simple now, is it?!" A different voice shouted from above them.

The group quickly looked up to the familiar voice. On a scaffold nearly at the top of the castle, there stood a tall, large-framed being. All three of them knew him pretty well. The brothers were especially acquainted with him. It was none other than the leader of the Koopa Troop and self-proclaimed Master of Disaster: King Bowser "B-Boss" Koopa.

"Where've you guys been? Me and Ganondorf were starting to think you wouldn't show." Bowser called down.

"Of course we'd show up." Mario shouted back. "And it's all thanks to you! If you didn't kidnap Peach, we all could've been back in Mushroom Kingdom preparing for another Mario Party. But no! You just had to try your hand at it again."

"Yeah, I had to! If you were in my shoes, wouldn't you? I mean, she makes it so freaking easy!" Bowser claimed. "You'd think she'd learn by now... Toad won't protect her from me! That's like holding up an umbrella while you're in the middle of a meteor shower: it's not gonna keep you safe! You guys should just stop caring. I don't even know why you guys went on this long, arduous journey to get here. If you left her, Peach woulda eventually warmed up to me. We'd rule over the Mushroom Kingdom as king and queen. We'd bring about a new golden age! You ever thought about that?"

"Yeah, I thought about it." Mario replied. "And it made me sick to my stomach every time I did."

"Better grab some Mylanta or something, 'cause it will happen one day." Bowser promised.

"Not if we get up there and put you out of your misery!" Luigi shouted.

"That's the thing: IF you get up here. But I can guaran-d***-tee you that you'll never step foot into this fortress!" Bowser stated. "But since you all went through so much trouble getting here, I'll tell you what you can do: all three of you, get undressed and proceed in getting busy with each other because you're f***ED!!" Bowser shouted elatedly, laughing hysterically afterward and walking off.

"I'm seriously think I'm going to kill him..." Mario growled through gritted teeth, clenching his fist. "He better pray we never meet face-to-face."

"Don't worry, Mario. When we get up there, he'll get what he deserves. That's a promise." Luigi guaranteed.

Mario held his hand out. Luigi grabbed it and gave him a strong handshake.

"So... Any ideas on how to cross this d*** gap?" Link asked.

"I might be able to cross it." Luigi offered. "The Green Missile, remember? I can charge it to the max and probably reach the edge."

"That's just crazy, man..." Link muttered, shaking his head. "That's so crazy; it's crazy enough to work!" He suddenly shouted, raising a fist of encouragement in the air. "Get to chargin', man!"

"Wait a second!" Mario shouted and grabbed Luigi by the shoulder.

"Mario, trust me! You know I can make it." Luigi assured Mario.

"I have no doubt in my mind you can make it. But before you go, you might want to check this out." Mario suggested.

He then proceeded to pick up a random rock on the ground and threw it across the gap at one of the outer walls. The rock made it a little beyond halfway and suddenly hit some type of barrier, plummeting into the boiling pool below.

"What'd you plan on doing when you hit the invisible barrier?" Mario rhetorically asked.

"Oh... I thought it was obvious. I'd pretend I was burning to death while drowning in the lava, then I'd use the secret entrance underneath while I had you all fooled." Luigi said, playing off his missed observation. "How'd you know there was a barrier there?"

"The wind kicked up a lot of dust and blew it toward the castle. When the dust strangely stopped way before the castle wall, I figured there had to be something up." Mario explained.

"God***it... G-dorf took all the precautions this time." Link disappointedly sighed.

The crew looked back to the castle, hoping they'd suddenly find a way in. Link looked to the top of the castle, but suddenly gasped. The brothers quickly looked to the scaffold where Bowser was standing before. This time around, Bowser wasn't there. In his stead, a tall, dark-skinned, sinister-looking man stood there, staring down upon them with a slight smirk. His cape flapped furiously in the fierce, blowing wind.

"I was wonderin' when y'all would look up here again." The caped man said.

"Ganondorf..." Mario and Luigi uttered, simultaneously.

Even though the only time the brothers had ever confronted Ganondorf was in the Smash tournaments, they were very intimidated by him.

Link simply stared up to Ganondorf, his face expressionless. The last time he saw Ganondorf was in the Brinstar Depths, and the last time he really spoke with him before the phone call was when he was last in Hyrule. Even though Link had plenty to say to G-dorf, he kept his thoughts to himself. Although he cooled down about what happened between them, he still didn't want the brothers to know about it. He was incredibly embarrassed and ashamed by it.

"So whaddup, Link?" Ganondorf coolly asked.

"Nothin'. Chillin' as usual. We just got here last night." Link casually replied.

"Oh word? No doubt." Ganondorf said.

"Why are they talking like they're friends?" Luigi asked, aside.

Mario simply shrugged as they listened to their conversation.

"Yo, G-dorf, I just gotta ask one question." Link started. "What's the deal with you kidnappin' Zelda? We were all cool, chillin' as friends everyday... People were actually startin' to respect you instead of fear you... Why the hell would you give that up?"

"On the real, Link, I dunno." Ganondorf admitted. "I guess it's a callin'. You can try to ignore innate nature, but eventually, it comes back to remind you of what you really are." He explained. "Jus' pretend you turned to the dark side for a second. You'd be doin' the same s*** I do, but deep down, you wouldn't be able to keep it up. Your conscience would bite you in the a**, tellin' you to quit the bulls*** and go back to doin' you. That's what happened to me. Bein' good was cool for a minute, but I couldn't keep up the charade forever. Feel me, Link?"

"I'm sayin', but you completely switched sides with no type of warnin'." Link asked. "I mean one minute, we're cool, the next minute, you knock my a** outta Hyrule Castle and I come back to find out you're doin' the typical grime again. I thought we were boys, Ganondorf! How come you didn't just tell me what you were feelin'? You coulda given me a heads-up or somethin' 'cause that s*** really hurt me, man."

"Like I said, son: it's part of who I am." Ganondorf restated. "And jus' know that if you find your way up here, I will wreck your s***. No mercy, kid. Peeps will get hurt. Peeps might even die. That's jus' the way it is."

"If that's the way it is, then that's how it's gonna be." Link replied. "I'm ready for you, Ganondorf. Lower the bridge so we can settle the score."

"Whoa, whoa, whoa... I didn't set up all this security for nothin', son." Ganondorf said. "You gotta find your way up here first. You gotta earn the privilege to get murked by me."

"Privilege? You used to bust my a** for no reason!" Link shouted.

"Change in policy, meng. If you can find a way to get by my defenses, then I promise you an a**-kickin' for the ages. It's only right, right? You're trespassin', so I should knock yo' a** senseless." Ganondorf said. "Besides, I know you ain't got no Light arrows. Wit'out those, yo' nothin' to me. You don't even pose as a potential threat to me. And please don't forget about my transformation."

"S***..." Link sighed under his breath.

He had been so impressed and overconfident with his new powers, he forgot the only way he could truly defeat Ganondorf was with Light arrows.

"I'll check you lata, Link." Ganondorf said and walked off.

"I completely forgot I need Light arrows... I don't even have a bow! I left it in the 29th century!" Link exclaimed.

"Calm down." Luigi said. "You found a bow and arrow in Hyrule, right? There should be another one you can find around here somewhere."

"Just think of where you can find the Light arrows. Where you find arrows, you can probably find a bow." Mario said.

"That's true..." Link agreed. "Zelda gave me the Light arrows the first time I got 'em. But as you know, she can't do it this time around. I'ma have to ask one of the Sages..."

"How many of them are there?" Luigi asked.

"Six excludin' Zelda, the Sage of Time..." Link started. "The Sage of the Light, Rauru, the Sage of Forest, Saria, the Sage of Fire, Darunia, the Sage of Water, Ruto, the Sage of Shadow, Impa, and the Sage of Spirit, Nabooru.

"Alright. So just pick one. Shouldn't be hard." Mario said.

"Not at all. I already ruled out a few of 'em." Link said. "Saria and Ruto have this thing for me. The problem with Saria is that she's a kid! I don't get down like that. Ruto isn't even human, she's a Zora. I stay within my species."

"Why don't you just ask the Sage of Light? It only makes sense." Mario pointed out.

"That'd be the most obvious choice. The thing is I can never find that mofo! I've never been to the Light temple and I don't even know where to start."

"Okay, how about the others?" Luigi wondered.

"Darunia is gonna try to give me some brotherly advice or something. Plus he plays around too much. I don't wanna deal with that. Impa seems like the best right now, but I gotta run through the Shadow Temple to actually reach the chamber she's in. And trust me; you don't want to go through the Shadow Temple. I don't even have the Lens of Truth. It'll be impossible to navigate."

"So that means there's only one Sage left." Mario pointed out.

"Nabooru. The best part is that I don't have any problems with either her or the Spirit Temple, the temple she watches over." Link said.

"Let's just hope she has Light arrows." Mario said.

"Then it's settled. We're going to the Spirit Temple." Luigi announced. "Lead the way, Link."

"I'll be back, Ganondorf..." Link quietly muttered, taking one last look at the fortress before he led the way back to Hyrule Field.

Unknown to the trio was that Ganondorf was watching them on his surveillance screen. With his arms crossed, he nodded as he heeded Link's words.

"No doubt, Link. I'm countin' on it." Ganondorf replied.
____________
____________

There you have it. I'm trying to go for less time between updates. I'm sure everyone will love that. Just to show how serious I am, I already got started on the next part!

Just know it's coming sooner than you think. Until then...
 
Top Bottom